Red Hat Summit Red Hat SummitSupportConsoleDevelopersStart a trialContact

Administration Guide

Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1

Configuring and Managing Red Hat Gluster Storage

Divya Muntimadugu

Red Hat Customer Content Services

Bhavana Mohanraj

Red Hat Customer Content Services

Anjana Suparna Sriram

Red Hat Customer Content Services

Abstract

Red Hat Gluster Storage Administration Guide describes the configuration and management of Red Hat Gluster Storage for On-Premise and Public Cloud.

Part I. Overview
Copy link

Chapter 1. Platform Introduction
Copy link

1.1. About Red Hat Gluster Storage
Copy link

Red Hat Gluster Storage is a software-only, scale-out storage solution that provides flexible and agile unstructured data storage for the enterprise.
Red Hat Gluster Storage provides new opportunities to unify data storage and infrastructure, increase performance, and improve availability and manageability in order to meet a broader set of an organization’s storage challenges and needs.
The product can be installed and managed on-premise, or in a public cloud.

1.2. About glusterFS
Copy link

glusterFS aggregates various storage servers over network interconnects into one large parallel network file system. Based on a stackable user space design, it delivers exceptional performance for diverse workloads and is a key building block of Red Hat Gluster Storage.
The POSIX compatible glusterFS servers, which use XFS file system format to store data on disks, can be accessed using industry-standard access protocols including Network File System (NFS) and Server Message Block (SMB) (also known as CIFS).

1.3. About On-premise Installation
Copy link

Red Hat Gluster Storage for On-Premise allows physical storage to be utilized as a virtualized, scalable, and centrally managed pool of storage.
Red Hat Gluster Storage can be installed on commodity servers resulting in a powerful, massively scalable, and highly available NAS environment.
See Part II, “Red Hat Gluster Storage Administration On-Premise” for detailed information about this deployment type.

1.4. About Public Cloud Installation
Copy link

Red Hat Gluster Storage for Public Cloud packages glusterFS as an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) for deploying scalable NAS in the Amazon Web Services (AWS) public cloud. This powerful storage server provides all the features of On-Premise deployment, within a highly available, scalable, virtualized, and centrally managed pool of NAS storage hosted off-premise.
Additionally, Red Hat Gluster Storage can be deployed in the public cloud using Red Hat Gluster Storage for Public Cloud, for example, within the Amazon Web Services (AWS) cloud. It delivers all the features and functionality possible in a private cloud or datacenter to the public cloud by providing massively scalable and high available NAS in the cloud.
See Part III, “Red Hat Gluster Storage Administration on Public Cloud” for detailed information about this deployment type.
This chapter provides an overview of Red Hat Gluster Storage architecture and Storage concepts.

2.1. Red Hat Gluster Storage Architecture
Copy link

At the core of the Red Hat Gluster Storage design is a completely new method of architecting storage. The result is a system that has immense scalability, is highly resilient, and offers extraordinary performance.
In a scale-out system, one of the biggest challenges is keeping track of the logical and physical locations of data and metadata. Most distributed systems solve this problem by creating a metadata server to track the location of data and metadata. As traditional systems add more files, more servers, or more disks, the central metadata server becomes a performance bottleneck, as well as a central point of failure.
Unlike other traditional storage solutions, Red Hat Gluster Storage does not need a metadata server, and locates files algorithmically using an elastic hashing algorithm. This no-metadata server architecture ensures better performance, linear scalability, and reliability.
Red Hat Gluster Storage Architecture
View larger image
Red Hat Gluster Storage Architecture

Figure 2.1. Red Hat Gluster Storage Architecture

Red Hat Gluster Storage for On-premise enables enterprises to treat physical storage as a virtualized, scalable, and centrally managed storage pool by using commodity storage hardware.
It supports multi-tenancy by partitioning users or groups into logical volumes on shared storage. It enables users to eliminate, decrease, or manage their dependence on high-cost, monolithic and difficult-to-deploy storage arrays.
You can add capacity in a matter of minutes across a wide variety of workloads without affecting performance. Storage can also be centrally managed across a variety of workloads, thus increasing storage efficiency.
Red Hat Gluster Storage for On-premise Architecture
View larger image
Red Hat Gluster Storage for On-premise Architecture

Figure 2.2. Red Hat Gluster Storage for On-premise Architecture

Red Hat Gluster Storage for On-premise is based on glusterFS, an open source distributed file system with a modular, stackable design, and a unique no-metadata server architecture. This no-metadata server architecture ensures better performance, linear scalability, and reliability.
Red Hat Gluster Storage for Public Cloud packages glusterFS as an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) for deploying scalable network attached storage (NAS) in the AWS public cloud. This powerful storage server provides a highly available, scalable, virtualized, and centrally managed pool of storage for Amazon users. Red Hat Gluster Storage for Public Cloud provides highly available storage within AWS. Synchronous n-way replication across AWS Availability Zones provides high availability within an AWS Region. Asynchronous geo-replication provides continuous data replication to ensure high availability across AWS regions. The glusterFS global namespace capability aggregates disk and memory resources into a unified storage volume that is abstracted from the physical hardware.
Red Hat Gluster Storage for Public Cloud is the only high availability (HA) storage solution available for AWS. It simplifies the task of managing unstructured file data whether you have few terabytes of storage or multiple petabytes. This unique HA solution is enabled by the synchronous file replication capability built into glusterFS.
Red Hat Gluster Storage for Public Cloud Architecture
View larger image
Red Hat Gluster Storage for Public Cloud Architecture

Figure 2.3. Red Hat Gluster Storage for Public Cloud Architecture

2.4. Storage Concepts
Copy link

Following are the common terms relating to file systems and storage used throughout the Red Hat Gluster Storage Administration Guide.
Brick
The glusterFS basic unit of storage, represented by an export directory on a server in the trusted storage pool. A brick is expressed by combining a server with an export directory in the following format:
SERVER:EXPORT
For example:
myhostname:/exports/myexportdir/
Volume
A volume is a logical collection of bricks. Most of the Red Hat Gluster Storage management operations happen on the volume.
Translator
A translator connects to one or more subvolumes, does something with them, and offers a subvolume connection.
Subvolume
A brick after being processed by at least one translator.
Volfile
Volume (vol) files are configuration files that determine the behavior of your Red Hat Gluster Storage trusted storage pool. At a high level, GlusterFS has three entities, that is, Server, Client and Management daemon. Each of these entities have their own volume files. Volume files for servers and clients are generated by the management daemon upon creation of a volume.
Server and Client Vol files are located in /var/lib/glusterd/vols/VOLNAME directory. The management daemon vol file is named as glusterd.vol and is located in /etc/glusterfs/ directory.

Warning

You must not modify any vol file in /var/lib/glusterd manually as Red Hat does not support vol files that are not generated by the management daemon.
glusterd
glusterd is the glusterFS Management Service that must run on all servers in the trusted storage pool.
Cluster
A trusted pool of linked computers working together, resembling a single computing resource. In Red Hat Gluster Storage, a cluster is also referred to as a trusted storage pool.
Client
The machine that mounts a volume (this may also be a server).
File System
A method of storing and organizing computer files. A file system organizes files into a database for the storage, manipulation, and retrieval by the computer's operating system.
Source: Wikipedia
Distributed File System
A file system that allows multiple clients to concurrently access data which is spread across servers/bricks in a trusted storage pool. Data sharing among multiple locations is fundamental to all distributed file systems.
Virtual File System (VFS)
VFS is a kernel software layer that handles all system calls related to the standard Linux file system. It provides a common interface to several kinds of file systems.
POSIX
Portable Operating System Interface (for Unix) (POSIX) is the name of a family of related standards specified by the IEEE to define the application programming interface (API), as well as shell and utilities interfaces, for software that is compatible with variants of the UNIX operating system. Red Hat Gluster Storage exports a fully POSIX compatible file system.
Metadata
Metadata is data providing information about other pieces of data.
FUSE
Filesystem in User space (FUSE) is a loadable kernel module for Unix-like operating systems that lets non-privileged users create their own file systems without editing kernel code. This is achieved by running file system code in user space while the FUSE module provides only a "bridge" to the kernel interfaces.
Source: Wikipedia
Geo-Replication
Geo-replication provides a continuous, asynchronous, and incremental replication service from one site to another over Local Area Networks (LAN), Wide Area Networks (WAN), and the Internet.
N-way Replication
Local synchronous data replication that is typically deployed across campus or Amazon Web Services Availability Zones.
Petabyte
A petabyte is a unit of information equal to one quadrillion bytes, or 1000 terabytes. The unit symbol for the petabyte is PB. The prefix peta- (P) indicates a power of 1000:
1 PB = 1,000,000,000,000,000 B = 1000^5 B = 10^15 B.
The term "pebibyte" (PiB), using a binary prefix, is used for the corresponding power of 1024.
Source: Wikipedia
RAID
Redundant Array of Independent Disks (RAID) is a technology that provides increased storage reliability through redundancy. It combines multiple low-cost, less-reliable disk drives components into a logical unit where all drives in the array are interdependent.
RRDNS
Round Robin Domain Name Service (RRDNS) is a method to distribute load across application servers. RRDNS is implemented by creating multiple records with the same name and different IP addresses in the zone file of a DNS server.
Server
The machine (virtual or bare metal) that hosts the file system in which data is stored.
Block Storage
Block special files, or block devices, correspond to devices through which the system moves data in the form of blocks. These device nodes often represent addressable devices such as hard disks, CD-ROM drives, or memory regions. Red Hat Gluster Storage supports the XFS file system with extended attributes.
Scale-Up Storage
Increases the capacity of the storage device in a single dimension. For example, adding additional disk capacity in a trusted storage pool.
Scale-Out Storage
Increases the capability of a storage device in single dimension. For example, adding more systems of the same size, or adding servers to a trusted storage pool that increases CPU, disk capacity, and throughput for the trusted storage pool.
Trusted Storage Pool
A storage pool is a trusted network of storage servers. When you start the first server, the storage pool consists of only that server.
Namespace
An abstract container or environment that is created to hold a logical grouping of unique identifiers or symbols. Each Red Hat Gluster Storage trusted storage pool exposes a single namespace as a POSIX mount point which contains every file in the trusted storage pool.
User Space
Applications running in user space do not directly interact with hardware, instead using the kernel to moderate access. User space applications are generally more portable than applications in kernel space. glusterFS is a user space application.
Distributed Hash Table Terminology

Hashed subvolume
A Distributed Hash Table Translator subvolume to which the file or directory name is hashed to.
Cached subvolume
A Distributed Hash Table Translator subvolume where the file content is actually present. For directories, the concept of cached-subvolume is not relevant. It is loosely used to mean subvolumes which are not hashed-subvolume.
Linkto-file
For a newly created file, the hashed and cached subvolumes are the same. When directory entry operations like rename (which can change the name and hence hashed subvolume of the file) are performed on the file, instead of moving the entire data in the file to a new hashed subvolume, a file is created with the same name on the newly hashed subvolume. The purpose of this file is only to act as a pointer to the node where the data is present. In the extended attributes of this file, the name of the cached subvolume is stored. This file on the newly hashed-subvolume is called a linkto-file. The linkto file is relevant only for non-directory entities.
Directory Layout
The directory layout specifies the hash-ranges of the subdirectories of a directory to which subvolumes they correspond to.
Properties of directory layouts:
  • The layouts are created at the time of directory creation and are persisted as extended attributes of the directory.
  • A subvolume is not included in the layout if it remained offline at the time of directory creation and no directory entries ( such as files and directories) of that directory are created on that subvolume. The subvolume is not part of the layout until the fix-layout is complete as part of running the rebalance command. If a subvolume is down during access (after directory creation), access to any files that hash to that subvolume fails.
Fix Layout
A command that is executed during the rebalance process.
The rebalance process itself comprises of two stages:
  1. Fixes the layouts of directories to accommodate any subvolumes that are added or removed. It also heals the directories, checks whether the layout is non-contiguous, and persists the layout in extended attributes, if needed. It also ensures that the directories have the same attributes across all the subvolumes.
  2. Migrates the data from the cached-subvolume to the hashed-subvolume.

Chapter 3. Key Features
Copy link

This chapter lists the key features of Red Hat Gluster Storage.

3.1. Elasticity
Copy link

Storage volumes are abstracted from the underlying hardware and can grow, shrink, or be migrated across physical systems as necessary. Storage system servers can be added or removed as needed with data rebalanced across the trusted storage pool. Data is always online and there is no application downtime. File system configuration changes are accepted at runtime and propagated throughout the trusted storage pool, allowing changes to be made dynamically for performance tuning, or as workloads fluctuate.
Unlike other storage systems with a distributed file system, Red Hat Gluster Storage does not create, store, or use a separate metadata index. Instead, Red Hat Gluster Storage places and locates files algorithmically. All storage node servers in the trusted storage pool can locate any piece of data without looking it up in an index or querying another server. Red Hat Gluster Storage uses an elastic hashing algorithm to locate data in the storage pool, removing a common source of I/O bottlenecks and single point of failure. Data access is fully parallelized and performance scales linearly.

3.3. Scalability
Copy link

Red Hat Gluster Storage is designed to scale for both performance and capacity. Aggregating the disk, CPU, and I/O resources of large numbers of commodity hardware can create one large and high-performing storage pool with Red Hat Gluster Storage. More capacity can be added by adding more disks, while performance can be improved by deploying disks between more server nodes.

3.4. High Availability and Flexibility
Copy link

Synchronous n-way file replication ensures high data availability and local recovery. Asynchronous geo-replication ensures resilience across data centers and regions. Both synchronous n-way and geo-replication asynchronous data replication are supported in the private cloud, data center, public cloud, and hybrid cloud environments. Within the AWS cloud, Red Hat Gluster Storage supports n-way synchronous replication across Availability Zones and asynchronous geo-replication across AWS Regions. In fact, Red Hat Gluster Storage is the only way to ensure high availability for NAS storage within the AWS infrastructure.

3.5. Flexibility
Copy link

Red Hat Gluster Storage runs in the user space, eliminating the need for complex kernel patches or dependencies. You can also reconfigure storage performance characteristics to meet changing storage needs.

3.6. No Application Rewrites
Copy link

Red Hat Gluster Storage servers are POSIX compatible and use XFS file system format to store data on disks, which can be accessed using industry-standard access protocols including NFS and SMB. Thus, there is no need to rewrite applications when moving data to the cloud as is the case with traditional cloud-based object storage solutions.

3.7. Simple Management
Copy link

Red Hat Gluster Storage allows you to build a scale-out storage system that is highly secure within minutes. It provides a very simple, single command for storage management. It also includes performance monitoring and analysis tools like Top and Profile. Top provides visibility into workload patterns, while Profile provides performance statistics over a user-defined time period for metrics including latency and amount of data read or written.

3.8. Modular, Stackable Design
Copy link

Users can configure and tune Red Hat Gluster Storage servers to deliver high performance for a wide range of workloads. This stackable design allows users to combine modules as needed depending on storage requirements and workload profiles.
This chapter provides information on the ports that must be open for Red Hat Gluster Storage Server and the glusterd service.
The Red Hat Gluster Storage glusterFS daemon glusterd enables dynamic configuration changes to Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes, without needing to restart servers or remount storage volumes on clients.

4.1. Port Information
Copy link

Red Hat Gluster Storage Server uses the listed ports. You must ensure that the firewall settings do not prevent access to these ports.
Firewall configuration tools differ between Red Hat Entperise Linux 6 and Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.
For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6, use the iptables command to open a port: 
# iptables -A INPUT -m state --state NEW -m tcp -p tcp --dport 5667 -j ACCEPT
# service iptables save
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, if default ports are in use, it is usually simpler to add a service rather than open a port: 
# firewall-cmd --zone=zone_name --add-service=glusterfs 
# firewall-cmd --zone=zone_name --add-service=glusterfs --permanent
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
However, if the default ports are already in use, you can open a specific port with the following command: 
# firewall-cmd --zone=public --add-port=5667/tcp
# firewall-cmd --zone=public --add-port=5667/tcp --permanent
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Expand
Table 4.1. TCP Port Numbers
Port Number Usage
22 For sshd used by geo-replication.
111 For rpc port mapper.
139 For netbios service.
445 For CIFS protocol.
965 For NFS's Lock Manager (NLM).
2049 For glusterFS's NFS exports (nfsd process).
24007 For glusterd (for management).
24009 - 24108 For client communication with Red Hat Gluster Storage 2.0.
38465 For NFS mount protocol.
38466 For NFS mount protocol.
38468 For NFS's Lock Manager (NLM).
38469 For NFS's ACL support.
39543 For oVirt (Red Hat Gluster Storage Console).
49152 - 49251 For client communication with Red Hat Gluster Storage 2.1 and for brick processes depending on the availability of the ports. The total number of ports required to be open depends on the total number of bricks exported on the machine.
54321For VDSM (Red Hat Gluster Storage Console).
55863 For oVirt (Red Hat Gluster Storage Console).
Expand
Table 4.2. TCP Port Numbers used for Object Storage (Swift)
Port Number Usage
443 For HTTPS request.
6010 For Object Server.
6011 For Container Server.
6012 For Account Server.
8080 For Proxy Server.
Expand
Table 4.3. TCP Port Numbers for Nagios Monitoring
Port Number Usage
80 For HTTP protocol (required only if Nagios server is running on a Red Hat Gluster Storage node).
443 For HTTPS protocol (required only for Nagios server).
5667 For NSCA service (required only if Nagios server is running on a Red Hat Gluster Storage node).
5666 For NRPE service (required in all Red Hat Gluster Storage nodes).
Expand
Table 4.4. UDP Port Numbers
Port Number Usage
111 For RPC Bind.
963 For NFS's Lock Manager (NLM).

4.2. Starting and Stopping the glusterd service
Copy link

Using the glusterd command line, logical storage volumes can be decoupled from physical hardware. Decoupling allows storage volumes to be grown, resized, and shrunk, without application or server downtime.
Regardless of changes made to the underlying hardware, the trusted storage pool is always available while changes to the underlying hardware are made. As storage is added to the trusted storage pool, volumes are rebalanced across the pool to accommodate the added storage capacity.
The glusterd service is started automatically on all servers in the trusted storage pool. The service can also be manually started and stopped as required.
  • Run the following command to start glusterd manually. 
    # service glusterd start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Run the following command to stop glusterd manually. 
    # service glusterd stop
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
When a Red Hat Gluster Storage server node hosting 256 snapshots of one or more volumes is upgraded to Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1, the cluster management commands may become unresponsive. This is because, glusterd becomes unresponsive when it tries to start all the brick processes concurrently for all the bricks and corresponding snapshots hosted on the node. This issue can be observed even without snapshots, if there are an equal number of brick processes hosted on a single node.
If the issue was observed in a setup with large number of snapshots taken on one or more volumes, deactivate the snapshots before performing an upgrade. The snapshots can be activated after the upgrade is complete.

Chapter 5. Trusted Storage Pools
Copy link

A storage pool is a network of storage servers.
When the first server starts, the storage pool consists of that server alone. Adding additional storage servers to the storage pool is achieved using the probe command from a running, trusted storage server.

Important

Before adding servers to the trusted storage pool, you must ensure that the ports specified in Section 4.1, “Port Information” are open.
On Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, enable the glusterFS firewall service in the active zones for runtime and permanent mode using the following commands:
To get a list of active zones, run the following command: 
# firewall-cmd --get-active-zones
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To allow the firewall service in the active zones, run the following commands: 
# firewall-cmd --zone=zone_name --add-service=glusterfs 
# firewall-cmd --zone=zone_name --add-service=glusterfs --permanent
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For more information about using firewalls, see section Using Firewalls in the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 Security Guide: https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/7/html/Security_Guide/sec-Using_Firewalls.html.

Note

When any two gluster commands are executed concurrently on the same volume, the following error is displayed:
Another transaction is in progress.
This behavior in the Red Hat Gluster Storage prevents two or more commands from simultaneously modifying a volume configuration, potentially resulting in an inconsistent state. Such an implementation is common in environments with monitoring frameworks such as the Red Hat Gluster Storage Console, Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization Manager, and Nagios. For example, in a four node Red Hat Gluster Storage Trusted Storage Pool, this message is observed when gluster volume status VOLNAME command is executed from two of the nodes simultaneously.

5.1. Adding Servers to the Trusted Storage Pool
Copy link

The gluster peer probe [server] command is used to add servers to the trusted server pool.

Note

Probing a node from lower version to a higher version of Red Hat Gluster Storage node is not supported.

Adding Three Servers to a Trusted Storage Pool

Create a trusted storage pool consisting of three storage servers, which comprise a volume.

Prerequisites

  • The glusterd service must be running on all storage servers requiring addition to the trusted storage pool. See Section 4.2, “Starting and Stopping the glusterd service” for service start and stop commands.
  • Server1, the trusted storage server, is started.
  • The host names of the target servers must be resolvable by DNS.
  1. Run gluster peer probe [server] from Server 1 to add additional servers to the trusted storage pool.

    Note

    • Self-probing Server1 will result in an error because it is part of the trusted storage pool by default.
    • All the servers in the Trusted Storage Pool must have RDMA devices if either RDMA or RDMA,TCP volumes are created in the storage pool. The peer probe must be performed using IP/hostname assigned to the RDMA device. 
    # gluster peer probe server2
Probe successful

# gluster peer probe server3
Probe successful

# gluster peer probe server4
Probe successful
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Verify the peer status from all servers using the following command: 
    # gluster peer status
Number of Peers: 3

Hostname: server2
Uuid: 5e987bda-16dd-43c2-835b-08b7d55e94e5
State: Peer in Cluster (Connected)

Hostname: server3
Uuid: 1e0ca3aa-9ef7-4f66-8f15-cbc348f29ff7
State: Peer in Cluster (Connected)

Hostname: server4
Uuid: 3e0caba-9df7-4f66-8e5d-cbc348f29ff7
State: Peer in Cluster (Connected)
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Important

If the existing trusted storage pool has a geo-replication session, then after adding the new server to the trusted storage pool, perform the steps listed at Section 14.5, “Starting Geo-replication on a Newly Added Brick or Node”.
Run gluster peer detach server to remove a server from the storage pool.

Removing One Server from the Trusted Storage Pool

Remove one server from the Trusted Storage Pool, and check the peer status of the storage pool.

Prerequisites

  1. Run gluster peer detach [server] to remove the server from the trusted storage pool. 
    # gluster peer detach server4
Detach successful
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Verify the peer status from all servers using the following command: 
    # gluster peer status
Number of Peers: 2

Hostname: server2
Uuid: 5e987bda-16dd-43c2-835b-08b7d55e94e5
State: Peer in Cluster (Connected)

Hostname: server3
Uuid: 1e0ca3aa-9ef7-4f66-8f15-cbc348f29ff7
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Chapter 6. Red Hat Gluster Storage Volumes
Copy link

A Red Hat Gluster Storage volume is a logical collection of bricks, where each brick is an export directory on a server in the trusted storage pool. Most of the Red Hat Gluster Storage Server management operations are performed on the volume. For a detailed information about configuring Red Hat Gluster Storage for enhancing performance see, Chapter 13, Configuring Red Hat Gluster Storage for Enhancing Performance

Warning

Red Hat does not support writing data directly into the bricks. Read and write data only through the Native Client, or through NFS or SMB mounts.

Note

Red Hat Gluster Storage supports IP over Infiniband (IPoIB). Install Infiniband packages on all Red Hat Gluster Storage servers and clients to support this feature. Run the yum groupinstall "Infiniband Support" to install Infiniband packages.

Volume Types

Distributed
Distributes files across bricks in the volume.
Use this volume type where scaling and redundancy requirements are not important, or provided by other hardware or software layers.
See Section 6.5, “Creating Distributed Volumes” for additional information about this volume type.
Replicated
Replicates files across bricks in the volume.
Use this volume type in environments where high-availability and high-reliability are critical.
See Section 6.6, “Creating Replicated Volumes” for additional information about this volume type.
Distributed Replicated
Distributes files across replicated bricks in the volume.
Use this volume type in environments where high-reliability and scalability are critical. This volume type offers improved read performance in most environments.
See Section 6.7, “Creating Distributed Replicated Volumes” for additional information about this volume type.
Dispersed
Disperses the file's data across the bricks in the volume.
Use this volume type where you need a configurable level of reliability with a minimum space waste.
See Section 6.8, “Creating Dispersed Volumes” for additional information about this volume type.
Distributed Dispersed
Distributes file's data across the dispersed subvolume.
Use this volume type where you need a configurable level of reliability with a minimum space waste.
See Section 6.9, “Creating Distributed Dispersed Volumes” for additional information about this volume type.
The gdeploy tool automates the process of creating, formatting, and mounting bricks. With gdeploy, the manual steps listed between Section 6.3 Formatting and Mounting Bricks and Section 6.8 Creating Distributed Dispersed Volumes are automated.
When setting-up a new trusted storage pool, gdeploy could be the preferred choice of trusted storage pool set up, as manually executing numerous commands can be error prone.
The advantages of using gdeploy to automate brick creation are as follows:
  • Setting-up the backend on several machines can be done from one's laptop/desktop. This saves time and scales up well when the number of nodes in the trusted storage pool increase.
  • Flexibility in choosing the drives to configure. (sd, vd, ...).
  • Flexibility in naming the logical volumes (LV) and volume groups (VG).

6.1.1. Getting Started
Copy link

Prerequisites

  1. Generate the passphrase-less SSH keys for the nodes which are going to be part of the trusted storage pool by running the following command: 
    # ssh-keygen -f id_rsa -t rsa -N ''
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Set up password-less SSH access between the gdeploy controller and servers by running the following command: 
    # ssh-copy-id -i root@server
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    If you are using a Red Hat Gluster Storage node as the deployment node and not an external node, then the password-less SSH must be set up for the Red Hat Gluster Storage node from where the installation is performed using the following command: 
    # ssh-copy-id -i root@localhost
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Install ansible by running the following command: 
    # yum install ansible
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Important

    Ensure you install Ansible 1.9* for gdeploy.
  4. You must also ensure the following:
    • Devices should be raw and unused
    • For multiple devices, use multiple volume groups, thinpool and thinvol in the gdeploy configuration file
gdeploy can be installed in two ways:
  • Using a node in a trusted storage pool
  • Using a machine outside the trusted storage pool
Using a node in a cluster

The gdeploy package is bundled as part of the initial installation of Red Hat Gluster Storage.

Using a machine outside the trusted storage pool

You must ensure that the Red Hat Gluster Storage is subscribed to the required channels. For more information see, Subscribing to the Red Hat Gluster Storage Server Channels in the Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1 Installation Guide.

Execute the following command to install gdeploy: 
# yum install gdeploy
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For more information on installing gdeploy see, Installing Ansible to Support Gdeploy section in the Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1 Installation Guide.

6.1.2. Setting up a Trusted Storage Pool
Copy link

Creating a trusted storage pool is a tedious task and becomes more tedious as the nodes in the trusted storage pool grow. With gdeploy, just a configuration file can be used to set up a trusted storage pool. When gdeploy is installed, a sample configuration file will be created at: 
/usr/share/doc/ansible/gdeploy/examples/gluster.conf.sample
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Note

The trusted storage pool can be created either by performing each tasks, such as, setting up a backend, creating a volume, and mounting volumes independently or summed up as a single configuration.
For example, for a basic trusted storage pool of a 2 x 2 replicated volume the configuration details in the configuration file will be as follows: 
[hosts]
10.0.0.1
10.0.0.2
10.0.0.3
10.0.0.4

[devices]
/dev/vdb

[volume]
action=create
volname=glustervol
transport=tcp,rdma
replica=yes
replica_count=2
force=yes

[clients]
action=mount
hosts=10.0.0.1
fstype=glusterfs
client_mount_points=/mnt/gluster
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
With this configuration a 2 x 2 replica trusted storage pool with the given IP addresses and backend device as /dev/vdb with the volume name as glustervol can be created.
For more information on possible values, see Section 6.1.7, “Configuration File”
After modifying the configuration file, invoke the configuration using the command: 
# gdeploy -c conf.txt
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Note

You can create a new configuration file by referencing the template file available at /usr/share/doc/ansible/gdeploy/examples/gluster.conf.sample . To invoke the new configuration file, run gdeploy -c /path_to_file/config.txt command.
To only setup the backend see, Section 6.1.3, “Setting up the Backend ”
To only create a volume see, Section 6.1.4, “Creating a Volume”
To only mount clients see, Section 6.1.5, “Mounting Clients”

6.1.3. Setting up the Backend
Copy link

In order to setup a Gluster Storage volume, the LVM thin-p must be set up on the storage disks. If the number of machines in the trusted storage pool is huge, these tasks takes a long time, as the number of commands involved are huge and error prone if not cautious. With gdeploy, just a configuration file can be used to set up a backend. The backend is setup at the time of setting up a fresh trusted storage pool, which requires bricks to be setup before creating a volume. When gdeploy is installed, a sample configuration file will be created at: 
/usr/share/doc/ansible/gdeploy/examples/gluster.conf.sample
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Example configuration file: 
[hosts]
10.0.0.1
10.0.0.2

[devices]
/dev/vdb

[disktype]
RAID10

[diskcount]
10

[stripesize]
128
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For more information on possible values, see Section 6.1.7, “Configuration File”
After modifying the configuration file, invoke the configuration using the command: 
# gdeploy -c conf.txt
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

6.1.4. Creating a Volume
Copy link

Setting up volume involves writing long commands by choosing the hostname/IP and brick order carefully and this could be error prone. gdeploy helps in simplifying this task. When gdeploy is installed, a sample configuration file will be created at: 
/usr/share/doc/ansible/gdeploy/examples/gluster.conf.sample
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example, for a basic trusted storage pool of a 2 x 2 replicate volume the configuration details in the configuration file will be as follows: 
[hosts]
10.0.0.1
10.0.0.2
10.0.0.3
10.0.0.4

[volume]
action=create
volname=glustervol
transport=tcp,rdma
replica=yes
replica_count=2
force=yes
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For more information on possible values, see Section 6.1.7, “Configuration File”
After modifying the configuration file, invoke the configuration using the command: 
# gdeploy -c conf.txt
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

6.1.5. Mounting Clients
Copy link

When mounting clients, instead of logging into every client which has to be mounted, gdeploy can be used to mount clients remotely. When gdeploy is installed, a sample configuration file will be created at: 
/usr/share/doc/ansible/gdeploy/examples/gluster.conf.sample
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Following is an example of the modifications to the configuration file in order to mount clients: 
[clients]
action=mount
hosts=10.70.46.159
fstype=glusterfs
client_mount_points=/mnt/gluster
volname=10.0.0.1:glustervol
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Note

If the fstype is NFS, then mention it as nfs-version. By default it is 3.
For more information on possible values, see Section 6.1.7, “Configuration File”
After modifying the configuration file, invoke the configuration using the command: 
# gdeploy -c conf.txt
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

6.1.6. Configuring a Volume
Copy link

The volumes can be configured using the configuration file. The volumes can be configured remotely using the configuration file without having to log into the trusted storage pool. For more information regarding the sections and options in the configuration file, see Section 6.1.7, “Configuration File”
6.1.6.1. Adding and Removing a Brick
Copy link
The configuration file can be modified to add or remove a brick:
Adding a Brick

Modify the [volume] section in the configuration file to add a brick. For example: 

[volume]
action=add-brick
volname=10.0.0.1:glustervol
bricks=10.0.0.1:/mnt/new_brick
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
After modifying the configuration file, invoke the configuration using the command: 
# gdeploy -c conf.txt
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Removing a Brick

Modify the [volume] section in the configuration file to remove a brick. For example: 

[volume]
action=remove-brick
volname=10.0.0.1:glustervol
bricks=10.0.0.2:/mnt/brick
state=commit
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Other options for state are stop, start, and force.
After modifying the configuration file, invoke the configuration using the command: 
# gdeploy -c conf.txt
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For more information on possible values, see Section 6.1.7, “Configuration File”
6.1.6.2. Rebalancing a Volume
Copy link
Modify the [volume] section in the configuration file to rebalance a volume. For example: 
[volume]
action=rebalance
volname=10.70.46.13:glustervol
state=start
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Other options for state are stop, and fix-layout.
After modifying the configuration file, invoke the configuration using the command: 
# gdeploy -c conf.txt
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For more information on possible values, see Section 6.1.7, “Configuration File”
6.1.6.3. Starting, Stopping, or Deleting a Volume
Copy link
The configuration file can be modified to start, stop, or delete a volume:
Starting a Volume

Modify the [volume] section in the configuration file to start a volume. For example: 

[volume]
action=start
volname=10.0.0.1:glustervol
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
After modifying the configuration file, invoke the configuration using the command: 
# gdeploy -c conf.txt
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Stopping a Volume

Modify the [volume] section in the configuration file to start a volume. For example: 

[volume]
action=stop
volname=10.0.0.1:glustervol
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
After modifying the configuration file, invoke the configuration using the command: 
# gdeploy -c conf.txt
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Deleting a Volume

Modify the [volume] section in the configuration file to start a volume. For example: 

[volume]
action=delete
volname=10.70.46.13:glustervol
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
After modifying the configuration file, invoke the configuration using the command: 
# gdeploy -c conf.txt
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For more information on possible values, see Section 6.1.7, “Configuration File”

6.1.7. Configuration File
Copy link

The configuration file includes the various options that can be used to change the settings for gdeploy. The following options are currently supported:
  • [hosts]
  • [devices]
  • [disktype]
  • [diskcount]
  • [stripesize]
  • [vgs]
  • [pools]
  • [lvs]
  • [mountpoints]
  • {host-specific-data-for-above}
  • [clients]
  • [volume]
The options are briefly explained in the following list:
  • hosts

    This is a mandatory section which contains the IP address or hostname of the machines in the trusted storage pool. Each hostname or IP address should be listed in a separate line.

    For example: 
    [hosts]
10.0.0.1
10.0.0.2
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • devices

    This is a generic section and is applicable to all the hosts listed in the [hosts] section. However, if sections of hosts such as the [hostname] or [IP-address] is present, then the data in the generic sections like [devices] is ignored. Host specific data take precedence. This is an optional section.

    For example: 
    [devices]
/dev/sda
/dev/sdb
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    When configuring the backend setup, the devices should be either listed in this section or in the host specific section.
  • disktype

    This section specifies the disk configuration that is used while setting up the backend. gdeploy supports RAID 10, RAID 6, and JBOD configurations. This is an optional section and if the field is left empty, JBOD is taken as the default configuration.

    For example: 
    [disktype]
raid6
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • diskcount

    This section specifies the number of data disks in the setup. This is a mandatory field if the [disktype] specified is either RAID 10 or RAID 6. If the [disktype] is JBOD the [diskcount] value is ignored. This is a host specific data.

    For example: 
    [diskcount]
10
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • stripesize

    This section specifies the stripe_unit size in KB.

    Case 1: This field is not necessary if the [disktype] is JBOD, and any given value will be ignored.
    Case 2: This is a mandatory field if [disktype] is specified as RAID 6.
    For [disktype] RAID 10, the default value is taken as 256KB. If you specify any other value the following warning is displayed: 
    "Warning: We recommend a stripe unit size of 256KB for RAID 10"
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    Do not add any suffixes like K, KB, M, etc. This is host specific data and can be added in the hosts section.
    For example: 
    [stripesize]
128
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • vgs

    This section specifies the volume group names for the devices listed in [devices]. The number of volume groups in the [vgs] section should match the one in [devices]. If the volume group names are missing, the volume groups will be named as GLUSTER_vg{1, 2, 3, ...} as default.

    For example: 
    [vgs]
CUSTOM_vg1
CUSTOM_vg2
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • pools

    This section specifies the pool names for the volume groups specified in the [vgs] section. The number of pools listed in the [pools] section should match the number of volume groups in the [vgs] section. If the pool names are missing, the pools will be named as GLUSTER_pool{1, 2, 3, ...}.

    For example: 
    [pools]
CUSTOM_pool1
CUSTOM_pool2
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • lvs

    This section provides the logical volume names for the volume groups specified in [vgs]. The number of logical volumes listed in the [lvs] section should match the number of volume groups listed in [vgs]. If the logical volume names are missing, it is named as GLUSTER_lv{1, 2, 3, ...}.

    For example: 
    [lvs]
CUSTOM_lv1
CUSTOM_lv2
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • mountpoints

    This section specifies the brick mount points for the logical volumes. The number of mount points should match the number of logical volumes specified in [lvs] If the mount points are missing, the mount points will be names as /gluster/brick{1, 2, 3…}.

    For example: 
    [mountpoints]
/rhs/mnt1
/rhs/mnt2
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • brick_dirs

    This is the directory which will be used as a brick while creating the volume. A mount point cannot be used as a brick directory, hence brick_dir should be a directory inside the mount point.

    This field can be left empty, in which case a directory will be created inside the mount point with a default name. If the backend is not setup, then this field will be ignored. In case mount points have to be used as brick directory, then use the force option in the volume section.

    Important

    If you only want to create a volume and not setup the back-end, then provide the absolute path of brick directories for each host specified in the [hosts] section under this section along with the volume section.
    For example: 
    [brick_dirs]
/mnt/rhgs/brick1
/mnt/rhgs/brick2
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • host-specific-data

    For the hosts (IP/hostname) listed under [hosts] section, each host can have its own specific data. The following are the variables that are supported for hosts. 

    * devices - List of devices to use
* vgs - Custom volume group names
* pools - Custom pool names
* lvs - Custom logical volume names
* mountpoints - Mount points for the logical names
* brick_dirs - This is the directory which will be used as a brick while creating the volume
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    [10.0.01]
devices=/dev/vdb,/dev/vda
vgs=CUSTOM_vg1,CUSTOM_vg2
pools=CUSTOM_pool1,CUSTOM_pool1
lvs=CUSTOM_lv1,CUSTOM_lv2
mountpoints=/rhs/mount1,/rhs/mount2
brick_dirs=brick1,brick2
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • peer

    This section specifies the configurations for the Trusted Storage Pool management (TSP). This section helps in making all the hosts specified in the [hosts] section to either probe each other to create the trusted storage pool or detach all of them from the trusted storage pool. The only option in this section is the option names 'manage' which can have it's values to be either probe or detach.

    For example: 
    [peer]
manage=probe
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • clients

    This section specifies the client hosts and client_mount_points to mount the gluster storage volume created. The 'action' option is to be specified for the framework to determine the action that has to be performed. The options are 'mount' and 'unmount'. The Client hosts field is mandatory. If the mount points are not specified, default will be taken as /mnt/gluster for all the hosts.

    The option fstype specifies how the gluster volume is to be mounted. Default is glusterfs (FUSE mount). The volume can also be mounted as NFS. Each client can have different types of volume mount, which has to be specified with a comma separated. The following fields are included: 
    * action
* hosts
* fstype
* client_mount_points
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    [clients]
action=mount
hosts=10.0.0.10
fstype=nfs
nfs-version=3
client_mount_points=/mnt/rhs
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • volume

    The section specifies the configuration options for the volume. The following fields are included in this section: 

    * action
* volname
* transport
* replica
* replica_count
* disperse
* disperse_count
* redundancy_count
* force
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    • action

      This option specifies what action must be performed in the volume. The choices can be [create, delete, add-brick, remove-brick].

      create: This choice is used to create a volume.
      delete: If the delete choice is used, all the options other than 'volname' will be ignored.
      add-brick or remove-brick: If the add-brick or remove-brick is chosen, extra option bricks with a comma separated list of brick names(in the format <hostname>:<brick path> should be provided. In case of remove-brick, state option should also be provided specifying the state of the volume after brick removal.
    • volname

      This option specifies the volume name. Default name is glustervol

      Note

      • In case of a volume operation, the 'hosts' section can be omitted, provided volname is in the format <hostname>:<volname>, where hostname is the hostname / IP of one of the nodes in the cluster
      • Only single volume creation/deletion/configuration is supported.
    • transport

      This option specifies the transport type. Default is tcp. Options are tcp or rdma or tcp,rdma.

    • replica

      This option will specify if the volume should be of type replica. options are yes and no. Default is no. If 'replica' is provided as yes, the 'replica_count' should be provided.

    • disperse

      This option specifies if the volume should be of type disperse. Options are yes and no. Default is no.

    • disperse_count

      This field is optional even if 'disperse' is yes. If not specified, the number of bricks specified in the command line is taken as the disperse_count value.

    • redundancy_count

      If this value is not specified, and if 'disperse' is yes, it's default value is computed so that it generates an optimal configuration.

    • force

      This is an optional field and can be used during volume creation to forcefully create the volume.

    For example: 
    [volname]
action=create
volname=glustervol
transport=tcp,rdma
replica=yes
replica_count=3
force=yes
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

6.2. Managing Volumes using Heketi
Copy link

Important

Heketi is a technology preview feature. Technology preview features are not fully supported under Red Hat subscription level agreements (SLAs), may not be functionally complete, and are not intended for production use. However, these features provide early access to upcoming product innovations, enabling customers to test functionality and provide feedback during the development process. As Red Hat considers making future iterations of technology preview features generally available, we will provide commercially reasonable support to resolve any reported issues that customers experience when using these features.
Heketi provides a RESTful management interface which can be used to manage the lifecycle of Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes. With Heketi, cloud services like OpenStack Manila, Kubernetes, and OpenShift can dynamically provision Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes with any of the supported durability types. Heketi will automatically determine the location for bricks across the cluster, making sure to place bricks and its replicas across different failure domains. Heketi also supports any number of Red Hat Gluster Storage clusters, allowing cloud services to provide network file storage without being limited to a single Red Hat Gluster Storage cluster.
With Heketi, the administrator no longer manages or configures bricks, disks, or trusted storage pools. Heketi service will manage all hardware for the administrator, enabling it to allocate storage on demand. Any disks registered with Heketi must be provided in raw format, which will then be managed by it using LVM on the disks provided.
Heketi Architecture
View larger image
Heketi Architecture

Figure 6.1. Heketi Architecture

Heketi can be configured and executed using the CLI or the API. The sections ahead describe configuring Heketi using the CLI. For more information regarding the Heketi API, see Heketi API.

6.2.1. Prerequisites
Copy link

Heketi requires SSH access to the nodes that it will manage. Hence, ensure that the following requirements are met:
  • SSH Access

    • SSH user and public key must be setup on the node.
    • SSH user must have password-less sudo.
    • Must be able to run sudo commands from SSH. This requires disabling requiretty in the /etc/sudoers file
  • Start the glusterd service after Red Hat Gluster Storage is installed.
  • Disks registered with Heketi must be in the raw format.

6.2.2. Installing Heketi
Copy link

After installing Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1.2, execute the following command to install Heketi: 
# yum install heketi
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For more information about subscribing to the required channels and installing Red Hat Gluster Storage, see the Red Hat Gluster Storage Installation Guide.

6.2.3. Starting the Heketi Server
Copy link

Before starting the server, ensure that the following prerequisites are met:
  • Generate the passphrase-less SSH keys for the nodes which are going to be part of the trusted storage pool by running the following command: 
    # ssh-keygen -f id_rsa -t rsa -N ''
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Set up password-less SSH access between Heketi and the Red Hat Gluster Storage servers by running the following command: 
    # ssh-copy-id -i root@server
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Setup the heketi.json configuration file. The file is located in /etc/heketi/heketi.json. The configuration file has the information required to run the Heketi server. The config file must be in JSON format with the following settings:
    • port: string, Heketi REST service port number
    • use_auth: bool, Enable JWT Authentication
    • jwt: map, JWT Authentication settings
      • admin: map, Settings for the Heketi administrator
        • key: string,
        • user: map, Settings for the Heketi volume requests access user
        • key: string, t
    • glusterfs: map, Red Hat Gluster Storage settings
      • executor: string, Determines the type of command executor to use. Possible values are:
        • mock: Does not send any commands out to servers. Can be used for development and tests
        • ssh: Sends commands to real systems over ssh
      • db: string, Location of Heketi database
      • sshexec: map, SSH configuration
        • keyfile: string, File with private ssh key
        • user: string, SSH user
    Following is an example of the JSON file: 
    {
  "_port_comment": "Heketi Server Port Number",
  "port": "8080",

  "_use_auth": "Enable JWT authorization. Please enable for deployment",
  "use_auth": false,

  "_jwt": "Private keys for access",
  "jwt": {
    "_admin": "Admin has access to all APIs",
    "admin": {
      "key": "My Secret"
    },
    "_user": "User only has access to /volumes endpoint",
    "user": {
      "key": "My Secret"
    }
  },

.....
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    The location for the private SSH key that is created must be set in the keyfile setting of the configuration file, and the key should be readable by the heketi user.
    Advanced Options

    The following configuration options should only be set on advanced configurations.

    • brick_max_size_gb: int, Maximum brick size (Gb)
    • brick_min_size_gb: int, Minimum brick size (Gb)
    • max_bricks_per_volume: int, Maximum number of bricks per volume
6.2.3.1. Starting the Server
Copy link
For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7

  1. Enable heketi by executing the following command: 
    # systemctl enable heketi
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Start the Heketi server, by executing the following command: 
    # systemctl start heketi
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. To check the status of the Heketi server, execute the following command: 
    # systemctl status heketi
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. To check the logs, execute the following command: 
    # journalctl -u heketi
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6

  1. To start Heketi, execute the following command: 
    # chkconfig --add heketi
# service heketi start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Check the logs by executing the following command: 
    # less /var/log/heketi
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Note

The database will be installed in /var/lib/heketi.
6.2.3.2. Verifying the Configuration
Copy link
To verify if the server is running, execute the following step:
If Heketi is not setup with authentication, then use curl to verify the configuration: 
# curl http://<server:port>/hello
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
You can also verify the configuration using the heketi-cli when authentication is enabled: 
# heketi-cli -server http://<server:port> -user <user> -secret <secret> cluster list
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

6.2.4. Setting up the Topology
Copy link

Setting up the topology allows Heketi to determine which nodes, disks, and clusters to use.
6.2.4.1. Prerequisites
Copy link
You have to determine the node failure domains and clusters of nodes. Failure domains is a value given to a set of nodes which share the same switch, power supply, or anything else that would cause them to fail at the same time. Heketi uses this information to make sure that replicas are created across failure domains, thus providing cloud services volumes which are resilient to both data unavailability and data loss.
You have to determine which nodes would constitute a cluster. Heketi supports multiple Red Hat Gluster Storage clusters, which gives cloud services the option of specifying a set of clusters where a volume must be created. This provides cloud services and administrators the option of creating SSD, SAS, SATA, or any other type of cluster which provide a specific quality of service to users.
6.2.4.2. Topology Setup
Copy link
The command line client loads the information about creating a cluster, adding nodes to that cluster, and then adding disks to each one of those nodes.This information is added into the topology file. To load a topology file with heketi-cli, execute the following command: 
# export HEKETI_CLI_SERVER=http://<heketi_server:port>
# heketi-cli load -json=<topology_file>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Where topology_file is a file in JSON format describing the clusters, nodes, and disks to add to Heketi. The format of the file is as follows:
clusters: array of clusters, Array of clusters
  • Each element on the array is a map which describes the cluster as follows
    • nodes: array of nodes, Array of nodes in a cluster
      Each element on the array is a map which describes the node as follows
      • node: map, Same map as Node Add except there is no need to supply the cluster id.
      • devices: array of strings, Name of each disk to be added
For example:
  1. Topology file: 
    {
    "clusters": [
               {
                  "nodes": [
                                {
                        "node": {
                                  "hostnames": {
                                             "manage": [
                                             "10.0.0.1"
                                    ],
                                    "storage": [
                                             "10.0.0.1"
                                    ]
                                 },
                                         "zone": 1
                               },
                             "devices": [
                            "/dev/sdb",
                            "/dev/sdc",
                            "/dev/sdd",
                            "/dev/sde",
                            "/dev/sdf",
                            "/dev/sdg",
                            "/dev/sdh",
                            "/dev/sdi"
                ]
                   },
               {
                    "node": {
                        "hostnames": {
                            "manage": [
                                "10.0.0.2"
                            ],
                            "storage": [
                                "10.0.0.2"
                            ]
                        },
                        "zone": 2
                    },
                    "devices": [
                        "/dev/sdb",
                        "/dev/sdc",
                        "/dev/sdd",
                        "/dev/sde",
                        "/dev/sdf",
                        "/dev/sdg",
                        "/dev/sdh",
                        "/dev/sdi"
                    ]
                },

......
......
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Load the Heketi JSON file: 
    # heketi-cli load -json=topology_libvirt.json
Creating cluster ... ID: a0d9021ad085b30124afbcf8df95ec06
        Creating node 192.168.10.100 ... ID: b455e763001d7903419c8ddd2f58aea0
                Adding device /dev/vdb ... OK
                Adding device /dev/vdc ... OK
…….            
        Creating node 192.168.10.101 ... ID: 4635bc1fe7b1394f9d14827c7372ef54
                Adding device /dev/vdb ... OK
                Adding device /dev/vdc ... OK
………….
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Execute the following command to check the details of a particular node: 
    # heketi-cli node info b455e763001d7903419c8ddd2f58aea0
Node Id: b455e763001d7903419c8ddd2f58aea0
Cluster Id: a0d9021ad085b30124afbcf8df95ec06
Zone: 1
Management Hostname: 192.168.10.100
Storage Hostname: 192.168.10.100
Devices:
Id:0ddba53c70537938f3f06a65a4a7e88b   Name:/dev/vdi            Size (GiB):499     Used (GiB):0       Free (GiB):499      
Id:4fae3aabbaf79d779795824ca6dc433a   Name:/dev/vdg            Size (GiB):499     Used (GiB):0       Free (GiB):499      
…………….
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Execute the following command to check the details of the cluster: 
    # heketi-cli cluster info a0d9021ad085b30124afbcf8df95ec06
Cluster id: a0d9021ad085b30124afbcf8df95ec06
Nodes:
4635bc1fe7b1394f9d14827c7372ef54
802a3bfab2d0295772ea4bd39a97cd5e
b455e763001d7903419c8ddd2f58aea0
ff9eeb735da341f8772d9415166b3f9d
Volumes:
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  5. To check the details of the device, execute the following command: 
    # heketi-cli device info 0ddba53c70537938f3f06a65a4a7e88b
Device Id: 0ddba53c70537938f3f06a65a4a7e88b
Name: /dev/vdi
Size (GiB): 499
Used (GiB): 0
Free (GiB): 499
Bricks:
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

6.2.5. Creating a Volume
Copy link

After Heketi is set up, you can use the CLI to create a volume.
  1. Execute the following command to check the various option for creating a volume: 
    # heketi-cli volume create [options]
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. For example: After setting up the topology file with two nodes on one failure domain, and two nodes in another failure domain, create a 100Gb volume using the following command: 
    # heketi-cli volume create -size=100
Name: vol_0729fe8ce9cee6eac9ccf01f84dc88cc
Size: 100
Id: 0729fe8ce9cee6eac9ccf01f84dc88cc
Cluster Id: a0d9021ad085b30124afbcf8df95ec06
Mount: 192.168.10.101:vol_0729fe8ce9cee6eac9ccf01f84dc88cc
Mount Options: backupvolfile-servers=192.168.10.100,192.168.10.102
Durability Type: replicate
Replica: 3
Snapshot: Disabled
 
Bricks:
Id: 8998961142c1b51ab82d14a4a7f4402d
Path: /var/lib/heketi/mounts/vg_0ddba53c70537938f3f06a65a4a7e88b/brick_8998961142c1b51ab82d14a4a7f4402d/brick
Size (GiB): 50
Node: b455e763001d7903419c8ddd2f58aea0
Device: 0ddba53c70537938f3f06a65a4a7e88b
 …………….
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. If you want to increase the storage capacity of a particular volume by 1TB, then execute the following command: 
    # heketi-cli volume expand -volume=0729fe8ce9cee6eac9ccf01f84dc88cc -expand-size=1024
Name: vol_0729fe8ce9cee6eac9ccf01f84dc88cc
Size: 1224 
Id: 0729fe8ce9cee6eac9ccf01f84dc88cc
Cluster Id: a0d9021ad085b30124afbcf8df95ec06
Mount: 192.168.10.101:vol_0729fe8ce9cee6eac9ccf01f84dc88cc
Mount Options: backupvolfile-servers=192.168.10.100,192.168.10.102
Durability Type: replicate
Replica: 3
Snapshot: Disabled
 
Bricks:
Id: 0b53e8c0d8e2b1a3fa5701e3c876d532
Path: /var/lib/heketi/mounts/vg_0ddba53c70537938f3f06a65a4a7e88b/brick_0b53e8c0d8e2b1a3fa5701e3c876d532/brick
Size (GiB): 256
Node: b455e763001d7903419c8ddd2f58aea0
Device: 0ddba53c70537938f3f06a65a4a7e88b

.........
.........
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. To check the details of the device, execute the following command: 
    # heketi-cli device info 0ddba53c70537938f3f06a65a4a7e88b
Device Id: 0ddba53c70537938f3f06a65a4a7e88b
Name: /dev/vdi
Size (GiB): 499
Used (GiB): 201
Free (GiB): 298
Bricks:
Id:0f1766cc142f1828d13c01e6eed12c74   Size (GiB):50      Path: /var/lib/heketi/mounts/vg_0ddba53c70537938f3f06a65a4a7e88b/brick_0f1766cc142f1828d13c01e6eed12c74/brick
Id:5d944c47779864b428faa3edcaac6902   Size (GiB):50      Path: /var/lib/heketi/mounts/vg_0ddba53c70537938f3f06a65a4a7e88b/brick_5d944c47779864b428faa3edcaac6902/brick
Id:8998961142c1b51ab82d14a4a7f4402d   Size (GiB):50      Path: /var/lib/heketi/mounts/vg_0ddba53c70537938f3f06a65a4a7e88b/brick_8998961142c1b51ab82d14a4a7f4402d/brick
Id:a11e7246bb21b34a157e0e1fd598b3f9   Size (GiB):50      Path: /var/lib/heketi/mounts/vg_0ddba53c70537938f3f06a65a4a7e88b/brick_a11e7246bb21b34a157e0e1fd598b3f9/brick
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

6.2.6. Deleting a Volume
Copy link

To delete a volume, execute the following command: 
# heketi-cli volume delete <volname>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example: 
$ heketi-cli volume delete 0729fe8ce9cee6eac9ccf01f84dc88cc
Volume 0729fe8ce9cee6eac9ccf01f84dc88cc deleted
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

6.3. About Encrypted Disk
Copy link

Red Hat Gluster Storage provides the ability to create bricks on encrypted devices to restrict data access. Encrypted bricks can be used to create Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes.
For information on creating encrypted disk, refer to the Disk Encryption Appendix of the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Installation Guide.

6.4. Formatting and Mounting Bricks
Copy link

To create a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume, specify the bricks that comprise the volume. After creating the volume, the volume must be started before it can be mounted.

6.4.1. Creating Bricks Manually
Copy link

Important

  • Red Hat supports formatting a Logical Volume using the XFS file system on the bricks.
Creating a Thinly Provisioned Logical Volume
To create a thinly provisioned logical volume, proceed with the following steps:
  1. Create a physical volume(PV) by using the pvcreate command.
    For example: 
    pvcreate --dataalignment 1280K /dev/sdb
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Here, /dev/sdb is a storage device.
    Use the correct dataalignment option based on your device. For more information, see Section 13.2, “Brick Configuration”

    Note

    The device name and the alignment value will vary based on the device you are using.
  2. Create a Volume Group (VG) from the PV using the vgcreate command:
    For example: 
    vgcreate --physicalextentsize 1280K rhs_vg /dev/sdb
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Create a thin-pool using the following commands: 
    lvcreate --thinpool VOLGROUP/thin_pool -L pool_sz --chuncksize chunk_sz --poolmetadatasize metadev_sz --zero n
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    lvcreate --thinpool rhs_vg/rhs_pool -L 2T --chunksize 1280K  --poolmetadatasize 16G --zero n
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    To enhance the performance of Red Hat Gluster Storage, ensure you read Chapter 13, Configuring Red Hat Gluster Storage for Enhancing Performance chapter.
  4. Create a thinly provisioned volume from the previously created pool using the lvcreate command:
    For example: 
    lvcreate -V 1G -T rhs_vg/rhs_pool -n rhs_lv
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    It is recommended that only one LV should be created in a thin pool.
Formatting and Mounting Bricks
Format bricks using the supported XFS configuration, mount the bricks, and verify the bricks are mounted correctly. To enhance the performance of Red Hat Gluster Storage, ensure you read Chapter 13, Configuring Red Hat Gluster Storage for Enhancing Performance before formatting the bricks.

Important

Snapshots are not supported on bricks formatted with external log devices. Do not use -l logdev=device option with mkfs.xfs command for formatting the Red Hat Gluster Storage bricks.
  1. Run # mkfs.xfs -f -i size=512 -n size=8192 -d su=128K,sw=10 DEVICE to format the bricks to the supported XFS file system format. Here, DEVICE is the created thin LV. The inode size is set to 512 bytes to accommodate for the extended attributes used by Red Hat Gluster Storage.
  2. Run # mkdir /mountpoint to create a directory to link the brick to.
  3. Add an entry in /etc/fstab: 
    /dev/rhs_vg/rhs_lv/mountpoint  xfs rw,inode64,noatime,nouuid  1 2
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Run # mount /mountpoint to mount the brick.
  5. Run the df -h command to verify the brick is successfully mounted: 
    # df -h /dev/rhs_vg/rhs_lv   16G  1.2G   15G   7% /exp1
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  6. If SElinux is enabled, then the SELinux labels that has to be set manually for the bricks created using the following commands: 
    # semanage fcontext -a -t glusterd_brick_t /rhgs/brick1
# restorecon -Rv /rhgs/brick1
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Using Subdirectory as the Brick for Volume
You can create an XFS file system, mount them and point them as bricks while creating a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume. If the mount point is unavailable, the data is directly written to the root file system in the unmounted directory.
For example, the /exp directory is the mounted file system and is used as the brick for volume creation. However, for some reason, if the mount point is unavailable, any write continues to happen in the /exp directory, but now this is under root file system.
To overcome this issue, you can perform the below procedure.
During Red Hat Gluster Storage setup, create an XFS file system and mount it. After mounting, create a subdirectory and use this subdirectory as the brick for volume creation. Here, the XFS file system is mounted as /bricks. After the file system is available, create a directory called /bricks/bricksrv1 and use it for volume creation. Ensure that no more than one brick is created from a single mount. This approach has the following advantages:
  • When the /bricks file system is unavailable, there is no longer/bricks/bricksrv1 directory available in the system. Hence, there will be no data loss by writing to a different location.
  • This does not require any additional file system for nesting.
Perform the following to use subdirectories as bricks for creating a volume:
  1. Create the bricksrv1 subdirectory in the mounted file system. 
    # mkdir /bricks/bricksrv1
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Repeat the above steps on all nodes.
  2. Create the Red Hat Gluster Storage volume using the subdirectories as bricks. 
    # gluster volume create distdata01 ad-rhs-srv1:/bricks/bricksrv1 ad-rhs-srv2:/bricks/bricksrv2
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Start the Red Hat Gluster Storage volume. 
    # gluster volume start distdata01
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Verify the status of the volume. 
    # gluster  volume status distdata01
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Reusing a Brick from a Deleted Volume

Bricks can be reused from deleted volumes, however some steps are required to make the brick reusable.
Brick with a File System Suitable for Reformatting (Optimal Method)
Run # mkfs.xfs -f -i size=512 device to reformat the brick to supported requirements, and make it available for immediate reuse in a new volume.

Note

All data will be erased when the brick is reformatted.
File System on a Parent of a Brick Directory
If the file system cannot be reformatted, remove the whole brick directory and create it again.
Cleaning An Unusable Brick
If the file system associated with the brick cannot be reformatted, and the brick directory cannot be removed, perform the following steps:
  1. Delete all previously existing data in the brick, including the .glusterfs subdirectory.
  2. Run # setfattr -x trusted.glusterfs.volume-id brick and # setfattr -x trusted.gfid brick to remove the attributes from the root of the brick.
  3. Run # getfattr -d -m . brick to examine the attributes set on the volume. Take note of the attributes.
  4. Run # setfattr -x attribute brick to remove the attributes relating to the glusterFS file system.
    The trusted.glusterfs.dht attribute for a distributed volume is one such example of attributes that need to be removed.

6.5. Creating Distributed Volumes
Copy link

This type of volume spreads files across the bricks in the volume.
Illustration of a distributed volume consisting of two servers. Two files are shown on the server1 brick, and one file is shown on the server2 brick. The distributed volume is set to a single mount point.
View larger image
Illustration of a distributed volume consisting of two servers. Two files are shown on the server1 brick, and one file is shown on the server2 brick. The distributed volume is set to a single mount point.

Figure 6.2. Illustration of a Distributed Volume

Warning

Distributed volumes can suffer significant data loss during a disk or server failure because directory contents are spread randomly across the bricks in the volume.
Use distributed volumes where scalable storage and redundancy is either not important, or is provided by other hardware or software layers.

Create a Distributed Volume

Use gluster volume create command to create different types of volumes, and gluster volume info command to verify successful volume creation.

Pre-requisites

  1. Run the gluster volume create command to create the distributed volume.
    The syntax is gluster volume create NEW-VOLNAME [transport tcp | rdma | tcp,rdma] NEW-BRICK...
    The default value for transport is tcp. Other options can be passed such as auth.allow or auth.reject. See Section 10.1, “Configuring Volume Options” for a full list of parameters.

    Example 6.1. Distributed Volume with Two Storage Servers

    # gluster volume create test-volume server1:/exp1/brick server2:/exp2/brick 
Creation of test-volume has been successful
Please start the volume to access data.
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Example 6.2. Distributed Volume over InfiniBand with Four Servers

    # gluster volume create test-volume transport rdma server1:/exp1/brick server2:/exp2/brick server3:/exp3/brick server4:/exp4/brick
Creation of test-volume has been successful
Please start the volume to access data.
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Run # gluster volume start VOLNAME to start the volume. 
    # gluster volume start test-volume
Starting test-volume has been successful
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Run gluster volume info command to optionally display the volume information.
    The following output is the result of Example 6.1, “Distributed Volume with Two Storage Servers”. 
    # gluster volume info
Volume Name: test-volume
Type: Distribute
Status: Created
Number of Bricks: 2
Transport-type: tcp
Bricks:
Brick1: server1:/exp1/brick
Brick2: server2:/exp2/brick
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

6.6. Creating Replicated Volumes
Copy link

Important

Creating replicated volume with replica count greater than 3 is under technology preview. Technology Preview features are not fully supported under Red Hat service-level agreements (SLAs), may not be functionally complete, and are not intended for production use.
Tech Preview features provide early access to upcoming product innovations, enabling customers to test functionality and provide feedback during the development process.
As Red Hat considers making future iterations of Technology Preview features generally available, we will provide commercially reasonable efforts to resolve any reported issues that customers experience when using these features.
Replicated volume creates copies of files across multiple bricks in the volume. Use replicated volumes in environments where high-availability and high-reliability are critical.
Use gluster volume create to create different types of volumes, and gluster volume info to verify successful volume creation.
Prerequisites

6.6.1. Creating Two-way Replicated Volumes
Copy link

Two-way replicated volume creates two copies of files across the bricks in the volume. The number of bricks must be multiple of two for a replicated volume. To protect against server and disk failures, it is recommended that the bricks of the volume are from different servers.
Illustration of a Two-way Replicated Volume
View larger image
Illustration of a Two-way Replicated Volume

Figure 6.3. Illustration of a Two-way Replicated Volume

Creating two-way replicated volumes
  1. Run the gluster volume create command to create the replicated volume.
    The syntax is # gluster volume create NEW-VOLNAME [replica COUNT] [transport tcp | rdma | tcp,rdma] NEW-BRICK...
    The default value for transport is tcp. Other options can be passed such as auth.allow or auth.reject. See Section 10.1, “Configuring Volume Options” for a full list of parameters.

    Example 6.3. Replicated Volume with Two Storage Servers

    The order in which bricks are specified determines how they are replicated with each other. For example, every 2 bricks, where 2 is the replica count, forms a replica set. This is illustrated in Figure 6.2. Illustration of a Two-way Replicated Volume. 
    # gluster volume create test-volume replica 2 transport tcp server1:/exp1/brick server2:/exp2/brick
Creation of test-volume has been successful
Please start the volume to access data.
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Run # gluster volume start VOLNAME to start the volume. 
    # gluster volume start test-volume
Starting test-volume has been successful
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Run gluster volume info command to optionally display the volume information.

Important

You must set client-side quorum on replicated volumes to prevent split-brain scenarios. For more information on setting client-side quorum, see Section 10.11.1.2, “Configuring Client-Side Quorum”

6.6.2. Creating Three-way Replicated Volumes
Copy link

Three-way replicated volume creates three copies of files across multiple bricks in the volume. The number of bricks must be equal to the replica count for a replicated volume. To protect against server and disk failures, it is recommended that the bricks of the volume are from different servers.
Synchronous three-way replication is now fully supported in Red Hat Gluster Storage. Three-way replication volumes are supported only on JBOD configuration.
Illustration of a Three-way Replicated Volume
View larger image
Illustration of a Three-way Replicated Volume

Figure 6.4. Illustration of a Three-way Replicated Volume

Creating three-way replicated volumes
  1. Run the gluster volume create command to create the replicated volume.
    The syntax is # gluster volume create NEW-VOLNAME [replica COUNT] [transport tcp | rdma | tcp,rdma] NEW-BRICK...
    The default value for transport is tcp. Other options can be passed such as auth.allow or auth.reject. See Section 10.1, “Configuring Volume Options” for a full list of parameters.

    Example 6.4. Replicated Volume with Three Storage Servers

    The order in which bricks are specified determines how bricks are replicated with each other. For example, every n bricks, where n is the replica count forms a replica set. This is illustrated in Figure 6.3. Illustration of a Three-way Replicated Volume. 
    # gluster volume create test-volume replica 3 transport tcp server1:/exp1/brick server2:/exp2/brick server3:/exp3/brick
Creation of test-volume has been successful
Please start the volume to access data.
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Run # gluster volume start VOLNAME to start the volume. 
    # gluster volume start test-volume
Starting test-volume has been successful
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Run gluster volume info command to optionally display the volume information.

Important

By default, the client-side quorum is enabled on three-way replicated volumes to minimize split-brain scenarios. For more information on client-side quorum, see Section 10.11.1.2, “Configuring Client-Side Quorum”

6.7. Creating Distributed Replicated Volumes
Copy link

Important

Creating distributed-replicated volume with replica count greater than 3 is under technology preview. Technology Preview features are not fully supported under Red Hat subscription level agreements (SLAs), may not be functionally complete, and are not intended for production use. However, these features provide early access to upcoming product innovations, enabling customers to test functionality and provide feedback during the development process. As Red Hat considers making future iterations of Technology Preview features generally available, we will provide commercially reasonable efforts to resolve any reported issues that customers experience when using these features.
Use distributed replicated volumes in environments where the requirement to scale storage, and high-reliability is critical. Distributed replicated volumes also offer improved read performance in most environments.

Note

The number of bricks must be a multiple of the replica count for a distributed replicated volume. Also, the order in which bricks are specified has a great effect on data protection. Each replica_count consecutive bricks in the list you give will form a replica set, with all replica sets combined into a distribute set. To ensure that replica-set members are not placed on the same node, list the first brick on every server, then the second brick on every server in the same order, and so on.
Prerequisites

Two-way distributed replicated volumes distribute and create two copies of files across the bricks in a volume. The number of bricks must be multiple of the replica count for a replicated volume. To protect against server and disk failures, the bricks of the volume should be from different servers.
Illustration of a Two-way Distributed Replicated Volume
View larger image
Illustration of a Two-way Distributed Replicated Volume

Figure 6.5. Illustration of a Two-way Distributed Replicated Volume

Creating two-way distributed replicated volumes
  1. Run the gluster volume create command to create the distributed replicated volume.
    The syntax is # gluster volume create NEW-VOLNAME [replica COUNT] [transport tcp | rdma | tcp,rdma] NEW-BRICK...
    The default value for transport is tcp. Other options can be passed such as auth.allow or auth.reject. See Section 10.1, “Configuring Volume Options” for a full list of parameters.

    Example 6.5. Four Node Distributed Replicated Volume with a Two-way Replication

    The order in which bricks are specified determines how they are replicated with each other. For example, the first two bricks specified replicate each other where 2 is the replica count. 
    # gluster volume create test-volume replica 2 transport tcp server1:/exp1/brick server2:/exp2/brick server3:/exp3/brick server4:/exp4/brick
Creation of test-volume has been successful
Please start the volume to access data.
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Example 6.6. Six Node Distributed Replicated Volume with a Two-way Replication

    # gluster volume create test-volume replica 2 transport tcp server1:/exp1/brick server2:/exp2/brick server3:/exp3/brick server4:/exp4/brick server5:/exp5/brick server6:/exp6/brick
Creation of test-volume has been successful
Please start the volume to access data.
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Run # gluster volume start VOLNAME to start the volume. 
    # gluster volume start test-volume
Starting test-volume has been successful
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Run gluster volume info command to optionally display the volume information.

Important

You must ensure to set server-side quorum and client-side quorum on the distributed-replicated volumes to prevent split-brain scenarios. For more information on setting quorums, see Section 10.11.1, “Preventing Split-brain”
Three-way distributed replicated volume distributes and creates three copies of files across multiple bricks in the volume. The number of bricks must be equal to the replica count for a replicated volume. To protect against server and disk failures, it is recommended that the bricks of the volume are from different servers.
Synchronous three-way replication is now fully supported in Red Hat Gluster Storage. Three-way replication volumes are supported only on JBOD configuration.
Illustration of a Three-way Distributed Replicated Volume
View larger image
Illustration of a Three-way Distributed Replicated Volume

Figure 6.6. Illustration of a Three-way Distributed Replicated Volume

Creating three-way distributed replicated volumes
  1. Run the gluster volume create command to create the distributed replicated volume.
    The syntax is # gluster volume create NEW-VOLNAME [replica COUNT] [transport tcp | rdma | tcp,rdma] NEW-BRICK...
    The default value for transport is tcp. Other options can be passed such as auth.allow or auth.reject. See Section 10.1, “Configuring Volume Options” for a full list of parameters.

    Example 6.7. Six Node Distributed Replicated Volume with a Three-way Replication

    The order in which bricks are specified determines how bricks are replicated with each other. For example, first 3 bricks, where 3 is the replica count forms a replicate set. 
    # gluster volume create test-volume replica 3 transport tcp server1:/exp1/brick server2:/exp2/brick server3:/exp3/brick server4:/exp4/brick server5:/exp5/brick server6:/exp6/brick
Creation of test-volume has been successful
Please start the volume to access data.
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Run # gluster volume start VOLNAME to start the volume. 
    # gluster volume start test-volume
Starting test-volume has been successful
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Run gluster volume info command to optionally display the volume information.

Important

By default, the client-side quorum is enabled on three-way distributed replicated volumes. You must also set server-side quorum on the distributed-replicated volumes to prevent split-brain scenarios. For more information on setting quorums, see Section 10.11.1, “Preventing Split-brain” .

6.8. Creating Dispersed Volumes
Copy link

Dispersed volumes are based on erasure coding. Erasure coding (EC) is a method of data protection in which data is broken into fragments, expanded and encoded with redundant data pieces and stored across a set of different locations. This allows the recovery of the data stored on one or more bricks in case of failure. The number of bricks that can fail without losing data is configured by setting the redundancy count.
Dispersed volume requires less storage space when compared to a replicated volume. It is equivalent to a replicated pool of size two, but requires 1.5 TB instead of 2 TB to store 1 TB of data when the redundancy level is set to 2. In a dispersed volume, each brick stores some portions of data and parity or redundancy. The dispersed volume sustains the loss of data based on the redundancy level.
Illustration of a Dispersed Volume
View larger image
Illustration of a Dispersed Volume

Figure 6.7. Illustration of a Dispersed Volume

The data protection offered by erasure coding can be represented in simple form by the following equation: n = k + m. Here n is the total number of bricks, we would require any k bricks out of n bricks for recovery. In other words, we can tolerate failure up to any m bricks. With this release, the following configurations are supported:
  • 6 bricks with redundancy level 2 (4 +2)
  • 11 bricks with redundancy level 3 (8 +3)
  • 12 bricks with redundancy level 4 (8 + 4)
Use gluster volume create to create different types of volumes, and gluster volume info to verify successful volume creation.
Prerequisites

Important

Red Hat recommends you to review the Dispersed Volume configuration recommendations explained in Section 6.8, “Creating Dispersed Volumes” before creating the Dispersed volume.
To Create a dispersed volume
  1. Run the gluster volume create command to create the dispersed volume.
    The syntax is # gluster volume create NEW-VOLNAME [disperse-data COUNT] [redundancy COUNT] [transport tcp | rdma | tcp,rdma] NEW-BRICK...
    The number of bricks required to create a disperse volume is the sum of disperse-data count and redundancy count.
    The disperse-data count option specifies the number of bricks that is part of the dispersed volume, excluding the count of the redundant bricks. For example, if the total number of bricks is 6 and redundancy-count is specified as 2, then the disperse-data count is 4 (6 - 2 = 4). If the disperse-data count option is not specified, and only the redundancy count option is specified, then the disperse-data count is computed automatically by deducting the redundancy count from the specified total number of bricks.
    Redundancy determines how many bricks can be lost without interrupting the operation of the volume. If redundancy count is not specified, based on the configuration it is computed automatically to the optimal value and a warning message is displayed.
    The default value for transport is tcp. Other options can be passed such as auth.allow or auth.reject. See Section 6.3, “About Encrypted Disk” for a full list of parameters.

    Example 6.8. Dispersed Volume with Six Storage Servers

    # gluster volume create test-volume disperse-data 4 redundancy 2 transport tcp server1:/exp1/brick server2:/exp2/brick server3:/exp3/brick server4:/exp4/brick server5:/exp5/brick server6:/exp6/brick
Creation of test-volume has been successful
Please start the volume to access data.
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Run # gluster volume start VOLNAME to start the volume. 
    # gluster volume start test-volume
Starting test-volume has been successful
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Run gluster volume info command to optionally display the volume information.

6.9. Creating Distributed Dispersed Volumes
Copy link

Distributed dispersed volumes support the same configurations of erasure coding as dispersed volumes. The number of bricks in a distributed dispersed volume must be a multiple of (K+M). With this release, the following configurations are supported:
  • Multiple disperse sets containing 6 bricks with redundancy level 2
  • Multiple disperse sets containing 11 bricks with redundancy level 3
  • Multiple disperse sets containing 12 bricks with redundancy level 4
Use gluster volume create to create different types of volumes, and gluster volume info to verify successful volume creation.
Prerequisites
Illustration of a Distributed Dispersed Volume
View larger image
Illustration of a Distributed Dispersed Volume

Figure 6.8. Illustration of a Distributed Dispersed Volume

Creating distributed dispersed volumes

Important

Red Hat recommends you to review the Distributed Dispersed Volume configuration recommendations explained in Chapter 28, Recommended Configurations - Dispersed Volume before creating the Distributed Dispersed volume.
  1. Run the gluster volume create command to create the dispersed volume.
    The syntax is # gluster volume create NEW-VOLNAME disperse-data COUNT [redundancy COUNT] [transport tcp | rdma | tcp,rdma] NEW-BRICK...
    The default value for transport is tcp. Other options can be passed such as auth.allow or auth.reject. See Section 10.1, “Configuring Volume Options” for a full list of parameters.

    Example 6.9. Distributed Dispersed Volume with Six Storage Servers

    # gluster volume create test-volume disperse-data 4 redundancy 2 transport tcp server1:/exp1/brick1 server2:/exp2/brick2 server3:/exp3/brick3 server4:/exp4/brick4 server5:/exp5/brick5 server6:/exp6/brick6 server1:/exp7/brick7 server2:/exp8/brick8 server3:/exp9/brick9 server4:/exp10/brick10 server5:/exp11/brick11 server6:/exp12/brick12
Creation of test-volume has been successful
Please start the volume to access data.
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    The above example is illustrated in the figure Illustration of a Distributed Dispersed Volume. In the illustration and example, you are creating 12 bricks from 6 servers.
  2. Run # gluster volume start VOLNAME to start the volume. 
    # gluster volume start test-volume
Starting test-volume has been successful
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Run gluster volume info command to optionally display the volume information.

6.10. Starting Volumes
Copy link

Volumes must be started before they can be mounted.
To start a volume, run # gluster volume start VOLNAME
For example, to start test-volume: 
# gluster volume start test-volume
Starting test-volume has been successful
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Chapter 7. Accessing Data - Setting Up Clients
Copy link

Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes can be accessed using a number of technologies:
Cross Protocol Data Access

Although a Red Hat Gluster Storage trusted pool can be configured to support multiple protocols simultaneously, a single volume cannot be freely accessed by different protocols due to differences in locking semantics. The table below defines which protocols can safely access the same volume concurrently.

Expand
Table 7.1. Cross Protocol Data Access Matrix
  SMB NFS Native Client Object
SMB Yes No No No
NFS No Yes Yes Yes
Native Client No Yes Yes Yes
Object No Yes Yes Yes
Access Protocols Supportability

The following table provides the support matrix for the supported access protocols with TCP/RDMA.

Expand
Table 7.2. Access Protocol Supportability Matrix
Access Protocols TCP RDMA
FUSEYes Yes
SMB Yes No
NFSYesYes

Important

Red Hat Gluster Storage requires certain ports to be open. You must ensure that the firewall settings allow access to the ports listed at Section 4.1, “Port Information”.

7.1. Native Client
Copy link

Native Client is a FUSE-based client running in user space. Native Client is the recommended method for accessing Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes when high concurrency and high write performance is required.
This section introduces Native Client and explains how to install the software on client machines. This section also describes how to mount Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes on clients (both manually and automatically) and how to verify that the Red Hat Gluster Storage volume has mounted successfully.
Expand
Table 7.3. Red Hat Gluster Storage Support Matrix
Red Hat Enterprise Linux version Red Hat Gluster Storage version Native client version
6.5 3.0 3.0, 2.1*
6.6 3.0.2, 3.0.3, 3.0.4 3.0, 2.1*
6.73.1, 3.1.1, 3.1.23.1, 3.0, 2.1*
7.13.1, 3.1.13.1, 3.0, 2.1*
7.23.1.23.1, 3.0, 2.1*

Note

If an existing Red Hat Gluster Storage 2.1 cluster is upgraded to Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.x, older 2.1 based clients can mount the new 3.x volumes, however, clients must be upgraded to Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.x to run rebalance operation. For more information, see Section 7.1.3, “Mounting Red Hat Gluster Storage Volumes”

7.1.1. Installing Native Client
Copy link

After installing the client operating system, register the target system to Red Hat Network and subscribe to the Red Hat Enterprise Linux Server channel.

Important

All clients must be of the same version. Red Hat strongly recommends upgrading the servers before upgrading the clients.

Use the Command Line to Register and Subscribe a System to Red Hat Network

Register the system using the command line, and subscribe to the correct channels.

Prerequisites

  • Know the user name and password of the Red Hat Network (RHN) account with Red Hat Gluster Storage entitlements.
  1. Run the rhn_register command to register the system. 
    # rhn_register
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. In the Operating System Release Version screen, select All available updates and follow the prompts to register the system to the standard base channel of the respective Red Hat Enterprise Linux Server version.
  3. Run the rhn-channel --add --channel command to subscribe the system to the correct Red Hat Gluster Storage Native Client channel:
    • For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.x clients using Red Hat Satellite Server: 
      # rhn-channel --add --channel=rhel-x86_64-server-7-rh-gluster-3-client
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

      Note

      The following command can also be used, but Red Hat Gluster Storage may deprecate support for this channel in future releases. 
      # rhn-channel --add --channel=rhel-x86_64-server-rh-common-7
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    • For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.x clients: 
      # rhn-channel --add --channel=rhel-x86_64-server-rhsclient-6
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    • For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.x clients: 
      # rhn-channel --add --channel=rhel-x86_64-server-rhsclient-5
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Verify that the system is subscribed to the required channels. 
    # yum repolist
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Use the Command Line to Register and Subscribe a System to Red Hat Subscription Management

Register the system using the command line, and subscribe to the correct repositories.

Prerequisites

  • Know the user name and password of the Red Hat Subscription Manager account with Red Hat Gluster Storage entitlements.
  1. Run the subscription-manager register command and enter your Red Hat Subscription Manager user name and password to register the system with Red Hat Subscription Manager. 
    # subscription-manager register --auto-attach
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Depending on your client, run one of the following commands to subscribe to the correct repositories.
    • For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.x clients: 
      # subscription-manager repos --enable=rhel-7-server-rpms --enable=rh-gluster-3-client-for-rhel-7-server-rpms
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

      Note

      The following command can also be used, but Red Hat Gluster Storage may deprecate support for this repository in future releases. 
      # subscription-manager repos --enable=rhel-7-server-rh-common-rpms
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    • For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.1 and later clients: 
      # subscription-manager repos --enable=rhel-6-server-rpms --enable=rhel-6-server-rhs-client-1-rpms
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    • For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.7 and later clients: 
      # subscription-manager repos --enable=rhel-5-server-rpms --enable=rhel-5-server-rhs-client-1-rpms
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For more information, see Section 3.2 Registering from the Command Line in Using and Configuring Red Hat Subscription Management.
  3. Verify that the system is subscribed to the required repositories. 
    # yum repolist
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Use the Web Interface to Register and Subscribe a System

Register the system using the web interface, and subscribe to the correct channels.

Prerequisites

  • Know the user name and password of the Red Hat Network (RHN) account with Red Hat Gluster Storage entitlements.
  1. Log on to Red Hat Network (http://rhn.redhat.com).
  2. Move the mouse cursor over the Subscriptions link at the top of the screen, and then click the Registered Systems link.
  3. Click the name of the system to which the Red Hat Gluster Storage Native Client channel must be appended.
  4. Click Alter Channel Subscriptions in the Subscribed Channels section of the screen.
  5. Expand the node for Additional Services Channels for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for x86_64 or Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 for x86_64 or for Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 for x86_64 depending on the client platform.
  6. Click the Change Subscriptions button to finalize the changes.
    When the page refreshes, select the Details tab to verify the system is subscribed to the appropriate channels.

Install Native Client Packages

Install Native Client packages from Red Hat Network
  1. Run the yum install command to install the native client RPM packages. 
    # yum install glusterfs glusterfs-fuse
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. For Red Hat Enterprise 5.x client systems, run the modprobe command to load FUSE modules before mounting Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes. 
    # modprobe fuse
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For more information on loading modules at boot time, see https://access.redhat.com/knowledge/solutions/47028 .

7.1.2. Upgrading Native Client
Copy link

Before updating the Native Client, subscribe the clients to the channels mentioned in Section 7.1.1, “Installing Native Client”

  1. Unmount gluster volumes

    Unmount any gluster volumes prior to upgrading the native client. 
    # umount /mnt/glusterfs
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

  2. Upgrade the client

    Run the yum update command to upgrade the native client: 
    # yum update glusterfs glusterfs-fuse
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

  3. Remount gluster volumes

    Remount volumes as discussed in Section 7.1.3, “Mounting Red Hat Gluster Storage Volumes”.

7.1.3. Mounting Red Hat Gluster Storage Volumes
Copy link

After installing Native Client, the Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes must be mounted to access data. Two methods are available:
After mounting a volume, test the mounted volume using the procedure described in Section 7.1.3.4, “Testing Mounted Volumes”.

Note

  • For Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1 and Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1.z, the recommended native client version should either be 3.1.z, or 3.0.z.
  • Server names selected during volume creation should be resolvable in the client machine. Use appropriate /etc/hosts entries, or a DNS server to resolve server names to IP addresses.
7.1.3.1. Mount Commands and Options
Copy link
The following options are available when using the mount -t glusterfs command. All options must be separated with commas. 
# mount -t glusterfs -o backup-volfile-servers=volfile_server2:volfile_server3:.... ..:volfile_serverN,transport-type tcp,log-level=WARNING,log-file=/var/log/gluster.log server1:/test-volume /mnt/glusterfs
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
backup-volfile-servers=<volfile_server2>:<volfile_server3>:...:<volfile_serverN>
List of the backup volfile servers to mount the client. If this option is specified while mounting the fuse client, when the first volfile server fails, the servers specified in backup-volfile-servers option are used as volfile servers to mount the client until the mount is successful.

Note

This option was earlier specified as backupvolfile-server which is no longer valid.
log-level
Logs only specified level or higher severity messages in the log-file.
log-file
Logs the messages in the specified file.
transport-type
Specifies the transport type that FUSE client must use to communicate with bricks. If the volume was created with only one transport type, then that becomes the default when no value is specified. In case of tcp,rdma volume, tcp is the default.
ro
Mounts the file system as read only.
acl
Enables POSIX Access Control List on mount.
background-qlen=n
Enables FUSE to handle n number of requests to be queued before subsequent requests are denied. Default value of n is 64.
enable-ino32
this option enables file system to present 32-bit inodes instead of 64- bit inodes.
7.1.3.2. Mounting Volumes Manually
Copy link

Manually Mount a Red Hat Gluster Storage Volume

Create a mount point and run the mount -t glusterfs HOSTNAME|IPADDRESS:/VOLNAME /MOUNTDIR command to manually mount a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume.

Note

The server specified in the mount command is used to fetch the glusterFS configuration volfile, which describes the volume name. The client then communicates directly with the servers mentioned in the volfile (which may not actually include the server used for mount).
  1. If a mount point has not yet been created for the volume, run the mkdir command to create a mount point. 
    # mkdir /mnt/glusterfs
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Run the mount -t glusterfs command, using the key in the task summary as a guide. 
    # mount -t glusterfs server1:/test-volume /mnt/glusterfs
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
7.1.3.3. Mounting Volumes Automatically
Copy link
Volumes can be mounted automatically each time the systems starts.
The server specified in the mount command is used to fetch the glusterFS configuration volfile, which describes the volume name. The client then communicates directly with the servers mentioned in the volfile (which may not actually include the server used for mount).
Mounting a Volume Automatically
Mount a Red Hat Gluster Storage Volume automatically at server start.
  1. Open the /etc/fstab file in a text editor.
  2. Append the following configuration to the fstab file. 
    HOSTNAME|IPADDRESS:/VOLNAME /MOUNTDIR glusterfs defaults,_netdev 0 0
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Using the example server names, the entry contains the following replaced values. 
    server1:/test-volume /mnt/glusterfs glusterfs defaults,_netdev 0 0
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    If you want to specify the transport type then check the following example: 
    server1:/test-volume /mnt/glusterfs glusterfs defaults,_netdev,transport=tcp 0 0
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
7.1.3.4. Testing Mounted Volumes
Copy link

Testing Mounted Red Hat Gluster Storage Volumes

Using the command-line, verify the Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes have been successfully mounted. All three commands can be run in the order listed, or used independently to verify a volume has been successfully mounted.
  1. Run the mount command to check whether the volume was successfully mounted. 
    # mount
server1:/test-volume on /mnt/glusterfs type fuse.glusterfs(rw,allow_other,default_permissions,max_read=131072
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    If transport option is used while mounting a volume, mount status will have the transport type appended to the volume name. For example, for transport=tcp: 
    # mount
server1:/test-volume.tcp on /mnt/glusterfs type fuse.glusterfs(rw,allow_other,default_permissions,max_read=131072
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Run the df command to display the aggregated storage space from all the bricks in a volume. 
    # df -h /mnt/glusterfs 
Filesystem           Size  Used  Avail  Use%  Mounted on
server1:/test-volume  28T  22T   5.4T   82%   /mnt/glusterfs
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Move to the mount directory using the cd command, and list the contents. 
    # cd /mnt/glusterfs 
# ls
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

7.2. NFS
Copy link

Linux, and other operating systems that support the NFSv3 standard can use NFS to access the Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes.
Differences in implementation of the NFSv3 standard in operating systems may result in some operational issues. If issues are encountered when using NFSv3, contact Red Hat support to receive more information on Red Hat Gluster Storage client operating system compatibility, and information about known issues affecting NFSv3.
NFS ACL v3 is supported, which allows getfacl and setfacl operations on NFS clients. The following options are provided to configure the Access Control Lists (ACL) in the glusterFS NFS server with the nfs.acl option. For example:
  • To set nfs.acl ON, run the following command:
    # gluster volume set VOLNAME nfs.acl on
  • To set nfs.acl OFF, run the following command:
    # gluster volume set VOLNAME nfs.acl off

Note

ACL is ON by default.
Red Hat Gluster Storage includes Network Lock Manager (NLM) v4. NLM protocol allows NFSv3 clients to lock files across the network. NLM is required to make applications running on top of NFSv3 mount points to use the standard fcntl() (POSIX) and flock() (BSD) lock system calls to synchronize access across clients.
This section describes how to use NFS to mount Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes (both manually and automatically) and how to verify that the volume has been mounted successfully.

Important

On Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, enable the firewall service in the active zones for runtime and permanent mode using the following commands:
To get a list of active zones, run the following command: 
# firewall-cmd --get-active-zones
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To allow the firewall service in the active zones, run the following commands: 
# firewall-cmd --zone=zone_name --add-service=nfs --add-service=rpc-bind
# firewall-cmd --zone=zone_name --add-service=nfs --add-service=rpc-bind --permanent
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
You can use either of the following methods to mount Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes:

Note

Currently GlusterFS NFS server only supports version 3 of NFS protocol. As a preferred option, always configure version 3 as the default version in the nfsmount.conf file at /etc/nfsmount.conf by adding the following text in the file:
Defaultvers=3
In case the file is not modified, then ensure to add vers=3 manually in all the mount commands.
# mount nfsserver:export -o vers=3 /MOUNTPOINT
RDMA support in GlusterFS that is mentioned in the previous sections is with respect to communication between bricks and Fuse mount/GFAPI/NFS server. NFS kernel client will still communicate with GlusterFS NFS server over tcp.
In case of volumes which were created with only one type of transport, communication between GlusterFS NFS server and bricks will be over that transport type. In case of tcp,rdma volume it could be changed using the volume set option nfs.transport-type.
After mounting a volume, you can test the mounted volume using the procedure described in Section 7.2.1.4, “Testing Volumes Mounted Using NFS”.
7.2.1.1. Manually Mounting Volumes Using NFS
Copy link
Create a mount point and run the mount command to manually mount a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume using NFS.
  1. If a mount point has not yet been created for the volume, run the mkdir command to create a mount point. 
    # mkdir /mnt/glusterfs
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Run the correct mount command for the system.
    For Linux
    # mount -t nfs -o vers=3 server1:/test-volume /mnt/glusterfs
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For Solaris
    # mount -o vers=3 nfs://server1:38467/test-volume /mnt/glusterfs
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Manually Mount a Red Hat Gluster Storage Volume using NFS over TCP
Create a mount point and run the mount command to manually mount a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume using NFS over TCP.

Note

glusterFS NFS server does not support UDP. If a NFS client such as Solaris client, connects by default using UDP, the following message appears:
requested NFS version or transport protocol is not supported
The option nfs.mount-udp is supported for mounting a volume, by default it is disabled. The following are the limitations:
  • If nfs.mount-udp is enabled, the MOUNT protocol needed for NFSv3 can handle requests from NFS-clients that require MOUNT over UDP. This is useful for at least some versions of Solaris, IBM AIX and HP-UX.
  • Currently, MOUNT over UDP does not have support for mounting subdirectories on a volume. Mounting server:/volume/subdir exports is only functional when MOUNT over TCP is used.
  • MOUNT over UDP does not currently have support for different authentication options that MOUNT over TCP honors. Enabling nfs.mount-udp may give more permissions to NFS clients than intended via various authentication options like nfs.rpc-auth-allow, nfs.rpc-auth-reject and nfs.export-dir.
  1. If a mount point has not yet been created for the volume, run the mkdir command to create a mount point. 
    # mkdir /mnt/glusterfs
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Run the correct mount command for the system, specifying the TCP protocol option for the system.
    For Linux
    # mount -t nfs -o vers=3,mountproto=tcp server1:/test-volume /mnt/glusterfs
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For Solaris
    # mount -o proto=tcp, nfs://server1:38467/test-volume /mnt/glusterfs
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
7.2.1.2. Automatically Mounting Volumes Using NFS
Copy link
Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes can be mounted automatically using NFS, each time the system starts.

Note

In addition to the tasks described below, Red Hat Gluster Storage supports Linux, UNIX, and similar operating system's standard method of auto-mounting NFS mounts.
Update the /etc/auto.master and /etc/auto.misc files, and restart the autofs service. Whenever a user or process attempts to access the directory it will be mounted in the background on-demand.
Mounting a Volume Automatically using NFS
Mount a Red Hat Gluster Storage Volume automatically using NFS at server start.
  1. Open the /etc/fstab file in a text editor.
  2. Append the following configuration to the fstab file. 
    HOSTNAME|IPADDRESS:/VOLNAME /MOUNTDIR glusterfs mountdir nfs defaults,_netdev, 0 0
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Using the example server names, the entry contains the following replaced values. 
    server1:/test-volume /mnt/glusterfs nfs defaults,_netdev, 0 0
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Mounting a Volume Automatically using NFS over TCP
Mount a Red Hat Gluster Storage Volume automatically using NFS over TCP at server start.
  1. Open the /etc/fstab file in a text editor.
  2. Append the following configuration to the fstab file. 
    HOSTNAME|IPADDRESS:/VOLNAME /MOUNTDIR glusterfs nfs defaults,_netdev,mountproto=tcp 0 0
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Using the example server names, the entry contains the following replaced values. 
    server1:/test-volume /mnt/glusterfs nfs defaults,_netdev,mountproto=tcp 0 0
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
This update extends nfs.export-dir option to provide client authentication during sub-directory mount. The nfs.export-dir and nfs.export-dirs options provide granular control to restrict or allow specific clients to mount a sub-directory. These clients can be authenticated with either an IP, host name or a Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) range.
  • nfs.export-dirs: By default, all NFS sub-volumes are exported as individual exports. This option allows you to manage this behavior. When this option is turned off, none of the sub-volumes are exported and hence the sub-directories cannot be mounted. This option is on by default.
    To set this option to off, run the following command:
    # gluster volume set VOLNAME nfs.export-dirs off
    To set this option to on, run the following command:
    # gluster volume set VOLNAME nfs.export-dirs on
  • nfs.export-dir: This option allows you to export specified subdirectories on the volume. You can export a particular subdirectory, for example:
    # gluster volume set VOLNAME nfs.export-dir /d1,/d2/d3/d4,/d6
    where d1, d2, d3, d4, d6 are the sub-directories.
    You can also control the access to mount these subdirectories based on the IP address, host name or a CIDR. For example:
    # gluster volume set VOLNAME nfs.export-dir "/d1(<ip address>),/d2/d3/d4(<host name>|<ip address>),/d6(<CIDR>)"
    The directory /d1, /d2 and /d6 are directories inside the volume. Volume name must not be added to the path. For example if the volume vol1 has directories d1 and d2, then to export these directories use the following command: gluster volume set vol1 nfs.export-dir "/d1(192.0.2.2),d2(192.0.2.34)"
7.2.1.4. Testing Volumes Mounted Using NFS
Copy link
You can confirm that Red Hat Gluster Storage directories are mounting successfully.
To test mounted volumes

Testing Mounted Red Hat Gluster Storage Volumes

Using the command-line, verify the Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes have been successfully mounted. All three commands can be run in the order listed, or used independently to verify a volume has been successfully mounted.
  1. Run the mount command to check whether the volume was successfully mounted. 
    # mount
server1:/test-volume on /mnt/glusterfs type nfs (rw,addr=server1)
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Run the df command to display the aggregated storage space from all the bricks in a volume. 
    # df -h /mnt/glusterfs 
Filesystem              Size Used Avail Use% Mounted on 
server1:/test-volume    28T  22T  5.4T  82%  /mnt/glusterfs
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Move to the mount directory using the cd command, and list the contents. 
    # cd /mnt/glusterfs 
# ls
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

7.2.2. Troubleshooting NFS
Copy link

Q: The mount command on the NFS client fails with RPC Error: Program not registered. This error is encountered due to one of the following reasons:
Q: The rpcbind service is not running on the NFS client. This could be due to the following reasons:
Q: The NFS server glusterfsd starts but the initialization fails with nfsrpc- service: portmap registration of program failed error message in the log.
Q: The NFS server start-up fails with the message Port is already in use in the log file.
Q: The mount command fails with NFS server failed error:
Q: The showmount command fails with clnt_create: RPC: Unable to receive error. This error is encountered due to the following reasons:
Q: The application fails with Invalid argument or Value too large for defined data type
Q: After the machine that is running NFS server is restarted the client fails to reclaim the locks held earlier.
Q: The rpc actor failed to complete successfully error is displayed in the nfs.log, even after the volume is mounted successfully.
Q: The mount command fails with No such file or directory.
Q:
The mount command on the NFS client fails with RPC Error: Program not registered. This error is encountered due to one of the following reasons:
  • The NFS server is not running. You can check the status using the following command: 
    # gluster volume status
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • The volume is not started. You can check the status using the following command: 
    # gluster volume info
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • rpcbind is restarted. To check if rpcbind is running, execute the following command:
    # ps ax| grep rpcbind
A:
  • If the NFS server is not running, then restart the NFS server using the following command: 
    # gluster volume start VOLNAME
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • If the volume is not started, then start the volume using the following command: 
    # gluster volume start VOLNAME
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • If both rpcbind and NFS server is running then restart the NFS server using the following commands:
    # gluster volume stop VOLNAME
    # gluster volume start VOLNAME
Q:
The rpcbind service is not running on the NFS client. This could be due to the following reasons:
  • The portmap is not running.
  • Another instance of kernel NFS server or glusterNFS server is running.
A:
Start the rpcbind service by running the following command: 
# service rpcbind start
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Q:
The NFS server glusterfsd starts but the initialization fails with nfsrpc- service: portmap registration of program failed error message in the log.
A:
NFS start-up succeeds but the initialization of the NFS service can still fail preventing clients from accessing the mount points. Such a situation can be confirmed from the following error messages in the log file: 
[2010-05-26 23:33:47] E [rpcsvc.c:2598:rpcsvc_program_register_portmap] rpc-service: Could notregister with portmap 
[2010-05-26 23:33:47] E [rpcsvc.c:2682:rpcsvc_program_register] rpc-service: portmap registration of program failed
[2010-05-26 23:33:47] E [rpcsvc.c:2695:rpcsvc_program_register] rpc-service: Program registration failed: MOUNT3, Num: 100005, Ver: 3, Port: 38465
[2010-05-26 23:33:47] E [nfs.c:125:nfs_init_versions] nfs: Program init failed
[2010-05-26 23:33:47] C [nfs.c:531:notify] nfs: Failed to initialize protocols
[2010-05-26 23:33:49] E [rpcsvc.c:2614:rpcsvc_program_unregister_portmap] rpc-service: Could not unregister with portmap
[2010-05-26 23:33:49] E [rpcsvc.c:2731:rpcsvc_program_unregister] rpc-service: portmap unregistration of program failed
[2010-05-26 23:33:49] E [rpcsvc.c:2744:rpcsvc_program_unregister] rpc-service: Program unregistration failed: MOUNT3, Num: 100005, Ver: 3, Port: 38465
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  1. Start the rpcbind service on the NFS server by running the following command: 
    # service rpcbind start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    After starting rpcbind service, glusterFS NFS server needs to be restarted.
  2. Stop another NFS server running on the same machine.
    Such an error is also seen when there is another NFS server running on the same machine but it is not the glusterFS NFS server. On Linux systems, this could be the kernel NFS server. Resolution involves stopping the other NFS server or not running the glusterFS NFS server on the machine. Before stopping the kernel NFS server, ensure that no critical service depends on access to that NFS server's exports.
    On Linux, kernel NFS servers can be stopped by using either of the following commands depending on the distribution in use: 
    # service nfs-kernel-server stop
# service nfs stop
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Restart glusterFS NFS server.
Q:
The NFS server start-up fails with the message Port is already in use in the log file.
A:
This error can arise in case there is already a glusterFS NFS server running on the same machine. This situation can be confirmed from the log file, if the following error lines exist: 
[2010-05-26 23:40:49] E [rpc-socket.c:126:rpcsvc_socket_listen] rpc-socket: binding socket failed:Address already in use
[2010-05-26 23:40:49] E [rpc-socket.c:129:rpcsvc_socket_listen] rpc-socket: Port is already in use 
[2010-05-26 23:40:49] E [rpcsvc.c:2636:rpcsvc_stage_program_register] rpc-service: could not create listening connection 
[2010-05-26 23:40:49] E [rpcsvc.c:2675:rpcsvc_program_register] rpc-service: stage registration of program failed 
[2010-05-26 23:40:49] E [rpcsvc.c:2695:rpcsvc_program_register] rpc-service: Program registration failed: MOUNT3, Num: 100005, Ver: 3, Port: 38465 
[2010-05-26 23:40:49] E [nfs.c:125:nfs_init_versions] nfs: Program init failed 
[2010-05-26 23:40:49] C [nfs.c:531:notify] nfs: Failed to initialize protocols
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
In this release, the glusterFS NFS server does not support running multiple NFS servers on the same machine. To resolve the issue, one of the glusterFS NFS servers must be shutdown.
Q:
The mount command fails with NFS server failed error:
A:
mount: mount to NFS server '10.1.10.11' failed: timed out (retrying).
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Review and apply the suggested solutions to correct the issue.
  • Disable name lookup requests from NFS server to a DNS server.
    The NFS server attempts to authenticate NFS clients by performing a reverse DNS lookup to match host names in the volume file with the client IP addresses. There can be a situation where the NFS server either is not able to connect to the DNS server or the DNS server is taking too long to respond to DNS request. These delays can result in delayed replies from the NFS server to the NFS client resulting in the timeout error.
    NFS server provides a work-around that disables DNS requests, instead relying only on the client IP addresses for authentication. The following option can be added for successful mounting in such situations: 
    option nfs.addr.namelookup off
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    Remember that disabling the NFS server forces authentication of clients to use only IP addresses. If the authentication rules in the volume file use host names, those authentication rules will fail and client mounting will fail.
  • NFS version used by the NFS client is other than version 3 by default.
    glusterFS NFS server supports version 3 of NFS protocol by default. In recent Linux kernels, the default NFS version has been changed from 3 to 4. It is possible that the client machine is unable to connect to the glusterFS NFS server because it is using version 4 messages which are not understood by glusterFS NFS server. The timeout can be resolved by forcing the NFS client to use version 3. The vers option to mount command is used for this purpose:
    # mount nfsserver:export -o vers=3 /MOUNTPOINT
Q:
The showmount command fails with clnt_create: RPC: Unable to receive error. This error is encountered due to the following reasons:
  • The firewall might have blocked the port.
  • rpcbind might not be running.
A:
Check the firewall settings, and open ports 111 for portmap requests/replies and glusterFS NFS server requests/replies. glusterFS NFS server operates over the following port numbers: 38465, 38466, and 38467.
Q:
The application fails with Invalid argument or Value too large for defined data type
A:
These two errors generally happen for 32-bit NFS clients, or applications that do not support 64-bit inode numbers or large files.
Use the following option from the command-line interface to make glusterFS NFS return 32-bit inode numbers instead: 
NFS.enable-ino32 <on | off>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
This option is off by default, which permits NFS to return 64-bit inode numbers by default.
Applications that will benefit from this option include those that are:
  • built and run on 32-bit machines, which do not support large files by default,
  • built to 32-bit standards on 64-bit systems.
Applications which can be rebuilt from source are recommended to be rebuilt using the following flag with gcc: 
-D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Q:
After the machine that is running NFS server is restarted the client fails to reclaim the locks held earlier.
A:
The Network Status Monitor (NSM) service daemon (rpc.statd) is started before gluster NFS server. Hence, NSM sends a notification to the client to reclaim the locks. When the clients send the reclaim request, the NFS server does not respond as it is not started yet. Hence the client request fails.
Solution: To resolve the issue, prevent the NSM daemon from starting when the server starts.
Run chkconfig --list nfslock to check if NSM is configured during OS boot.
If any of the entries are on,run chkconfig nfslock off to disable NSM clients during boot, which resolves the issue.
Q:
The rpc actor failed to complete successfully error is displayed in the nfs.log, even after the volume is mounted successfully.
A:
gluster NFS supports only NFS version 3. When nfs-utils mounts a client when the version is not mentioned, it tries to negotiate using version 4 before falling back to version 3. This is the cause of the messages in both the server log and the nfs.log file. 
[2013-06-25 00:03:38.160547] W [rpcsvc.c:180:rpcsvc_program_actor] 0-rpc-service: RPC program version not available (req 100003 4)
[2013-06-25 00:03:38.160669] E [rpcsvc.c:448:rpcsvc_check_and_reply_error] 0-rpcsvc: rpc actor failed to complete successfully
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To resolve the issue, declare NFS version 3 and the noacl option in the mount command as follows: 
mount -t nfs -o vers=3,noacl server1:/test-volume /mnt/glusterfs
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Q:
The mount command fails with No such file or directory.
A:
This problem is encountered as the volume is not present.

7.2.3. NFS-Ganesha
Copy link

NFS-Ganesha is a user space file server for the NFS protocol with support for NFSv3, v4, v4.1, pNFS.
Red Hat Gluster Storage is supported with the community’s V2.2-stable release of NFS-Ganesha. The current release of Red Hat Gluster Storage introduces High Availability (HA) of NFS servers in active-active mode. pNFS is introduced as a tech preview feature. However, it does not support NFSv4 delegations and NFSv4.1.

Note

To install NFS-Ganesha refer, Deploying NFS-Ganesha on Red Hat Gluster Storage in the Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1 Installation Guide.

Important

You must to ensure to enable the NFS firewall service along with the NFS-Ganesha firewall services. For more information NFS firewall services, see .Section 7.2, “NFS”
  • On Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, enable the NFS-Ganesha firewall service for mountd and HA in the active zones for runtime and permanent mode using the following commands:
    1. Get a list of active zones using the following command: 
      # firewall-cmd --get-active-zones
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. Allow the firewall service in the active zones, run the following commands: 
      # firewall-cmd --zone=zone_name --add-service=mountd --add-service=high-availability 

# firewall-cmd --zone=zone_name --add-service=mountd --add-service=high-availability --permanent

# firewall-cmd --zone=public --add-port=4501/tcp --add-port=4501/udp \
--add-port=32803/tcp --add-port=32803/udp --add-port=662/tcp --add-port=662/udp

# firewall-cmd --zone=public --add-port=4501/tcp --add-port=4501/udp \
--add-port=32803/tcp --add-port=32803/udp --add-port=662/tcp --add-port=662/udp --permanent
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      • On the NFS-client machine, execute the following commands: 
        # firewall-cmd --zone=public --add-port=662/tcp --add-port=662/udp \
--add-port=32803/tcp --add-port=32769/udp --add-port=892/tcp --add-port=892/udp 

# firewall-cmd --zone=public --add-port=662/tcp --add-port=662/udp \
--add-port=32803/tcp --add-port=32769/udp --add-port=892/tcp --add-port=892/udp --permanent
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    3. Ensure to configure the ports mentioned above. For more information see Defining Service Ports. in Section 7.2.3.3.1 Pre-requisites to run nfs-ganesha,
The following table contains the feature matrix of the NFS support on Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1:
Expand
Table 7.4. NFS Support Matrix
Features glusterFS NFS (NFSv3) NFS-Ganesha (NFSv3) NFS-Ganesha (NFSv4)
Root-squash Yes Yes Yes
Sub-directory exportsYes Yes Yes
LockingYes Yes Yes
Client based export permissionsYes Yes Yes
NetgroupsTech Preview Tech PreviewTech Preview
Mount protocolsUDP, TCPUDP, TCPOnly TCP
NFS transport protocolsTCPUDP, TCPTCP
AUTH_UNIXYesYesYes
AUTH_NONEYesYesYes
AUTH_KRBNoYesYes
ACLsYesNoYes
DelegationsN/AN/ANo
High availabilityYes (but no lock-recovery)YesYes
High availability (fail-back)Yes (but no lock-recovery)YesYes
Multi-headYesYesYes
Gluster RDMA volumesYesAvailable but not supportedAvailable but not supported
DRCAvailable but not supportedNoNo
Dynamic exportsNoYesYes
pseudofsN/AN/AYes
NFSv4.1N/AN/ANot Supported
NFSv4.1/pNFSN/AN/ATech Preview

Note

  • Red Hat does not recommend running NFS-Ganesha in mixed-mode and/or hybrid environments. This includes multi-protocol environments where NFS and CIFS shares are used simultaneously, or running NFS-Ganesha together with gluster-nfs, kernel-nfs or gluster-fuse clients
  • Only one of NFS-Ganesha, gluster-NFS or kernel-NFS servers can be enabled on a given machine/host as all NFS implementations use the port 2049 and only one can be active at a given time. Hence you must disable kernel-NFS before NFS-Ganesha is started.
7.2.3.1. Supported Features of NFS-Ganesha
Copy link
Highly Available Active-Active NFS-Ganesha

In a highly available active-active environment, if a NFS-Ganesha server that is connected to a NFS client running a particular application goes down, the application/NFS client is seamlessly connected to another NFS-Ganesha server without any administrative intervention.

For more information about Highly Available Active-Active NFS-Ganesha, see section Highly Available Active-Active NFS-Ganesha.
pNFS (Tech-Preview)

The Parallel Network File System (pNFS) is part of the NFS v4.1 protocol that allows compute clients to access storage devices directly and in parallel.

For more information about pNFS, see section pNFS.
Dynamic Export of Volumes

Previous versions of NFS-Ganesha required a restart of the server whenever the administrator had to add or remove exports. NFS-Ganesha now supports addition and removal of exports dynamically. Dynamic exports is managed by the DBus interface. DBus is a system local IPC mechanism for system management and peer-to-peer application communication.

Note

Modifying an export in place is currently not supported.
Exporting Multiple Entries

With this version of NFS-Ganesha, multiple Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes or sub-directories can now be exported simultaneously.

Pseudo File System

This version of NFS-Ganesha now creates and maintains a NFSv4 pseudo-file system, which provides clients with seamless access to all exported objects on the server.

Access Control List

NFS-Ganesha NFSv4 protocol includes integrated support for Access Control List (ACL)s, which are similar to those used by Windows. These ACLs can be used to identify a trustee and specify the access rights allowed, or denied for that trustee.This feature is disabled by default.

Note

AUDIT and ALARM ACE types are not currently supported.
In a highly available active-active environment, if a NFS-Ganesha server that is connected to a NFS client running a particular application goes down, the application/NFS client is seamlessly connected to another NFS-Ganesha server without any administrative intervention.
The cluster is maintained using Pacemaker and Corosync. Pacemaker acts a resource manager and Corosync provides the communication layer of the cluster. For more information about Pacemaker/Corosync see Clustering.
Data coherency across the multi-head NFS-Ganesha servers in the cluster is achieved using the Gluster’s Upcall infrastructure. Gluster’s Upcall infrastructure is a generic and extensible framework that sends notifications to the respective glusterfs clients (in this case NFS-Ganesha server) when changes are detected in the back-end file system.
The Highly Available cluster is configured in the following three stages:
  1. Creating the ganesha-ha.conf file

    The ganesha-ha.conf.example is created in the following location /etc/ganesha when Red Hat Gluster Storage is installed. Rename the file to ganesha-ha.conf and make the changes based on your environment.

    Following is an example: 
    Sample ganesha-ha.conf file:

# Name of the HA cluster created.
# must be unique within the subnet
HA_NAME="ganesha-ha-360"
#
# The gluster server from which to mount the shared data volume.
HA_VOL_SERVER="server1"
#
# You may use short names or long names; you may not use IP addresses.
# Once you select one, stay with it as it will be mildly unpleasant to clean up if you switch later on. Ensure that all names - short and/or long - are in DNS or /etc/hosts on all machines in the cluster.
#
# The subset of nodes of the Gluster Trusted Pool that form the ganesha HA cluster. Hostname is specified.
HA_CLUSTER_NODES="server1,server2,..."
#HA_CLUSTER_NODES="server1.lab.redhat.com,server2.lab.redhat.com,..."
#
# Virtual IPs for each of the nodes specified above.
VIP_server1="VIP_SERVER1"
VIP_server2="VIP_SERVER2"
#VIP_server1.lab.redhat.com="10.0.2.1"
#VIP_server2.lab.redhat.com="10.0.2.2"
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Configuring NFS-Ganesha using gluster CLI

    The HA cluster can be set up or torn down using gluster CLI. In addition, it can export and unexport specific volumes. For more information, see section Configuring NFS-Ganesha using gluster CLI.

  3. Modifying the HA cluster using the ganesha-ha.sh script

    After creating the cluster, any further modification can be done using the ganesha-ha.sh script. For more information, see Modifying the HA cluster using the ganesha-ha.sh script.

7.2.3.3. Configuring NFS-Ganesha using Gluster CLI
Copy link
7.2.3.3.1. Prerequisites to run NFS-Ganesha
Copy link
Ensure that the following prerequisites are taken into consideration before you run NFS-Ganesha in your environment:
  • A Red Hat Gluster Storage volume must be available for export and NFS-Ganesha rpms are installed.
  • Disable the gluster-nfs, kernel-nfs, and smbd services.
  • Edit the ganesha-ha.conf file based on your environment.
  • Create multiple virtual IPs (VIPs) on the network for each of the servers configured in the ganesha-ha.conf file and assign them to any unused NIC.
  • IPv6 must be enabled on the host interface which is used by the NFS-Ganesha daemon. To enable IPv6 support, perform the following steps:
    1. Comment or remove the line options ipv6 disable=1 in the /etc/modprobe.d/ipv6.conf file.
    2. Reboot the system.
  • Ensure that all the nodes in the cluster are DNS resolvable. For example, you can populate the /etc/hosts with the details of all the nodes in the cluster.
  • Make sure the SELinux is in Enforcing mode.
  • On Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, execute the following commands to disable and stop NetworkManager service and to enable the network service. 
    # systemctl disable NetworkManager
# systemctl stop NetworkManager
# systemctl enable network
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Start network service on all machines using the following command:
    For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6: 
    # service network start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7: 
    # systemctl start network
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Create and mount a gluster shared volume by executing the following command: 
    # gluster volume set all cluster.enable-shared-storage enable
volume set: success
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For more information, see Section 10.8, “Setting up Shared Storage Volume”
  • For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6, install pacemaker using the following command 
    # yum install pacemaker
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    • For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6, the corosync package is a dependency package of the pacemaker package and will be installed by default.
    • For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, pacemaker and corosync packages are installed by default when the glusterfs-ganesha package is installed.
  • Enable the pacemaker service using the following command:
    For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6: 
    # chkconfig --add pacemaker
# chkconfig pacemaker on
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7: 
    # systemctl enable pacemaker.service
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Start the pcsd service using the following command.
    For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6: 
    # service pcsd start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7: 
    # systemctl start pcsd
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    • To start pcsd by default after the system is rebooted, execute the following command:
      For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6: 
      # chkconfig --add pcsd 
# chkconfig pcsd on
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7: 
      # systemctl enable pcsd
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Set a password for the user ‘hacluster’ on all the nodes using the following command. Use the same password for all the nodes: 
    # echo <password> | passwd --stdin hacluster
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Perform cluster authentication between the nodes, where, username is ‘hacluster’, and password is the one you used in the previous step. Ensure to execute the following command on every node: 
    # pcs cluster auth <hostname1> <hostname2> ...
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    The hostname of all the nodes in the Ganesha-HA cluster must be included in the command when executing it on every node.
    For example, in a four node cluster; nfs1, nfs2, nfs3, and nfs4, execute the following command on every node: 
    # pcs cluster auth nfs1 nfs2 nfs3 nfs4
Username: hacluster
Password:
nfs1: Authorized
nfs2: Authorized
nfs3: Authorized
nfs4: Authorized
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Passwordless ssh for the root user has to be enabled on all the HA nodes. Follow these steps,
    1. On one of the nodes (node1) in the cluster, run: 
      # ssh-keygen -f /var/lib/glusterd/nfs/secret.pem -t rsa -N ''
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. Deploy the generated public key from node1 to all the nodes (including node1) by executing the following command for every node: 
      # ssh-copy-id -i /var/lib/glusterd/nfs/secret.pem.pub root@<node-ip/hostname>
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    3. Copy the ssh keypair from node1 to all the nodes in the Ganesha-HA cluster by executing the following command for every node: 
      # scp -i /var/lib/glusterd/nfs/secret.pem /var/lib/glusterd/nfs/secret.* root@<node-ip/hostname>:/var/lib/glusterd/nfs/
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • As part of cluster setup, port 4501 is used to bind to the Rquota service. If this port is already in use, assign a different port to this service by modifying following line in ‘/etc/ganesha/ganesha.conf’ file on all the nodes. 
    # Use a non-privileged port for RQuota
Rquota_Port = 4501;
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Defining Service Ports

    To define the service ports, execute the following steps on every node in the nfs-ganesha cluster:

    1. Edit '/etc/ganesha/ganesha.conf' as mentioned below: 
      # sed -i '/NFS_Core_Param/a \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ MNT_Port = 20048;' /etc/ganesha/ganesha.conf
# sed -i '/NFS_Core_Param/a \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ NLM_Port = 32803;' /etc/ganesha/ganesha.conf
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. Edit /etc/sysconfig/nfs file as mentioned below: 
      # sed -i '/STATD_PORT/s/^#//' /etc/sysconfig/nfs
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    3. Restart the statd service:
      For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6: 
      # service nfslock restart
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7: 
      # systemctl restart nfs-config
# systemctl restart rpc-statd
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Execute the following steps on the client machine:
    1. Edit '/etc/sysconfig/nfs' using following commands: 
      # sed -i '/STATD_PORT/s/^#//' /etc/sysconfig/nfs
# sed -i '/LOCKD_TCPPORT/s/^#//' /etc/sysconfig/nfs
# sed -i '/LOCKD_UDPPORT/s/^#//' /etc/sysconfig/nfs
# sed -i '/MOUNTD_PORT/s/^#//' /etc/sysconfig/nfs
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. Restart the services:
      For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6: 
      # service nfslock restart
# service nfs restart
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7: 
      # systemctl restart nfs-config
# systemctl restart rpc-statd
# systemctl restart nfs-mountd
# systemctl restart nfslock
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
7.2.3.3.2. Configuring the HA Cluster
Copy link
To setup the HA cluster, enable NFS-Ganesha by executing the following command: 
# gluster nfs-ganesha enable
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example, 
# gluster nfs-ganesha enable
Enabling NFS-Ganesha requires Gluster-NFS to be disabled across the trusted pool. Do you still want to continue?
 (y/n) y
This will take a few minutes to complete. Please wait ..
nfs-ganesha : success
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Note

After enabling NFS-Ganesha, if rpcinfo -p shows the statd port different from 662, then, restart the statd service:
For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6: 
# service nfslock restart
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7: 
# systemctl restart rpc-statd
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To tear down the HA cluster, execute the following command: 
# gluster nfs-ganesha disable
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example, 
# gluster nfs-ganesha disable
This will take a few minutes to complete. Please wait ..
nfs-ganesha : success
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To verify the status of the HA cluster, execute the following script: 
# /usr/libexec/ganesha/ganesha-ha.sh --status
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example: 
# /usr/libexec/ganesha/ganesha-ha.sh --status

Cluster name: G1437076740.12
Last updated: Tue Jul 21 03:00:23 2015
Last change: Fri Jul 17 06:38:29 2015
Stack: corosync
Current DC: server4 (3) - partition with quorum
Version: 1.1.12-a14efad
4 Nodes configured
16 Resources configured


Online: [ server1 server2 server3 server4 ]

Full list of resources:

 Clone Set: nfs-mon-clone [nfs-mon]
     Started: [ server1 server2 server3 server4 ]
 Clone Set: nfs-grace-clone [nfs-grace]
     Started: [ server1 server2 server3 server4 ]
 server1-cluster_ip-1      (ocf::heartbeat:IPaddr):        Started server1
 server1-trigger_ip-1      (ocf::heartbeat:Dummy): Started server1
 server2-cluster_ip-1      (ocf::heartbeat:IPaddr):        Started server2

   ...output abbreviated...
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Note

It is recommended to manually restart the ganesha.nfsd service after the node is rebooted, to fail back the VIPs.
Exporting Volumes through NFS-Ganesha

To export a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume, execute the following command: 

# gluster volume set <volname> ganesha.enable on
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example: 
# gluster vol set testvol ganesha.enable on
volume set: success
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Unexporting Volumes through NFS-Ganesha

To unexport a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume, execute the following command: 

# gluster volume set <volname> ganesha.enable off
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
This command unexports the Red Hat Gluster Storage volume without affecting other exports.
For example: 
# gluster vol set testvol ganesha.enable off
volume set: success
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Verifying the Status

To verify the status of the volume set options, follow the guidelines mentioned below:

  • Check if NFS-Ganesha is started by executing the following commands:
    On Red Hat Enterprise Linux-6, 
    # service nfs-ganesha status
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # service nfs-ganesha status
ganesha.nfsd (pid  4136) is running...
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    On Red Hat Enterprise Linux-7 
    # systemctl status nfs-ganesha
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # systemctl  status nfs-ganesha
   nfs-ganesha.service - NFS-Ganesha file server
   Loaded: loaded (/usr/lib/systemd/system/nfs-ganesha.service; disabled)
   Active: active (running) since Tue 2015-07-21 05:08:22 IST; 19h ago
   Docs: http://github.com/nfs-ganesha/nfs-ganesha/wiki
   Main PID: 15440 (ganesha.nfsd)
   CGroup: /system.slice/nfs-ganesha.service
               └─15440 /usr/bin/ganesha.nfsd -L /var/log/ganesha.log -f /etc/ganesha/ganesha.conf -N NIV_EVENT
   Jul 21 05:08:22 server1 systemd[1]: Started NFS-Ganesha file server.]
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Check if the volume is exported. 
    # showmount -e localhost
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # showmount -e localhost
Export list for localhost:
/volname (everyone)
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • The logs of ganesha.nfsd daemon are written to /var/log/ganesha.log. Check the log file on noticing any unexpected behavior.
To modify the existing HA cluster and to change the default values of the exports use the ganesha-ha.sh script located at /usr/libexec/ganesha/.
  • Adding a node to the cluster

    Before adding a node to the cluster, ensure all the prerequisites mentioned in section Pre-requisites to run NFS-Ganesha is met. To add a node to the cluster, execute the following command on any of the nodes in the existing NFS-Ganesha cluster: 

    # /usr/libexec/ganesha/ganesha-ha.sh --add <HA_CONF_DIR> <HOSTNAME> <NODE-VIP>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    where,
    HA_CONF_DIR: The directory path containing the ganesha-ha.conf file. By default it is /etc/ganesha.
    HOSTNAME: Hostname of the new node to be added
    NODE-VIP: Virtual IP of the new node to be added.
    For example: 
    # /usr/libexec/ganesha/ganesha-ha.sh --add /etc/ganesha server16 10.00.00.01
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Deleting a node in the cluster

    To delete a node from the cluster, execute the following command on any of the nodes in the existing NFS-Ganesha cluster: 

    # /usr/libexec/ganesha/ganesha-ha.sh --delete <HA_CONF_DIR> <HOSTNAME>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    where,
    HA_CONF_DIR: The directory path containing the ganesha-ha.conf file. By default it is located at /etc/ganesha.
    HOSTNAME: Hostname of the new node to be added
    For example: 
    # /usr/libexec/ganesha/ganesha-ha.sh --delete /etc/ganesha  server16
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Modifying the default export configuration

    To modify the default export configurations perform the following steps on any of the nodes in the existing ganesha cluster:

    1. Edit/add the required fields in the corresponding export file located at /etc/ganesha/exports/.
    2. Execute the following command: 
      # /usr/libexec/ganesha/ganesha-ha.sh --refresh-config <HA_CONF_DIR> <volname>
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      where,
      HA_CONF_DIR: The directory path containing the ganesha-ha.conf file. By default it is located at /etc/ganesha.
      volname: The name of the volume whose export configuration has to be changed.
      For example: 
      # /usr/libexec/ganesha/ganesha-ha.sh --refresh-config  /etc/ganesha  testvol
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

      Note

      The export ID must not be changed.
7.2.3.5. Accessing NFS-Ganesha Exports
Copy link
NFS-Ganesha exports can be accessed by mounting them in either NFSv3 or NFSv4 mode.

Note

Ensure that NFS clients and NFS-Ganesha servers in the cluster are DNS resolvable with unique host-names to use file locking through Network Lock Manager (NLM) protocol.
Mounting exports in NFSv3 mode

To mount an export in NFSv3 mode, execute the following command: 

# mount -t nfs -o vers=3 virtual_ip:/volname /mountpoint
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example: 
mount -t nfs -o vers=3 10.70.0.0:/testvol /mnt
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Mounting exports in NFSv4 mode

To mount an export in NFSv4 mode, execute the following command: 

# mount -t nfs -o vers=4 virtual_ip:/volname /mountpoint
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example: 
mount -t nfs -o vers=4 10.70.0.0:/testvol /mnt
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
7.2.3.6. NFS-Ganesha Service Downtime
Copy link
In a highly available active-active environment, if a NFS-Ganesha server that is connected to a NFS client running a particular application goes down, the application/NFS client is seamlessly connected to another NFS-Ganesha server without any administrative intervention. However, there is a delay or fail-over time in connecting to another NFS-Ganesha server. This delay can be experienced during fail-back too, that is, when the connection is reset to the original node/server.
The following list describes how the time taken for the NFS server to detect a server reboot or resume is calculated.
  • By default the maximum time taken to detect if the nfs-ganesha service is down is approximately (a) 10 - 15 seconds.

    Note

    This interval can be edited using the following command on all the nodes: 
    # pcs resource op remove nfs-mon monitor
# pcs resource op add nfs-mon monitor interval=<interval_period_value> timeout=<timeout_value>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • The time taken to put entire cluster to grace and then move the virtual IP (VIP) is (b) 7 seconds.
  • So the maximum total time taken to failover the VIP is (c=a+b) approximately 17 - 22 seconds. In other words, the time taken for NFS clients to detect server reboot or resume I/O is 17 - 22 seconds.
7.2.3.6.1. Modifying the Fail-over Time
Copy link
Since NFS servers will be in the grace period post failover, as defined by NFS RFC, clients will try to reclaim their lost OPEN/LOCK state. For more information refer to Server Failure and Recovery Servers will block the conflicting FOPs during that period. The list of such FOPs is as below:
Expand
Table 7.5. 
Protocols FOPs
NFSV3
  • SETATTR
NLM
  • LOCK
  • UNLOCK
  • SHARE
  • UNSHARE
  • CANCEL
  • LOCKT
NFSV4
  • LOCK
  • LOCKT
  • OPEN
  • REMOVE
  • RENAME
  • SETATTR

Note

LOCK, SHARE, and UNSHARE will be blocked only if it is requested with reclaim set to FALSE.
OPEN will be blocked if requested with claim type other than CLAIM_PREVIOUS or CLAIM_DELEGATE_PREV.
The default value for the grace period is 90 seconds. This value can be changed by adding the following lines in the /etc/ganesha/ganesha.conf file. 
NFSv4 {
Grace_Period=<grace_period_value_in_sec>;
}
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
After editing the /etc/ganesha/ganesha.conf file, restart the NFS-Ganesha service using the following command on all the nodes :
On Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 

# service nfs-ganesha restart
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
On Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7

# systemctl restart nfs-ganesha
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
7.2.3.7. Configuring Kerberized NFS-Ganesha
Copy link
Execute the following steps on all the machines:
  1. Install the krb5-workstation and the ntpdate packages on all the machines: 
    # yum install krb5-workstation
# yum install ntpdate
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    • The krb5-libs package will be updated as a dependent package.
  2. Configure the ntpdate based on the valid time server according to the environment: 
    # echo <valid_time_server> >> /etc/ntp/step-tickers

# systemctl enable ntpdate

# systemctl start ntpdate
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Ensure that all systems can resolve each other by FQDN in DNS.
  4. Configure the /etc/krb5.conf file and add relevant changes accordingly. For example: 
            [logging]
         default = FILE:/var/log/krb5libs.log
         kdc = FILE:/var/log/krb5kdc.log
          admin_server = FILE:/var/log/kadmind.log

        [libdefaults]
         dns_lookup_realm = false
         ticket_lifetime = 24h
         renew_lifetime = 7d
          forwardable = true
          rdns = false
         default_realm = EXAMPLE.COM
         default_ccache_name = KEYRING:persistent:%{uid}

        [realms]
         EXAMPLE.COM = {
          kdc = kerberos.example.com
            admin_server = kerberos.example.com
        }

        [domain_realm]
          .example.com = EXAMPLE.COM
           example.com = EXAMPLE.COM
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  5. On the NFS-server and client, update the /etc/idmapd.conf file by making the required change. For example: 
    Domain = example.com
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
7.2.3.7.1. Setting up the NFS-Ganesha Server:
Copy link
Execute the following steps to set up the NFS-Ganesha server:

Note

Before setting up the NFS-Ganesha server, make sure to set up the KDC based on the requirements.
  1. Install the following packages: 
    # yum install nfs-utils
# yum install rpcbind
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Install the relevant gluster and NFS-Ganesha rpms. For more information see, Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1.2 Installation Guide.
  3. Create a Kerberos principle and add it to krb5.keytab on the NFS-Ganesha server 
    $ kadmin
$ kadmin: addprinc -randkey nfs/<host_name>@EXAMPLE.COM
$ kadmin: ktadd nfs/<host_name>@EXAMPLE.COM
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # kadmin
Authenticating as principal root/admin@EXAMPLE.COM with password.
Password for root/admin@EXAMPLE.COM: 

kadmin:  addprinc -randkey nfs/<host_name>@EXAMPLE.COM
WARNING: no policy specified for nfs/<host_name>@EXAMPLE.COM; defaulting to no policy
Principal "nfs/<host_name>@EXAMPLE.COM" created.


kadmin:  ktadd nfs/<host_name>@EXAMPLE.COM
Entry for principal nfs/<host_name>@EXAMPLE.COM with kvno2, encryption type aes256-cts-hmac-sha1-96 added to keytab FILE:/etc/krb5.keytab.
Entry for principal nfs/<host_name>@EXAMPLE.COM with kvno 2, encryption type aes128-cts-hmac-sha1-96 added to keytab FILE:/etc/krb5.keytab.
Entry for principal nfs/<host_name>@EXAMPLE.COM with kvno 2, encryption type des3-cbc-sha1 added to keytab FILE:/etc/krb5.keytab.
Entry for principal nfs/<host_name>@EXAMPLE.COM with kvno 2, encryption type arcfour-hmac added to keytab FILE:/etc/krb5.keytab.
Entry for principal nfs/<host_name>@EXAMPLE.COM with kvno 2, encryption type camellia256-cts-cmac added to keytab FILE:/etc/krb5.keytab.
Entry for principal nfs/<host_name>@EXAMPLE.COM with kvno 2, encryption type camellia128-cts-cmac added to keytab FILE:/etc/krb5.keytab.
Entry for principal nfs/<host_name>@EXAMPLE.COM with kvno 2, encryption type des-hmac-sha1 added to keytab FILE:/etc/krb5.keytab.
Entry for principal nfs/<host_name>@EXAMPLE.COM with kvno 2, encryption type des-cbc-md5 added to keytab FILE:/etc/krb5.keytab.
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Update /etc/ganesha/ganesha.conf file as mentioned below: 
    NFS_KRB5
{
        PrincipalName = nfs ;
        KeytabPath = /etc/krb5.keytab ;
        Active_krb5 = true ;

        DomainName = example.com;
}
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  5. Based on the different kerberos security flavours (krb5, krb5i and krb5p) supported by nfs-ganesha, configure the 'SecType' parameter in the volume export file (/etc/ganesha/exports/export.vol.conf) with appropriate security flavour
  6. Create an unprivileged user and ensure that the users that are created are resolvable to the UIDs through the central user database. For example: 
    useradd guest
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    The username of this user has to be the same as the one on the NFS-client.
7.2.3.7.2. Setting up the NFS Client
Copy link
Execute the following steps to set up the NFS client:

Note

For a detailed information on setting up NFS-clients for security on Red Hat Enterprise Linux, see Section 8.8.2 NFS Security, in the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 Storage Administration Guide.
  1. Install the following packages: 
    # yum install nfs-utils
# yum install rpcbind
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Create a kerberos principle and add it to krb5.keytab on the client side. For example: 
    # kadmin
# kadmin: addprinc -randkey host/<host_name>@EXAMPLE.COM
# kadmin: ktadd host/<host_name>@EXAMPLE.COM
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap 
    # kadmin
Authenticating as principal root/admin@EXAMPLE.COM with password.
Password for root/admin@EXAMPLE.COM:

kadmin:  addprinc -randkey host/<host_name>@EXAMPLE.COM
WARNING: no policy specified for host/<host_name>@EXAMPLE.COM; defaulting to no policy
Principal "host/<host_name>@EXAMPLE.COM" created.

kadmin:  ktadd host/<host_name>@EXAMPLE.COM
Entry for principal host/<host_name>@EXAMPLE.COM with kvno 2, encryption type aes256-cts-hmac-sha1-96 added to keytab FILE:/etc/krb5.keytab.
Entry for principal host/<host_name>@EXAMPLE.COM with kvno 2, encryption type aes128-cts-hmac-sha1-96 added to keytab FILE:/etc/krb5.keytab.
Entry for principal host/<host_name>@EXAMPLE.COM with kvno 2, encryption type des3-cbc-sha1 added to keytab FILE:/etc/krb5.keytab.
Entry for principal host/<host_name>@EXAMPLE.COM with kvno 2, encryption type arcfour-hmac added to keytab FILE:/etc/krb5.keytab.
Entry for principal host/<host_name>@EXAMPLE.COM with kvno 2, encryption type camellia256-cts-cmac added to keytab FILE:/etc/krb5.keytab.
Entry for principal host/<host_name>@EXAMPLE.COM with kvno 2, encryption type camellia128-cts-cmac added to keytab FILE:/etc/krb5.keytab.
Entry for principal host/<host_name>@EXAMPLE.COM with kvno 2, encryption type des-hmac-sha1 added to keytab FILE:/etc/krb5.keytab.
Entry for principal host/<host_name>@EXAMPLE.COM with kvno 2, encryption type des-cbc-md5 added to keytab FILE:/etc/krb5.keytab.
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Check the status of nfs-client.target service and start it, if not already started: 
    # systemctl status nfs-client.target
# systemctl start nfs-client.target
# systemctl enable nfs-client.target
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Create an unprivileged user and ensure that the users that are created are resolvable to the UIDs through the central user database. For example: 
    # useradd guest
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    The username of this user has to be the same as the one on the NFS-server.
  5. Mount the volume specifying kerberos security type: 
    # mount -t nfs -o sec=krb5 <host_name>:/testvolume /mnt
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    As root, all access should be granted.
    For example:
    Creation of a directory on the mount point and all other operations as root should be successful. 
    # mkdir <directory name>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  6. Login as a guest user: 
    # su - guest
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Without a kerberos ticket, all access to /mnt should be denied. For example: 
    # su guest
# ls
ls: cannot open directory .: Permission denied
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  7. Get the kerberos ticket for the guest and access /mnt: 
    # kinit
Password for guest@EXAMPLE.COM:

# ls
<directory created>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Important

    With this ticket, some access must be allowed to /mnt. If there are directories on the NFS-server where "guest" does not have access to, it should work correctly.
7.2.3.8. pNFS
Copy link

Important

pNFS is a technology preview feature. Technology preview features are not fully supported under Red Hat subscription level agreements (SLAs), may not be functionally complete, and are not intended for production use. However, these features provide early access to upcoming product innovations, enabling customers to test functionality and provide feedback during the development process. As Red Hat considers making future iterations of technology preview features generally available, we will provide commercially reasonable support to resolve any reported issues that customers experience when using these features.
The Parallel Network File System (pNFS) is part of the NFS v4.1 protocol that allows compute clients to access storage devices directly and in parallel. The pNFS cluster consists of Meta-Data-Server (MDS) and Data-Server (DS). The client sends all the read/write requests directly to DS and all the other operations are handled by the MDS.
Current architecture supports only single MDS and mulitple data servers. The server with which client mounts will act as MDS and all severs including MDS can act as DS
7.2.3.8.1. Prerequisites
Copy link
  • Disable kernel-NFS, glusterFS-NFS servers on the system using the following commands: 
    # service nfs stop
# gluster volume set <volname> nfs.disable ON
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Disable nfs-ganesha and tear down HA cluster via gluster CLI (only if nfs-ganesha HA cluster is already created) by executing the following command: 
    # gluster features.ganesha disable
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Turn on feature.cache-invalidation for the volume, by executing the following command: 
    # gluster volume set <volname> features.cache-invalidation on
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
7.2.3.8.2. Configuring NFS-Ganesha for pNFS
Copy link
Ensure you make the following configurations to NFS-Ganesha:
  • Configure the MDS by adding following block to the ganesha.conf file located at /etc/ganesha: 
    GLUSTER
{
 PNFS_MDS = true;
}
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • For optimal working of pNFS, NFS-Ganesha servers should run on every node in the trusted pool using the following command:
    On RHEL 6 
    # service nfs-ganesha start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    On RHEL 7 
    # systemctl start nfs-ganesha
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Verify if the volume is exported via NFS-Ganesha on all the nodes by executing the following command: 
    # showmount -e localhost
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
7.2.3.8.2.1. Mounting Volume using pNFS
Copy link
Mount the volume using NFS-Ganesha MDS server in the trusted pool using the following command. 
# mount -t nfs4 -o minorversion=1 <IP-or-hostname-of-MDS-server>:/<volname> /mount-point
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
7.2.3.9. Manually Configuring NFS-Ganesha Exports
Copy link
It is recommended to use gluster CLI options to export or unexport volumes through NFS-Ganesha. However, this section provides some information on changing configurable parameters in NFS-Ganesha. Such parameter changes require NFS-Ganesha to be started manually.
To modify the default export configurations perform the following steps on any of the nodes in the existing ganesha cluster:
  1. Edit/add the required fields in the corresponding export file located at /etc/ganesha/exports/.
  2. Execute the following command 
    # /usr/libexec/ganesha/ganesha-ha.sh --refresh-config <HA_CONF_DIR> <volname>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
where:
  • HA_CONF_DIR: The directory path containing the ganesha-ha.conf file. By default it is located at /etc/ganesha.
  • volname: The name of the volume whose export configuration has to be changed.
Sample export configuration file:
The following are the default set of parameters required to export any entry. The values given here are the default values used by the CLI options to start or stop NFS-Ganesha. 
# cat export.conf 

EXPORT{    
    Export_Id = 1 ;   # Export ID unique to each export
    Path = "volume_path";  # Path of the volume to be exported. Eg: "/test_volume"

    FSAL { 
        name = GLUSTER;
        hostname = "10.xx.xx.xx";  # IP of one of the nodes in the trusted pool
        volume = "volume_name";     # Volume name. Eg: "test_volume"
    }

    Access_type = RW;     # Access permissions
    Squash = No_root_squash; # To enable/disable root squashing
    Disable_ACL = TRUE;     # To enable/disable ACL
    Pseudo = "pseudo_path";     # NFSv4 pseudo path for this export. Eg: "/test_volume_pseudo"
    Protocols = "3”, “4" ;     # NFS protocols supported
    Transports = "UDP”, “TCP" ; # Transport protocols supported
    SecType = "sys";     # Security flavors supported
}
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
The following section describes various configurations possible via NFS-Ganesha. Minor changes have to be made to the export.conf file to see the expected behavior.
  • Exporting Subdirectories
  • Providing Permissions for Specific Clients
  • Enabling and Disabling NFSv4 ACLs
  • Providing Pseudo Path for NFSv4 Mount
  • Providing pNFS support
Exporting Subdirectories

To export subdirectories within a volume, edit the following parameters in the export.conf file. 

Path = "path_to_subdirectory";  # Path of the volume to be exported. Eg: "/test_volume/test_subdir"

 FSAL { 
  name = GLUSTER;
  hostname = "10.xx.xx.xx";  # IP of one of the nodes in the trusted pool
  volume = "volume_name";  # Volume name. Eg: "test_volume"
  volpath = "path_to_subdirectory_with_respect_to_volume"; #Subdirectory path from the root of the volume. Eg: "/test_subdir"
 }
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Providing Permissions for Specific Clients

The parameter values and permission values given in the EXPORT block applies to any client that mounts the exported volume. To provide specific permissions to specific clients , introduce a client block inside the EXPORT block.

For example, to assign specific permissions for client 10.00.00.01, add the following block in the EXPORT block. 
client {
        clients = 10.00.00.01;  # IP of the client.
        allow_root_access = true;
        access_type = "RO"; # Read-only permissions
        Protocols = "3"; # Allow only NFSv3 protocol.
        anonymous_uid = 1440;
        anonymous_gid = 72;
  }
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
All the other clients inherit the permissions that are declared outside the client block.
Enabling and Disabling NFSv4 ACLs

To enable NFSv4 ACLs , edit the following parameter: 

Disable_ACL = FALSE;
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Providing Pseudo Path for NFSv4 Mount

To set NFSv4 pseudo path , edit the below parameter: 

Pseudo = "pseudo_path"; # NFSv4 pseudo path for this export. Eg: "/test_volume_pseudo"
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
This path has to be used while mounting the export entry in NFSv4 mode.
7.2.3.10. Troubleshooting
Copy link
Mandatory checks

Ensure you execute the following commands for all the issues/failures that is encountered:

  • Make sure all the prerequisites are met.
  • Execute the following commands to check the status of the services: 
    # service nfs-ganesha status
# service pcsd status
# service pacemaker status
# pcs status
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Review the followings logs to understand the cause of failure. 
    /var/log/ganesha.log
/var/log/ganesha-gfapi.log
/var/log/messages
/var/log/pcsd.log
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Situation

    NFS-Ganesha fails to start.

    Solution

    Ensure you execute all the mandatory checks to understand the root cause before proceeding with the following steps. Follow the listed steps to fix the issue:

    1. Ensure the kernel and gluster nfs services are inactive.
    2. Ensure that the port 4501 is free to connect to the RQUOTA service.
    For more information see, section Manually Configuring NFS-Ganesha Exports.
  • Situation

    NFS-Ganesha Cluster setup fails.

    Solution

    Ensure you execute all the mandatory checks to understand the root cause before proceeding with the following steps.

    1. Ensure the kernel and gluster nfs services are inactive.
    2. Ensure that pcs cluster auth command is executed on all the nodes with same password for the user hacluster
    3. Ensure that shared volume storage is mounted on all the nodes.
    4. Ensure that the name of the HA Cluster does not exceed 15 characters.
    5. Ensure UDP multicast packets are pingable using OMPING.
    6. Ensure that Virtual IPs are not assigned to any NIC.
    7. For further trouble shooting guidelines related to clustering, refer to https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/7/
  • Situation

    NFS-Ganesha has started and fails to export a volume.

    Solution

    Ensure you execute all the mandatory checks to understand the root cause before proceeding with the following steps. Follow the listed steps to fix the issue:

    1. Ensure that volume is in Started state using the following command: 
      # gluster volume status <volname>
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. Execute the following commands to check the status of the services: 
      # service nfs-ganesha status
# showmount -e localhost
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    3. Review the followings logs to understand the cause of failure. 
      /var/log/ganesha.log
/var/log/ganesha-gfapi.log
/var/log/messages
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    4. Ensure that dbus service is running using the following command 
      # service messagebus status
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Situation

    Adding a new node to the HA cluster fails.

    Solution

    Ensure you execute all the mandatory checks to understand the root cause before proceeding with the following steps. Follow the listed steps to fix the issue:

    1. Ensure to run the following command from one of the nodes that is already part of the cluster: 
      # ganesha-ha.sh --add <HA_CONF_DIR>  <NODE-HOSTNAME>  <NODE-VIP>
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. Ensure that gluster_shared_storage volume is mounted on the node that needs to be added.
    3. Make sure that all the nodes of the cluster is DNS resolvable from the node that needs to be added.
    4. Execute the following command for each of the hosts in the HA cluster on the node that needs to be added: 
      # pcs cluster auth <hostname>
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Situation

    Permission issues.

    Solution

    By default, the root squash option is disabled when you start NFS-Ganesha using the CLI. In case, you encounter any permission issues, check the unix permissions of the exported entry.

7.3. SMB
Copy link

The Server Message Block (SMB) protocol can be used to access Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes by exporting directories in GlusterFS volumes as SMB shares on the server.
This section describes how to enable SMB shares, how to mount SMB shares on Microsoft Windows-based clients (both manually and automatically) and how to verify if the share has been mounted successfully.

Note

SMB access using the Mac OS X Finder is not supported.
The Mac OS X command line can be used to access Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes using SMB.
In Red Hat Gluster Storage, Samba is used to share volumes through SMB protocol.

Warning

  • The Samba version 3 is being deprecated from Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.0 Update 4 release. Further updates will not be provided for samba-3.x. You must upgrade the system to Samba-4.x, which is provided in a separate channel or repository, for all updates including the security updates. For more information regarding the installation and upgrade steps refer the Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1 Installation Guide.
  • CTDB version 2.5 is not supported from Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1 Update 2. To use CTDB in Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1.2 and later, you must upgrade the system to CTDB 4.x, which is provided in the Samba channel of Red Hat Gluster Storage. For more information regarding the installation and upgrade steps refer the Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1 Installation Guide.

Important

On Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, enable the Samba firewall service in the active zones for runtime and permanent mode using the following commands:
To get a list of active zones, run the following command: 
# firewall-cmd --get-active-zones
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To allow the firewall services in the active zones, run the following commands 
# firewall-cmd --zone=zone_name --add-service=samba
# firewall-cmd --zone=zone_name --add-service=samba  --permanent
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

7.3.1. Setting up CTDB for Samba
Copy link

In a replicated volume environment, the CTDB software (Cluster Trivial Database) has to be configured to provide high availability and lock synchronization for Samba shares. CTDB provides high availability by adding virtual IP addresses (VIPs) and a heartbeat service.
When a node in the trusted storage pool fails, CTDB enables a different node to take over the virtual IP addresses that the failed node was hosting. This ensures the IP addresses for the services provided are always available.

Important

On Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, enable the CTDB firewall service in the active zones for runtime and permanent mode using the below commands:
To get a list of active zones, run the following command: 
# firewall-cmd --get-active-zones
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To add ports to the active zones, run the following commands: 
# firewall-cmd --zone=zone_name --add-port=4379/tcp
# firewall-cmd --zone=zone_name --add-port=4379/tcp  --permanent
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Note

Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (EC2) does not support VIPs and is hence not compatible with this solution.
Prerequisites

Follow these steps before configuring CTDB on a Red Hat Gluster Storage Server:

  • If you already have an older version of CTDB (version <= ctdb1.x), then remove CTDB by executing the following command: 
    # yum remove ctdb
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    After removing the older version, proceed with installing the latest CTDB.

    Note

    Ensure that the system is subscribed to the samba channel to get the latest CTDB packages.
  • Install CTDB on all the nodes that are used as Samba servers to the latest version using the following command: 
    # yum install ctdb
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • In a CTDB based high availability environment of Samba , the locks will not be migrated on failover.
  • You must ensure to open TCP port 4379 between the Red Hat Gluster Storage servers: This is the internode communication port of CTDB.
Configuring CTDB on Red Hat Gluster Storage Server

To configure CTDB on Red Hat Gluster Storage server, execute the following steps

  1. Create a replicate volume. This volume will host only a zero byte lock file, hence choose minimal sized bricks. To create a replicate volume run the following command: 
    # gluster volume create volname replica n ipaddress:/brick path.......N times
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    where,
    N: The number of nodes that are used as Samba servers. Each node must host one brick.
    For example: 
    # gluster volume create ctdb replica 4 10.16.157.75:/rhs/brick1/ctdb/b1 10.16.157.78:/rhs/brick1/ctdb/b2 10.16.157.81:/rhs/brick1/ctdb/b3 10.16.157.84:/rhs/brick1/ctdb/b4
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. In the following files, replace "all" in the statement META="all" to the newly created volume name 
    /var/lib/glusterd/hooks/1/start/post/S29CTDBsetup.sh 
/var/lib/glusterd/hooks/1/stop/pre/S29CTDB-teardown.sh
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    META="all"
  to
META="ctdb"
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. In the /etc/samba/smb.conf file add the following line in the global section on all the nodes: 
    clustering=yes
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Start the volume.
    The S29CTDBsetup.sh script runs on all Red Hat Gluster Storage servers, adds an entry in /etc/fstab/ for the mount, and mounts the volume at /gluster/lock on all the nodes with Samba server. It also enables automatic start of CTDB service on reboot.

    Note

    When you stop the special CTDB volume, the S29CTDB-teardown.sh script runs on all Red Hat Gluster Storage servers and removes an entry in /etc/fstab/ for the mount and unmounts the volume at /gluster/lock.
  5. Verify if the file /etc/sysconfig/ctdb exists on all the nodes that is used as Samba server. This file contains Red Hat Gluster Storage recommended CTDB configurations.
  6. Create /etc/ctdb/nodes file on all the nodes that is used as Samba servers and add the IPs of these nodes to the file. 
    10.16.157.0
10.16.157.3
10.16.157.6
10.16.157.9
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    The IPs listed here are the private IPs of Samba servers.
  7. On all the nodes that are used as Samba server which require IP failover, create /etc/ctdb/public_addresses file and add the virtual IPs that CTDB should create to this file. Add these IP address in the following format: 
    <Virtual IP>/<routing prefix><node interface>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    192.168.1.20/24 eth0
192.168.1.21/24 eth0
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  8. Start the CTDB service on all the nodes by executing the following command: 
    # service ctdb start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

7.3.2. Sharing Volumes over SMB
Copy link

The following configuration items have to be implemented before using SMB with Red Hat Gluster Storage.
  1. Run gluster volume set VOLNAME stat-prefetch off to disable stat-prefetch for the volume.
  2. Run gluster volume set VOLNAME server.allow-insecure on to permit insecure ports.

    Note

    This allows Samba to communicate with brick processes even with untrusted ports.
  3. Edit the /etc/glusterfs/glusterd.vol in each Red Hat Gluster Storage node, and add the following setting: 
    option rpc-auth-allow-insecure on
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    This allows Samba to communicate with glusterd even with untrusted ports.
  4. Restart glusterd service on each Red Hat Gluster Storage node.
  5. Run the following command to verify proper lock and I/O coherency. 
    # gluster volume set VOLNAME storage.batch-fsync-delay-usec 0
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  6. To verify if the volume can be accessed from the SMB/CIFS share, run the following command: 
    # smbclient -L <hostname> -U%
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # smbclient -L rhs-vm1 -U%
Domain=[MYGROUP] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 4.1.17]

     Sharename       Type      Comment
     ---------       ----      -------
     IPC$            IPC       IPC Service (Samba Server Version 4.1.17)
     gluster-vol1    Disk      For samba share of volume vol1
Domain=[MYGROUP] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 4.1.17]

     Server               Comment
     ---------            -------

     Workgroup            Master
     ---------            -------
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  7. To verify if the SMB/CIFS share can be accessed by the user, run the following command: 
    #  smbclient //<hostname>/gluster-<volname> -U <username>%<password>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # smbclient //10.0.0.1/gluster-vol1 -U root%redhat
Domain=[MYGROUP] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 4.1.17]
smb: \> mkdir test
smb: \> cd test\
smb: \test\> pwd
Current directory is \\10.0.0.1\gluster-vol1\test\
smb: \test\>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
When a volume is started using the gluster volume start VOLNAME command, the volume is automatically exported through Samba on all Red Hat Gluster Storage servers running Samba.
To be able to mount from any server in the trusted storage pool, repeat these steps on each Red Hat Gluster Storage node. For more advanced configurations, refer to the Samba documentation.
  1. Open the /etc/samba/smb.conf file in a text editor and add the following lines for a simple configuration: 
    [gluster-VOLNAME]
comment = For samba share of volume VOLNAME
vfs objects = glusterfs
glusterfs:volume = VOLNAME
glusterfs:logfile = /var/log/samba/VOLNAME.log
glusterfs:loglevel = 7
path = /
read only = no
guest ok = yes
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    The configuration options are described in the following table:
    Expand
    Table 7.6. Configuration Options
    Configuration Options Required? Default Value Description
    Path Yes n/a It represents the path that is relative to the root of the gluster volume that is being shared. Hence / represents the root of the gluster volume. Exporting a subdirectory of a volume is supported and /subdir in path exports only that subdirectory of the volume.
    glusterfs:volume Yes n/a The volume name that is shared.
    glusterfs:logfile No NULL Path to the log file that will be used by the gluster modules that are loaded by the vfs plugin. Standard Samba variable substitutions as mentioned in smb.conf are supported.
    glusterfs:loglevel No 7 This option is equivalent to the client-log-level option of gluster. 7 is the default value and corresponds to the INFO level.
    glusterfs:volfile_server No localhost The gluster server to be contacted to fetch the volfile for the volume.
  2. Run service smb [re]start to start or restart the smb service.
  3. Run smbpasswd to set the SMB password. 
    # smbpasswd -a username
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Specify the SMB password. This password is used during the SMB mount.

7.3.3. Mounting Volumes using SMB
Copy link

Samba follows the permissions on the shared directory, and uses the logged in username to perform access control.
To allow a non root user to read/write into the mounted volume, ensure you execute the following steps:
  1. Add the user on all the Samba servers based on your configuration:
    # adduser username
  2. Add the user to the list of Samba users on all Samba servers and assign password by executing the following command:
    # smbpasswd -a username
  3. Perform a FUSE mount of the gluster volume on any one of the Samba servers:
    # mount -t glusterfs -o acl ip-address:/volname /mountpoint
    For example: 
    # mount -t glusterfs -o acl rhs-a:/repvol /mnt
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Provide required permissions to the user by executing appropriate setfacl command. For example:
    # setfacl -m user:username:rwx mountpoint
    For example: 
    # setfacl -m user:cifsuser:rwx /mnt
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Mounting a Volume Manually using SMB on Red Hat Enterprise Linux
  • Mounting a Volume Manually using SMB through Microsoft Windows Explorer
  • Mounting a Volume Manually using SMB on Microsoft Windows Command-line.

Mounting a Volume Manually using SMB on Red Hat Enterprise Linux

To mount a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume manually using Server Message Block (SMB) on Red Hat Enterprise Linux by executing the following steps:
  1. Install the cifs-utils package on the client. 
    # yum install cifs-utils
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Run mount -t cifs to mount the exported SMB share, using the syntax example as guidance. 
    # mount -t cifs -o user=<username>,pass=<password> //<hostname>/gluster-<volname> /<mountpoint>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # mount -t cifs -o user=cifsuser,pass=redhat //rhs-a/gluster-repvol /cifs
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Run # smbstatus -S on the server to display the status of the volume: 
    Service        pid     machine             Connected at
-------------------------------------------------------------------
gluster-VOLNAME 11967   __ffff_192.168.1.60  Mon Aug  6 02:23:25 2012
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Mounting a Volume Manually using SMB through Microsoft Windows Explorer

To mount a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume manually using Server Message Block (SMB) on Microsoft Windows using Windows Explorer, follow these steps:
  1. In Windows Explorer, click Tools → Map Network Drive…. to open the Map Network Drive screen.
  2. Choose the drive letter using the Drive drop-down list.
  3. In the Folder text box, specify the path of the server and the shared resource in the following format: \\SERVER_NAME\VOLNAME.
  4. Click Finish to complete the process, and display the network drive in Windows Explorer.
  5. Navigate to the network drive to verify it has mounted correctly.

Mounting a Volume Manually using SMB on Microsoft Windows Command-line.

To mount a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume manually using Server Message Block (SMB) on Microsoft Windows using Windows Explorer, follow these steps:
  1. Click Start → Run, and then type cmd.
  2. Enter net use z: \\SERVER_NAME\VOLNAME, where z: is the drive letter to assign to the shared volume.
    For example, net use y: \\server1\test-volume
  3. Navigate to the network drive to verify it has mounted correctly.
You can configure your system to automatically mount Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes using SMB on Microsoft Windows-based clients each time the system starts.
  • Mounting a Volume Automatically using SMB on Red Hat Enterprise Linux
  • Mounting a Volume Automatically on Server Start using SMB through Microsoft Windows Explorer

Mounting a Volume Automatically using SMB on Red Hat Enterprise Linux

To mount a Red Hat Gluster Storage Volume automatically using SMB at server start execute the following steps:
  1. Open the /etc/fstab file in a text editor.
  2. Append the following configuration to the fstab file.
    You must specify the filename and its path that contains the user name and/or password in the credentials option in /etc/fstab file. See the mount.cifs man page for more information. 
    \\HOSTNAME|IPADDRESS\SHARE_NAME MOUNTDIR
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Using the example server names, the entry contains the following replaced values. 
    \\server1\test-volume /mnt/glusterfs cifs credentials=/etc/samba/passwd,_netdev 0 0
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Run # smbstatus -S on the client to display the status of the volume: 
    Service        pid     machine             Connected at
-------------------------------------------------------------------
gluster-VOLNAME 11967   __ffff_192.168.1.60  Mon Aug  6 02:23:25 2012
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Mounting a Volume Automatically on Server Start using SMB through Microsoft Windows Explorer

To mount a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume manually using Server Message Block (SMB) on Microsoft Windows using Windows Explorer, follow these steps:
  1. In Windows Explorer, click Tools → Map Network Drive…. to open the Map Network Drive screen.
  2. Choose the drive letter using the Drive drop-down list.
  3. In the Folder text box, specify the path of the server and the shared resource in the following format: \\SERVER_NAME\VOLNAME.
  4. Click the Reconnect at logon check box.
  5. Click Finish to complete the process, and display the network drive in Windows Explorer.
  6. If the Windows Security screen pops up, enter the username and password and click OK.
  7. Navigate to the network drive to verify it has mounted correctly.

7.3.4. Starting and Verifying your Configuration
Copy link

Perform the following to start and verify your configuration:

Verify the Configuration

Verify the virtual IP (VIP) addresses of a shut down server are carried over to another server in the replicated volume.
  1. Verify that CTDB is running using the following commands: 
    # ctdb status
# ctdb ip
# ctdb ping -n all
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Mount a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume using any one of the VIPs.
  3. Run # ctdb ip to locate the physical server serving the VIP.
  4. Shut down the CTDB VIP server to verify successful configuration.
    When the Red Hat Gluster Storage server serving the VIP is shut down there will be a pause for a few seconds, then I/O will resume.

7.3.5. Disabling SMB Shares
Copy link

To stop automatic sharing on all nodes for all volumes execute the following steps:

  1. On all Red Hat Gluster Storage Servers, with elevated privileges, navigate to /var/lib/glusterd/hooks/1/start/post
  2. Rename the S30samba-start.sh to K30samba-start.sh.
    For more information about these scripts, see Section 16.2, “Prepackaged Scripts”.
To stop automatic sharing on all nodes for one particular volume:

  1. Run the following command to disable automatic SMB sharing per-volume: 
    # gluster volume set <VOLNAME> user.smb disable
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

7.4. POSIX Access Control Lists
Copy link

POSIX Access Control Lists (ACLs) allow different permissions for different users or groups to be assigned to files or directories, independent of the original owner or the owning group.
For example, the user John creates a file. He does not allow anyone in the group to access the file, except for another user, Antony (even if there are other users who belong to the group john).
This means, in addition to the file owner, the file group, and others, additional users and groups can be granted or denied access by using POSIX ACLs.

7.4.1. Setting POSIX ACLs
Copy link

Two types of POSIX ACLs are available: access ACLs, and default ACLs.
Use access ACLs to grant permission to a specific file or directory.
Use default ACLs to set permissions at the directory level for all files in the directory. If a file inside that directory does not have an ACL, it inherits the permissions of the default ACLs of the directory.
ACLs can be configured for each file:
  • Per user
  • Per group
  • Through the effective rights mask
  • For users not in the user group for the file
7.4.1.1. Setting Access ACLs
Copy link
Access ACLs grant permission for both files and directories.
The # setfacl –m entry_typefile_name command sets and modifies access ACLs

setfaclentry_type Options

The ACL entry_type translates to the POSIX ACL representations of owner, group, and other.
Permissions must be a combination of the characters r (read), w (write), and x (execute). Specify the ACL entry_type as described below, separating multiple entry types with commas.
u:user_name:permissons
Sets the access ACLs for a user. Specify the user name, or the UID.
g:group_name:permissions
Sets the access ACLs for a group. Specify the group name, or the GID.
m:permission
Sets the effective rights mask. The mask is the combination of all access permissions of the owning group, and all user and group entries.
o:permissions
Sets the access ACLs for users other than the ones in the group for the file.
If a file or directory already has a POSIX ACL, and the setfacl command is used, the additional permissions are added to the existing POSIX ACLs or the existing rule is modified.
For example, to give read and write permissions to user antony: 
# setfacl -m u:antony:rw /mnt/gluster/data/testfile
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
7.4.1.2. Setting Default ACLs
Copy link
New files and directories inherit ACL information from their parent directory, if that parent has an ACL that contains default entries. Default ACL entries can only be set on directories.
The # setfacl -d --set entry_type directory command sets default ACLs for files and directories.

setfaclentry_type Options

The ACL entry_type translates to the POSIX ACL representations of owner, group, and other.
Permissions must be a combination of the characters r (read), w (write), and x (execute). Specify the ACL entry_type as described below, separating multiple entry types with commas.
u:user_name:permissons
Sets the access ACLs for a user. Specify the user name, or the UID.
g:group_name:permissions
Sets the access ACLs for a group. Specify the group name, or the GID.
m:permission
Sets the effective rights mask. The mask is the combination of all access permissions of the owning group, and all user and group entries.
o:permissions
Sets the access ACLs for users other than the ones in the group for the file.
For example, run # setfacl -d --set o::r /mnt/gluster/data to set the default ACLs for the /data directory to read-only for users not in the user group,

Note

An access ACL set for an individual file can override the default ACL permissions.
Effects of a Default ACL
The following are the ways in which the permissions of a directory's default ACLs are passed to the files and subdirectories in it:
  • A subdirectory inherits the default ACLs of the parent directory both as its default ACLs and as an access ACLs.
  • A file inherits the default ACLs as its access ACLs.

7.4.2. Retrieving POSIX ACLs
Copy link

Run the # getfacl command to view the existing POSIX ACLs for a file or directory.
# getfacl path/filename
View the existing access ACLs of the sample.jpg file using the following command. 
# getfacl /mnt/gluster/data/test/sample.jpg
# owner: antony
# group: antony
user::rw-
group::rw-
other::r--
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
# getfacl directory name
View the default ACLs of the /doc directory using the following command. 
# getfacl /mnt/gluster/data/doc
# owner: antony
# group: antony
user::rw-
user:john:r--
group::r--
mask::r--
other::r--
default:user::rwx
default:user:antony:rwx
default:group::r-x
default:mask::rwx
default:other::r-x
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

7.4.3. Removing POSIX ACLs
Copy link

Run # setfacl -x ACL entry_type file to remove all permissions for a user, groups, or others.

setfaclentry_type Options

The ACL entry_type translates to the POSIX ACL representations of owner, group, and other.
Permissions must be a combination of the characters r (read), w (write), and x (execute). Specify the ACL entry_type as described below, separating multiple entry types with commas.
u:user_name
Sets the access ACLs for a user. Specify the user name, or the UID.
g:group_name
Sets the access ACLs for a group. Specify the group name, or the GID.
m:permission
Sets the effective rights mask. The mask is the combination of all access permissions of the owning group, and all user and group entries.
o:permissions
Sets the access ACLs for users other than the ones in the group for the file.
For example, to remove all permissions from the user antony: 
# setfacl -x u:antony /mnt/gluster/data/test-file
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

7.4.4. Samba and ACLs
Copy link

POSIX ACLs are enabled by default when using Samba to access a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume. Samba is compiled with the --with-acl-support option, so no special flags are required when accessing or mounting a Samba share.
In this chapter, the tasks necessary for integrating Red Hat Gluster Storage nodes into an existing Windows Active Directory domain are described. The following diagram describes the architecture of integrating Red Hat Gluster Storage with Windows Active Directory.
Active Directory Integration
View larger image
Active Directory Integration

Figure 8.1. Active Directory Integration

This section assumes that you have an active directory domain installed. Before we go ahead with the configuration details, following is a list of data along with examples that will be used in the sections ahead.
Expand
Table 8.1. 
InformationExample Value
DNS domain name / realmaddom.example.com
NetBIOS domain nameADDOM
Name of administrative accountadministrator
RHGS nodesrhs-srv1.addom.example.com, 192.168.56.10 rhs-srv2.addom.example.com, 192.168.56.11 rhs-srv3.addom.example.com, 192.168.56.12
Netbios name of the clusterRHS-SMB

8.1. Prerequisites
Copy link

Before integration, the following steps have to be completed on an existing Red Hat Gluster Storage environment:
  • Name Resolution

    The Red Hat Gluster Storage nodes must be able to resolve names from the AD domain via DNS. To verify the same you can use the following command: 

    host dc1.addom.example.com
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    where, addom.example.com is the AD domain and dc1 is the name of a domain controller.
    For example, the /etc/resolv.conf file in a static network configuration could look like this: 
    domain addom.example.com
search addom.example.com
nameserver 10.11.12.1 # dc1.addom.example.com
nameserver 10.11.12.2 # dc2.addom.example.com
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    This example assumes that both the domain controllers are also the DNS servers of the domain.
  • Kerberos Packages

    If you want to use the kerberos client utilities, like kinit and klist, then manually install the krb5-workstation using the following command: 

    # yum -y install krb5-workstation
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Synchronize Time Service

    It is essential that the time service on each Red Hat Gluster Storage node and the Windows Active Directory server are synchronized, else the Kerberos authentication may fail due to clock skew. In environments where time services are not reliable, the best practice is to configure the Red Hat Gluster Storage nodes to synchronize time from the Windows Server.

    On each Red Hat Storage node, edit the file /etc/ntp.conf so the time is synchronized from a known, reliable time service: 
    # Enable writing of statistics records.
#statistics clockstats cryptostats loopstats peerstats 
server ntp1.addom.example.com
server 10.11.12.3
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Activate the change on each Red Hat Gluster Storage node by stopping the ntp daemon, updating the time, then starting the ntp daemon. Verify the change on both servers using the following commands: 
    # service ntpd stop 
 
# service ntpd start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Samba Packages

    Ensure to install the following Samba packages along with its dependencies:

    • CTDB
    • samba
    • samba-client
    • samba-winbind
    • samba-winbind-modules

8.2. Integration
Copy link

Integrating Red Hat Gluster Storage Servers into an Active Directory domain involves the following series of steps:
  1. Configure Authentication
  2. Join Active Directory Domain
  3. Verify/Test Active Directory and Services

8.2.1. Configure Authentication
Copy link

In order to join a cluster to the Active Directory domain, a couple of files have to be edited manually on all nodes.

Note

  • Ensure that CTDB is configured before the active directory join. For more information see, Section 7.3.1 Setting up CTDB for Samba in the Red Hat Gluster Storage Administration Guide.
  • It is recommended to take backups of the configuration and of Samba’s databases (local and ctdb) before making any changes.
8.2.1.1. Basic Samba Configuration
Copy link
The Samba configuration file /etc/samba/smb.conf has to contain the relevant parameters for AD. Along with that, a few other settings are required in order to activate mapping of user and group IDs.
The following example depicts the minimal Samba configuration for AD integration: 
[global]
netbios name = RHS-SMB
workgroup = ADDOM
realm = addom.example.com
security = ads
clustering = yes
idmap config * : range = 1000000-1999999
idmap config * : backend = tdb

# -----------------RHS Options -------------------------
#
# The following line includes RHS-specific configuration options. Be careful with this line.

       include = /etc/samba/rhs-samba.conf

#=================Share Definitions =====================
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Warning

Make sure to edit the smb.conf file such that the above is the complete global section in order to prevent gluster mechanisms from changing the above settings when starting or stopping the ctdb lock volume.
The netbios name consists of only one name which has to be the same name on all cluster nodes. Windows clients will only access the cluster via that name (either in this short form or as an FQDN). The individual node hostname (rhs-srv1, rhs-srv2, …) must not be used for the netbios name parameter.

Note

  • The idmap range is an example. This range should be chosen big enough to cover all objects that can possibly be mapped.
  • If you want to be able to use the individual host names to also access specific nodes, you can add them to the netbios aliases parameter of smb.conf.
  • In an AD environment, it is usually not required to run nmbd. However, if you have to run nmbd, then make sure to set the cluster addresses smb.conf option to the list of public IP addresses of the cluster.
8.2.1.2. Additional Configuration (Optional)
Copy link
It is also possible to further adapt Samba configuration to meet special needs or to specific properties of the AD environment. For example, the ID mapping scheme can be changed. Samba offers many methods for doing id-mapping. One popular way to set up ID mapping in an active directory environment is to use the idmap_ad module which reads the unix IDs from the AD's special unix attributes. This has to be configured by the AD domain's administrator before it can be used by Samba and winbind.
In order for Samba to use idmap_ad, the AD domain admin has to prepare the AD domain for using the so called unix extensions and assign unix IDs to all users and groups that should be able to access the Samba server.
Other possible idmap backends are rid and autorid and the default tdb. The smb.conf manpage and the manpages for the various idmap modules contain all the details.
For example, following is an extended Samba configuration file to use the idmap_ad back-end for the ADDOM domain. 
[global]
netbios name = RHS-SMB
workgroup = ADDOM
realm = addom.example.com
security = ads
clustering = yes
idmap config * : backend = tdb
idmap config * : range = 1000000-1999999
idmap config ADDOM : backend = ad
idmap config ADDOM : range = 3000000-3999999
idmap config addom : schema mode = rfc2307
winbind nss info = rfc2307

# -------------------RHS Options -------------------------------
#
# The following line includes RHS-specific configuration options. Be careful with this line.

       include = /etc/samba/rhs-samba.conf

#===================Share Definitions =========================
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Note

  • The range for the idmap_ad configuration is prescribed by the AD configuration. This has to be obtained by AD administrator.
  • Ranges for different idmap configurations must not overlap.
  • The schema mode and the winbind nss info setting should have the same value. If the domain is at level 2003R2 or newer, then rfc2307 is the correct value. For older domains, additional values sfu and sfu20 are available. See the manual pages of idmap_ad and smb.conf for further details.
The following table lists some of the other Samba options:
Expand
Table 8.2. Samba Options
ParameterDescription
winbind enum users = noDisable enumeration of users at the nsswitch level.
winbind enum groups = noDisable enumeration of groups at the nsswitch level.
winbind separator = +Change default separator from '\' to '+'
winbind nested groups = yesEnable nesting of groups in Active Directory
8.2.1.3. Verifying the Samba Configuration
Copy link
Test the new configuration file using the testparm command. For example: 
# testparm -s
Load smb config files from /etc/samba/smb.conf
rlimit_max: increasing rlimit_max (1024) to minimum Windows limit (16384)
Loaded services file OK.

Server role: ROLE_DOMAIN_MEMBER

# Global parameters
[global]
    workgroup = ADDOM
    realm = addom.example.com
    netbios name = RHS-SMB
    security = ADS
    clustering = Yes
    winbind nss info = rfc2307
    idmap config addom : schema mode = rfc2307
    idmap config addom : range = 3000000-3999999
    idmap config addom : backend = ad
    idmap config * : range = 1000000-1999999
    idmap config * : backend = tdb
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
8.2.1.4. nsswitch Configuration
Copy link
Once the Samba configuration has been made, Samba has to be enabled to use the mapped users and groups from AD. This is achieved via the local Name Service Switch (NSS) that has to be made aware of the winbind. To use the winbind NSS module, edit the /etc/nsswitch.conf file. Make sure the file contains the winbind entries for the passwd and group databases. For example: 
...
passwd: files winbind
group: files winbind
...
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
This will enable the use of winbind and should make users and groups visible on the individual cluster node once Samba is joined to AD and winbind is started.

8.2.2. Join Active Directory Domain
Copy link

Prior to joining AD, CTDB must be started so that the machine account information can be stored in a database file that is available on all cluster nodes via CTDB. In addition to that, all other Samba services should be stopped. If passwordless ssh access for root has been configured between the nodes, you can use the onnode tool to run these commands on all nodes from a single node, 
# onnode all service ctdb start
# onnode all service winbind stop
# onnode all service smb stop
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Note

  • If your configuration has CTDB managing Winbind and Samba, they can be temporarily disabled with the following commands (to be executed prior to the above stop commands) so as to prevent CTDB going into an unhealthy state when they are shut down: 
    # onnode all ctdb disablescript 49.winbind
# onnode all ctdb disablescript 50.samba
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • For some versions of RHGS, a bug in the selinux policy prevents 'ctdb disablescript SCRIPT' from succeeding. If this is the case, 'chmod -x /etc/ctdb/events.d/SCRIPT' can be executed as a workaround from a root shell.
  • Shutting down winbind and smb is primarily to prevent access to SMB services during this AD integration. These services may be left running but access to them should be prevented through some other means.
The join is initiated via the net utility from a single node:

Warning

The following step must be executed only on one cluster node and should not be repeated on other cluster nodes. CTDB makes sure that the whole cluster is joined by this step. 
# net ads join -U Administrator
Enter Administrator's password:
Using short domain name -- ADDOM
Joined 'RHS-SMB' to dns domain addom.example.com'
Not doing automatic DNS update in a clustered setup.
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Once the join is successful, the cluster ip addresses and the cluster netbios name should be made public in the network. For registering multiple public cluster IP addresses in the AD DNS server, the net utility can be used again: 
# net ads dns register rhs-smb <PUBLIC IP 1> <PUBLIC IP 2> ...
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
This command will make sure the DNS name rhs-smb will resolve to the given public IP addresses. The DNS registrations use the cluster machine account for authentication in AD, which means this operation only can be done after the join has succeeded.
Registering the NetBIOS name of the cluster is done by the nmbd service. In order to make sure that the nmbd instances on the hosts don’t overwrite each other’s registrations, the ‘cluster addresses’ smb.conf option should be set to the list of public addresses of the whole cluster.

8.2.3. Verify/Test Active Directory and Services
Copy link

When the join is successful, the Samba and the Winbind daemons can be started.
Start nmdb using the following command: 
# onnode all service nmb start
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Start the winbind and smb services: 
# onnode all service winbind start
# onnode all service smb start
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Note

  • If you previously disabled CTDB’s ability to manage Winbind and Samba they can be re-enabled with the following commands: 
    # onnode all ctdb enablescript 50.samba
# onnode all ctdb enablescript 49.winbind
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • For some versions of RHGS, a bug in the selinux polict prevents 'ctdb enablescript SCRIPT' from succeeding. If this is the case, 'chmod +x /etc/ctdb/events.d/SCRIPT' can be executed as a workaround from a root shell.
  • Ensure that the winbind starts after a reboot. This is achieved by adding ‘CTDB_MANAGES_WINBIND=yes’ to the /etc/sysconfig/ctdb file on all nodes.
Execute the following verification steps:
  1. Verify the join by executing the following steps

    Verify the join to check if the created machine account can be used to authenticate to the AD LDAP server using the following command: 
    # net ads testjoin
Join is OK
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Execute the following command to display the machine account’s LDAP object 
    # net ads status -P
objectClass: top
objectClass: person
objectClass: organizationalPerson
objectClass: user
objectClass: computer
cn: rhs-smb
distinguishedName: CN=rhs-smb,CN=Computers,DC=addom,DC=example,DC=com
instanceType: 4
whenCreated: 20150922013713.0Z
whenChanged: 20151126111120.0Z
displayName: RHS-SMB$
uSNCreated: 221763
uSNChanged: 324438
name: rhs-smb
objectGUID: a178177e-4aa4-4abc-9079-d1577e137723
userAccountControl: 69632
badPwdCount: 0
codePage: 0
countryCode: 0
badPasswordTime: 130880426605312806
lastLogoff: 0
lastLogon: 130930100623392945
localPolicyFlags: 0
pwdLastSet: 130930098809021309
primaryGroupID: 515
objectSid: S-1-5-21-2562125317-1564930587-1029132327-1196
accountExpires: 9223372036854775807
logonCount: 1821
sAMAccountName: rhs-smb$
sAMAccountType: 805306369
dNSHostName: rhs-smb.addom.example.com
servicePrincipalName: HOST/rhs-smb.addom.example.com
servicePrincipalName: HOST/RHS-SMB
objectCategory: CN=Computer,CN=Schema,CN=Configuration,DC=addom,DC=example,DC=com
isCriticalSystemObject: FALSE
dSCorePropagationData: 16010101000000.0Z
lastLogonTimestamp: 130929563322279307
msDS-SupportedEncryptionTypes: 31
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Execute the following command to display general information about the AD server: 
    # net ads info
LDAP server: 10.11.12.1
LDAP server name: dc1.addom.example.com
Realm: ADDOM.EXAMPLE.COM
Bind Path: dc=ADDOM,dc=EXAMPLE,dc=COM
LDAP port: 389
Server time: Thu, 26 Nov 2015 11:15:04 UTC
KDC server: 10.11.12.1
Server time offset: -26
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Verify if winbind is operating correctly by executing the following steps

    Execute the following command to verify if winbindd can use the machine account for authentication to AD 
    # wbinfo -t
checking the trust secret for domain ADDOM via RPC calls succeeded
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  5. Execute the following command to resolve the given name to a Windows SID 
    # wbinfo --name-to-sid 'ADDOM\Administrator'
S-1-5-21-2562125317-1564930587-1029132327-500 SID_USER (1)
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  6. Execute the following command to verify authentication: 
    # wbinfo -a 'ADDOM\user'
Enter ADDOM\user's password:
plaintext password authentication succeeded
Enter ADDOM\user's password:
challenge/response password authentication succeeded
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    or, 
    # wbinfo -a 'ADDOM\user%password'
plaintext password authentication succeeded
challenge/response password authentication succeeded
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  7. Execute the following command to verify if the id-mapping is working properly: 
    # wbinfo --sid-to-uid <SID-OF-ADMIN>
1000000
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  8. Execute the following command to verify if the winbind Name Service Switch module works correctly: 
    # getent passwd 'ADDOM\Administrator'
ADDOM\administrator:*:1000000:1000004::/home/ADDOM/administrator:/bin/false
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  9. Execute the following command to verify if samba can use winbind and the NSS module correctly: 
    # smbclient -L rhs-smb -U 'ADDOM\Administrator'
Domain=[ADDOM] OS=[Windows 6.1] Server=[Samba 4.2.4]

        Sharename       Type      Comment
        ---------       ----      -------
        IPC$            IPC       IPC Service (Samba 4.2.4)
Domain=[ADDOM] OS=[Windows 6.1] Server=[Samba 4.2.4]

        Server               Comment
        ---------            -------
        RHS-SMB         Samba 4.2.4

        Workgroup            Master
        ---------            -------
        ADDOM             RHS-SMB
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Encryption is the process of converting data into a cryptic format, or code when it is transmitted on a network. Encryption prevents unauthorized use of the data.
Red Hat Gluster Storage supports network encryption using TLS/SSL. Red Hat Gluster Storage uses TLS/SSL for authentication and authorization, in place of the home grown authentication framework used for normal connections. Red Hat Gluster Storage supports the following encryption types:
  • I/O encryption - encryption of the I/O connections between the Red Hat Gluster Storage clients and servers
  • Management encryption - encryption of the management (glusterd) connections within a trusted storage pool.
The following files will be used in configuring the network encryption:
  • /etc/ssl/glusterfs.pem - Certificate file containing the system's uniquely signed TLS certificate. This file is unique for each system and must not be shared with others.
  • /etc/ssl/glusterfs.key - This file contains the system's unique private key. This file must not be shared with others.
  • /etc/ssl/glusterfs.ca - This file contains the certificates of the Certificate Authorities (CA) who have signed the certificates. This file is not unique and should be the same on all servers in the trusted storage pool. All the clients also should have the same file, but not necessarily the same one as the servers. Red Hat Gluster Storage does not use the global CA certificates that come with the system. The CA file on the servers should contain the certificates of the signing CA for all the servers and all the clients.
    The CA file on the clients must contain the certificates of the signing CA for all the servers. In case self-signed certificates are being used, the CA file for the servers is a concatenation of the certificate files /etc/ssl/glusterfs.pem of every server and every client. The client CA file is a concatenation of the certificate files of every server.
  • /var/lib/glusterd/secure-access - This file enables encryption on the management (glusterd) connections between glusterd of all servers and the connection between clients. glusterd of all servers uses this file to fetch volfiles and notify the clients with the volfile changes. This file is empty and mandatory only if you configure management encryption. It must be present on all the servers and all the clients. This is required on the clients to indicate the mount command to use an encrypted connection to retrieve the volfiles.

9.1. Prerequisites
Copy link

Before setting up the network encryption, you must first generate a private key and a signed certificate for each system and place it in the respective folders. You must generate a private key and a signed certificate for both clients and servers.
Perform the following to generate a private key and a signed certificate for both clients and servers:
  1. Generate a private key for each system. 
    # openssl genrsa -out /etc/ssl/glusterfs.key 2048
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Use the generated private key to create a signed certificate by running the following command: 
    # openssl req -new -x509 -key /etc/ssl/glusterfs.key -subj "/CN=COMMONNAME" -out /etc/ssl/glusterfs.pem
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    If your organization has a common CA, the certificate can be signed by it. To do this a certificate signing request (CSR) must be generated by running the following command: 
    # openssl req -new -sha256 -key /etc/ssl/glusterfs.key -subj '/CN=<COMMONNAME>' -out glusterfs.csr
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    The generated glusterfs.csr file should be given to the CA, and CA will provide a .pem file containing the signed certificate. Place that signed glusterfs.pem file in the/etc/ssl/ directory.
    1. For self signed CA certificates on servers, collect the .pem certificates of clients and servers, that is, /etc/ssl/glusterfs.pem files from every system. Concatenate the collected files into a single file. Place this file in /etc/ssl/glusterfs.ca on all the servers in the trusted storage pool. If you are using common CA, collect the certificate file from the CA and place it in /etc/ssl/glusterfs.ca on all servers.
    2. For self-signed CA certificates on clients, collect the .pem certificates of servers, that is, /etc/ssl/glusterfs.pem files from every server. Concatenate the collected files into a single file. Place this file in /etc/ssl/glusterfs.ca on all the clients. If you are using common CA, collect the certificate file from the CA and place it in /etc/ssl/glusterfs.ca on all servers.
You can configure network encryption for a new Red Hat Gluster Storage Trusted Storage Pool for both I/O encryption and management encryption. This section assumes that you have installed Red Hat Gluster Storage on the servers and the clients, but has never been run.

9.2.1. Enabling Management Encryption
Copy link

Though Red Hat Gluster Storage can be configured only for I/O encryption without using management encryption, it is recommended to have management encryption. If you want to enable SSL only on the I/O path, skip this section and proceed with Section 9.2.2, “Enabling I/O encryption for a Volume”.
On Servers

Perform the following on all the servers

  1. Create the /var/lib/glusterd/secure-access file. 
    # touch /var/lib/glusterd/secure-access
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Start glusterd on all servers. 
    # service glusterd start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Setup the trusted storage pool by running appropriate peer probe commands. For more information on setting up the trusted storage pool, see Chapter 5, Trusted Storage Pools
On Clients

Perform the following on all the client machines

  1. Create the /var/lib/glusterd/secure-access file. 
    # touch /var/lib/glusterd/secure-access
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Mount the volume on all the clients. For example, to manually mount a volume and access data using Native client, use the following command: 
    # mount -t glusterfs server1:/test-volume /mnt/glusterfs
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

9.2.2. Enabling I/O encryption for a Volume
Copy link

Enable the I/O encryption between the servers and clients:
  1. Create the volume, but do not start it.
  2. Set the list of common names of all the servers to access the volume. Be sure to include the common names of clients which will be allowed to access the volume.. 
    # gluster volume set VOLNAME auth.ssl-allow 'server1,server2,server3,client1,client2,client3'
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Enable the client.ssl and server.ssl options on the volume. 
    # gluster volume set VOLNAME client.ssl on
# gluster volume set VOLNAME server.ssl on
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Start the volume. 
    # gluster volume start VOLNAME
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  5. Mount the volume on all the clients which has been authorized. For example, to manually mount a volume and access data using Native client, use the following command: 
    # mount -t glusterfs server1:/test-volume /mnt/glusterfs
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
You can configure network encryption for an existing Red Hat Gluster Storage Trusted Storage Pool for both I/O encryption and management encryption.

9.3.1. Enabling I/O encryption for a Volume
Copy link

Enable the I/O encryption between the servers and clients:
  1. Unmount the volume on all the clients. 
    # umount mount-point
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Stop the volume. 
    # gluster volume stop VOLNAME
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Set the list of common names for clients allowed to access the volume. Be sure to include the common names of all the servers. 
    # gluster volume set VOLNAME auth.ssl-allow 'server1,server2,server3,client1,client2,client3'
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Enable client.ssl and server.ssl on the volume. 
    # gluster volume set VOLNAME client.ssl on
# gluster volume set VOLNAME server.ssl on
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  5. Start the volume. 
    # gluster volume start VOLNAME
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  6. Mount the volume from the new clients. For example, to manually mount a volume and access data using Native client, use the following command: 
    # mount -t glusterfs server1:/test-volume /mnt/glusterfs
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

9.3.2. Enabling Management Encryption
Copy link

Though, Red Hat Gluster Storage can be configured only for I/O encryption without using management encryption, management encryption is recommended. On an existing installation, with running servers and clients, schedule a downtime of volumes, applications, clients, and other end-users to enable management encryption.
You cannot currently change between unencrypted and encrypted connections dynamically. Bricks and other local services on the servers and clients do not receive notifications from glusterd if they are running when the switch to management encryption is made.
  1. Unmount the volume on all the clients. 
    # umount mount-point
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Stop all the volumes. 
    # gluster volume stop VOLNAME
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Stop glusterd on all servers. 
    # service glusterd stop
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Stop all gluster-related processes on all servers. 
    # pkill glusterfs
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  5. Create the /var/lib/glusterd/secure-access file on all servers and clients. 
    # touch /var/lib/glusterd/secure-access
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  6. Start glusterd on all the servers. 
    # service glusterd start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  7. Start all the volumes 
    # gluster volume start VOLNAME
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  8. Mount the volume on all the clients. For example, to manually mount a volume and access data using Native client, use the following command: 
    # mount -t glusterfs server1:/test-volume /mnt/glusterfs
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

9.4. Expanding Volumes
Copy link

In a network encrypted Red Hat Gluster Storage trusted storage pool, you must ensure that you meet the prerequisites listed at Section 9.1, “Prerequisites”.
Adding a server to a storage pool is simple if the servers all use a common Certificate Authority.
  1. Copy /etc/ssl/glusterfs.ca file from one of the existing servers and save it on the/etc/ssl/ directory on the new server.
  2. If you are using management encryption, create /var/lib/glusterd/secure-access file. 
    # touch /var/lib/glusterd/secure-access
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Start glusterd on the new peer 
    # service glusterd start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Add the common name of the new server to the auth.ssl-allow list for all volumes which have encryption enabled. 
    # gluster volume set VOLNAME auth.ssl-allow servernew
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    The gluster volume set command does not append to existing values of the options. To append the new name to the list, get the existing list using gluster volume info command, append the new name to the list and set the option again using gluster volume set command.
  5. Run gluster peer probe [server] to add additional servers to the trusted storage pool. For more information on adding servers to the trusted storage pool, see Chapter 5, Trusted Storage Pools .

9.4.2. Self-signed Certificates
Copy link

Using self-signed certificates would require a downtime of servers to add a new server into the trusted storage pool, as the CA list cannot be dynamically reloaded. To add a new server:
  1. Generate the private key and self-signed certificate on the new server using the steps listed at Section 9.1, “Prerequisites”.
  2. Copy the following files:
    1. On an existing server, copy the /etc/ssl/glusterfs.ca file, append the content of new server's certificate to it, and distribute it to all servers, including the new server.
    2. On an existing client, copy the /etc/ssl/glusterfs.ca file, append the content of the new server's certificate to it, and distribute it to all clients.
  3. Stop all gluster-related processes on all servers. 
    # pkill glusterfs
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Create the /var/lib/glusterd/secure-access file on the server if management encryption is enable in the trusted storage pool.
  5. Start glusterd on the new peer 
    # service glusterd start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  6. Add the common name of the new server to the auth.ssl-allow list for all volumes which have encryption enabled.
  7. Restart all the glusterfs processes on existing servers and clients by performing the following .
    1. Unmount the volume on all the clients. 
      # umount mount-point
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. Stop all volumes. 
      # gluster volume stop VOLNAME
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    3. Restart glusterd on all the servers. 
      # service glusterd start
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    4. Start the volumes 
      # gluster volume start VOLNAME
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    5. Mount the volume on all the clients. For example, to manually mount a volume and access data using Native client, use the following command: 
      # mount -t glusterfs server1:/test-volume /mnt/glusterfs
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  8. Peer probe the new server to add it to the trusted storage pool. For more information on peer probe, see Chapter 5, Trusted Storage Pools

9.5. Authorizing a New Client
Copy link

If your Red Hat Gluster Storage trusted storage pool is configured for network encryption, and you add a new client, you must ensure to authorize a new client to access the trusted storage pool.
Authorizing access to a volume for a new client is simple if the client has a certificate signed by a Certificate Authority already present in the /etc/ssl/glusterfs.ca file.
  1. Generate the glusterfs.key private key and glusterfs.csr certificate signing request. Send the glusterfs.csr to get it verified by CA and get the glusterfs.pem from the CA. Generate the private key and signed certificate for the new server and place the files in the appropriate locations using the steps listed at Section 9.1, “Prerequisites” .
  2. Copy /etc/ssl/glusterfs.ca file from another client and place it in the /etc/ssl/ directory on the new client..
  3. Create /var/lib/glusterd/secure-access file if management encryption is enabled in the trusted storage pool. 
    # touch /var/lib/glusterd/secure-access
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Set the list of common names of all the servers to access the volume. Be sure to include the common names of clients which will be allowed to access the volume. 
    # gluster volume set VOLNAME auth.ssl-allow 'server1,server2,server3,client1,client2,client3'
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    The gluster volume set command does not append to existing values of the options. To append the new name to the list, get the existing list using gluster volume info command, append the new name to the list and set the option again using gluster volume set command.
  5. Mount the volume from the new client. For example, to manually mount a volume and access data using Native client, use the following command: 
    # mount -t glusterfs server1:/test-volume /mnt/glusterfs
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

9.5.2. Self-signed Certificates
Copy link

Note

This procedure involves downtime as the volume has to be rendered offline.
To authorize a new client to access the Red Hat Gluster Storage trusted storage pool using self-signed certificate, perform the following.
  1. Generate the glusterfs.key private key and glusterfs.pem certificate for the client, and place them at the appropriate locations on the client using the steps listed at Section 9.1, “Prerequisites” .
  2. Copy /etc/ssl/glusterfs.ca file from one of the clients, and add it to the new client.
  3. Create the /var/lib/glusterd/secure-access file on all the client, if the management encryption is enabled. 
    # touch /var/lib/glusterd/secure-access
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Copy /etc/ssl/glusterfs.ca file from one of the existing servers, append the content of new client's certificate to it, and distribute the new CA file on all servers.
  5. Set the list of common names for clients allowed to access the volume. Be sure to include the common names of all the servers. 
    # gluster volume set VOLNAME auth.ssl-allow 'server1,server2,server3,client1,client2,client3'
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    The gluster volume set command does not append to existing values of the options. To append the new name to the list, get the existing list using gluster volume info command, append the new name to the list and set the option again using gluster volume set command.
  6. Restart the volume 
    # gluster volume stop VOLNAME # gluster volume start VOLNAME
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  7. If the management encryption is enabled, restart glusterd on all the servers.
  8. Mount the volume from the new client. For example, to manually mount a volume and access data using Native client, use the following command: 
    # mount -t glusterfs server1:/test-volume /mnt/glusterfs
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
This chapter describes how to perform common volume management operations on the Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes.

10.1. Configuring Volume Options
Copy link

Note

Volume options can be configured while the trusted storage pool is online.
The current settings for a volume can be viewed using the following command: 
# gluster volume info VOLNAME
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Volume options can be configured using the following command: 
# gluster volume set VOLNAME OPTION PARAMETER
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example, to specify the performance cache size for test-volume: 
# gluster volume set test-volume performance.cache-size 256MB
Set volume successful
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
The following table lists available volume options along with their description and default value.

Note

The default values are subject to change, and may not be the same for all versions of Red Hat Gluster Storage.
Expand
Option Value Description Allowed Values Default Value
auth.allow IP addresses or hostnames of the clients which are allowed to access the volume. Valid hostnames or IP addresses, which includes wild card patterns including *. For example, 192.168.1.*. A list of comma separated addresses is acceptable, but a single hostname must not exceed 256 characters. * (allow all)
auth.reject IP addresses or hostnames of the clients which are denied access to the volume. Valid hostnames or IP addresses, which includes wild card patterns including *. For example, 192.168.1.*. A list of comma separated addresses is acceptable, but a single hostname must not exceed 256 characters. none (reject none)

Note

Using auth.allow and auth.reject options, you can control access of only glusterFS FUSE-based clients. Use nfs.rpc-auth-* options for NFS access control.
changelogEnables the changelog translator to record all the file operations.on | off off
client.event-threads Specifies the number of network connections to be handled simultaneously by the client processes accessing a Red Hat Gluster Storage node. 1 - 32 2
server.event-threads Specifies the number of network connections to be handled simultaneously by the server processes hosting a Red Hat Gluster Storage node. 1 - 32 2
cluster.consistent-metadata If set to On, the readdirp function in Automatic File Replication feature will always fetch metadata from their respective read children as long as it holds the good copy (the copy that does not need healing) of the file/directory. However, this could cause a reduction in performance where readdirps are involved. on | off off

Note

After cluster.consistent-metadata option is set to On, you must ensure to unmount and mount the volume at the clients for this option to take effect.
cluster.min-free-disk Specifies the percentage of disk space that must be kept free. This may be useful for non-uniform bricks. Percentage of required minimum free disk space. 10%
cluster.op-version Allows you to set the operating version of the cluster. The op-version number cannot be downgraded and is set for all the volumes. Also the op-version does not appear when you execute the gluster volume info command. 3000z | 30703 | 30706 Default value is 3000z after an upgrade from Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.0 or 30703 after upgrade from RHGS 3.1.1. Value is set to 30706 for a new cluster deployment.
cluster.self-heal-daemon Specifies whether proactive self-healing on replicated volumes is activated. on | off on
cluster.server-quorum-type If set to server, this option enables the specified volume to participate in the server-side quorum. For more information on configuring the server-side quorum, see Section 10.11.1.1, “Configuring Server-Side Quorum” none | server none
cluster.server-quorum-ratio Sets the quorum percentage for the trusted storage pool. 0 - 100 >50%
cluster.quorum-type If set to fixed, this option allows writes to a file only if the number of active bricks in that replica set (to which the file belongs) is greater than or equal to the count specified in the cluster.quorum-count option. If set to auto, this option allows writes to the file only if the percentage of active replicate bricks is more than 50% of the total number of bricks that constitute that replica. If there are only two bricks in the replica group, the first brick must be up and running to allow modifications. fixed | auto none
cluster.quorum-count The minimum number of bricks that must be active in a replica-set to allow writes. This option is used in conjunction with cluster.quorum-type =fixed option to specify the number of bricks to be active to participate in quorum. The cluster.quorum-type = auto option will override this value. 1 - replica-count 0
cluster.lookup-optimizeIf this option, is set ON, enables the optimization of -ve lookups, by not doing a lookup on non-hashed sub-volumes for files, in case the hashed sub-volume does not return any result. This option disregards the lookup-unhashed setting, when enabled.  off
cluster.read-freq-thresholdSpecifies the number of reads, in a promotion/demotion cycle, that would mark a file HOT for promotion. Any file that has read hits less than this value will be considered as COLD and will be demoted.0-200
cluster.write-freq-thresholdSpecifies the number of writes, in a promotion/demotion cycle, that would mark a file HOT for promotion. Any file that has write hits less than this value will be considered as COLD and will be demoted.0-200
cluster.tier-promote-frequencySpecifies how frequently the tier daemon must check for files to promote.1- 172800 seconds120 seconds
cluster.tier-demote-frequencySpecifies how frequently the tier daemon must check for files to demote.1 - 172800 seconds3600 seconds
cluster.tier-modeIf set to cache mode, promotes or demotes files based on whether the cache is full or not, as specified with watermarks. If set to test mode, periodically demotes or promotes files automatically based on access.test | cachecache
cluster.tier-max-mbSpecifies the maximum number of MB that may be migrated in any direction from each node in a given cycle.1 -100000 (100 GB)4000 MB
cluster.tier-max-filesSpecifies the maximum number of files that may be migrated in any direction from each node in a given cycle.1-100000 files10000
cluster.watermark-hiUpper percentage watermark for promotion. If hot tier fills above this percentage, no promotion will happen and demotion will happen with high probability.1- 99 %90%
cluster.watermark-low Lower percentage watermark. If hot tier is less full than this, promotion will happen and demotion will not happen. If greater than this, promotion/demotion will happen at a probability relative to how full the hot tier is. 1- 99 %75%
config.transport Specifies the type of transport(s) volume would support communicating over. tcp OR rdma OR tcp,rdma tcp
diagnostics.brick-log-level Changes the log-level of the bricks. INFO | DEBUG | WARNING | ERROR | CRITICAL | NONE | TRACE info
diagnostics.client-log-level Changes the log-level of the clients. INFO | DEBUG | WARNING | ERROR | CRITICAL | NONE | TRACE info
diagnostics.brick-sys-log-level Depending on the value defined for this option, log messages at and above the defined level are generated in the syslog and the brick log files. INFO | WARNING | ERROR | CRITICAL CRITICAL
diagnostics.client-sys-log-level Depending on the value defined for this option, log messages at and above the defined level are generated in the syslog and the client log files. INFO | WARNING | ERROR | CRITICAL CRITICAL
diagnostics.client-log-format Allows you to configure the log format to log either with a message id or without one on the client. no-msg-id | with-msg-id with-msg-id
diagnostics.brick-log-format Allows you to configure the log format to log either with a message id or without one on the brick. no-msg-id | with-msg-id with-msg-id
diagnostics.brick-log-flush-timeout The length of time for which the log messages are buffered, before being flushed to the logging infrastructure (gluster or syslog files) on the bricks. 30 - 300 seconds (30 and 300 included) 120 seconds
diagnostics.brick-log-buf-size The maximum number of unique log messages that can be suppressed until the timeout or buffer overflow, whichever occurs first on the bricks. 0 and 20 (0 and 20 included) 5
diagnostics.client-log-flush-timeout The length of time for which the log messages are buffered, before being flushed to the logging infrastructure (gluster or syslog files) on the clients. 30 - 300 seconds (30 and 300 included) 120 seconds
diagnostics.client-log-buf-size The maximum number of unique log messages that can be suppressed until the timeout or buffer overflow, whichever occurs first on the clients. 0 and 20 (0 and 20 included) 5
features.ctr-enabledEnables Change Time Recorder (CTR) translator for a tiered volume. This option is used in conjunction with features.record-counters option to enable recording write and read heat counters.on | offon
features.ctr_link_consistencyEnables a crash consistent way of recording hardlink updates by Change Time Recorder translator. When recording in a crash consistent way the data operations will experience more latency.on | offoff
features.quota-deem-statfs When this option is set to on, it takes the quota limits into consideration while estimating the filesystem size. The limit will be treated as the total size instead of the actual size of filesystem. on | off on
features.record-countersIf set to enabled, cluster.write-freq-threshold and cluster.read-freq-threshold options defines the number of writes and reads to a given file that are needed before triggering migration.on | offon
features.read-only Specifies whether to mount the entire volume as read-only for all the clients accessing it. on | off off
geo-replication.indexingEnables the marker translator to track the changes in the volume.on | off off
performance.quick-read To enable/disable quick-read translator in the volume. on | off on
network.ping-timeout The time the client waits for a response from the server. If a timeout occurs, all resources held by the server on behalf of the client are cleaned up. When the connection is reestablished, all resources need to be reacquired before the client can resume operations on the server. Additionally, locks are acquired and the lock tables are updated. A reconnect is a very expensive operation and must be avoided. 42 seconds 42 seconds
nfs.acl Disabling nfs.acl will remove support for the NFSACL sideband protocol. This is enabled by default. enable | disable enable
nfs.enable-ino32 For nfs clients or applciatons that do not support 64-bit inode numbers, use this option to make NFS return 32-bit inode numbers instead. Disabled by default, so NFS returns 64-bit inode numbers. enable | disable disable
nfs.export-dir By default, all NFS volumes are exported as individual exports. This option allows you to export specified subdirectories on the volume. The path must be an absolute path. Along with the path allowed, list of IP address or hostname can be associated with each subdirectory. None
nfs.export-dirs By default, all NFS sub-volumes are exported as individual exports. This option allows any directory on a volume to be exported separately. on | off on

Note

The value set for nfs.export-dirs and nfs.export-volumes options are global and applies to all the volumes in the Red Hat Gluster Storage trusted storage pool.
nfs.export-volumes Enables or disables exporting entire volumes. If disabled and used in conjunction with nfs.export-dir, you can set subdirectories as the only exports. on | off on
nfs.mount-rmtab Path to the cache file that contains a list of NFS-clients and the volumes they have mounted. Change the location of this file to a mounted (with glusterfs-fuse, on all storage servers) volume to gain a trusted pool wide view of all NFS-clients that use the volumes. The contents of this file provide the information that can get obtained with the showmount command. Path to a directory /var/lib/glusterd/nfs/rmtab
nfs.mount-udp Enable UDP transport for the MOUNT sideband protocol. By default, UDP is not enabled, and MOUNT can only be used over TCP. Some NFS-clients (certain Solaris, HP-UX and others) do not support MOUNT over TCP and enabling nfs.mount-udp makes it possible to use NFS exports provided by Red Hat Gluster Storage. disable | enable disable
nfs.nlm By default, the Network Lock Manager (NLMv4) is enabled. Use this option to disable NLM. Red Hat does not recommend disabling this option. on on|off
nfs.rpc-auth-allow IP_ADRESSES A comma separated list of IP addresses allowed to connect to the server. By default, all clients are allowed. Comma separated list of IP addresses accept all
nfs.rpc-auth-reject IP_ADRESSES A comma separated list of addresses not allowed to connect to the server. By default, all connections are allowed. Comma separated list of IP addresses reject none
nfs.ports-insecure Allows client connections from unprivileged ports. By default only privileged ports are allowed. This is a global setting for allowing insecure ports for all exports using a single option. on | off off
nfs.addr-namelookup Specifies whether to lookup names for incoming client connections. In some configurations, the name server can take too long to reply to DNS queries, resulting in timeouts of mount requests. This option can be used to disable name lookups during address authentication. Note that disabling name lookups will prevent you from using hostnames in nfs.rpc-auth-* options. on | off on
nfs.port Associates glusterFS NFS with a non-default port. 1025-65535 38465- 38467
nfs.disable Specifies whether to disable NFS exports of individual volumes. on | off off
nfs.server-aux-gids When enabled, the NFS-server will resolve the groups of the user accessing the volume. NFSv3 is restricted by the RPC protocol (AUTH_UNIX/AUTH_SYS header) to 16 groups. By resolving the groups on the NFS-server, this limits can get by-passed. on|off off
nfs.transport-type Specifies the transport used by GlusterFS NFS server to communicate with bricks. tcp OR rdma tcp
open-behind It improves the application's ability to read data from a file by sending success notifications to the application whenever it receives a open call. on | off on
performance.io-thread-count The number of threads in the IO threads translator. 0 - 65 16
performance.cache-max-file-size Sets the maximum file size cached by the io-cache translator. Can be specified using the normal size descriptors of KB, MB, GB, TB, or PB (for example, 6GB). Size in bytes, or specified using size descriptors. 2 ^ 64-1 bytes
performance.cache-min-file-size Sets the minimum file size cached by the io-cache translator. Can be specified using the normal size descriptors of KB, MB, GB, TB, or PB (for example, 6GB). Size in bytes, or specified using size descriptors. 0
performance.cache-refresh-timeout The number of seconds cached data for a file will be retained. After this timeout, data re-validation will be performed. 0 - 61 seconds 1 second
performance.cache-size Size of the read cache. Size in bytes, or specified using size descriptors. 32 MB
performance.md-cache-timeout The time period in seconds which controls when metadata cache has to be refreshed. If the age of cache is greater than this time-period, it is refreshed. Every time cache is refreshed, its age is reset to 0. 0-60 seconds 1 second
performance.use-anonymous-fd This option requires open-behind to be on. For read operations, use anonymous FD when the original FD is open-behind and not yet opened in the backend. Yes | No Yes
performance.lazy-open This option requires open-behind to be on. Perform an open in the backend only when a necessary FOP arrives (for example, write on the FD, unlink of the file). When this option is disabled, perform backend open immediately after an unwinding open. Yes/No Yes
rebal-throttleRebalance process is made multithreaded to handle multiple files migration for enhancing the performance. During multiple file migration, there can be a severe impact on storage system performance. The throttling mechanism is provided to manage it.lazy, normal, aggressive normal
server.allow-insecure Allows client connections from unprivileged ports. By default, only privileged ports are allowed. This is a global setting for allowing insecure ports to be enabled for all exports using a single option. on | off off

Important

Turning server.allow-insecure to on allows ports to accept/reject messages from insecure ports. Enable this option only if your deployment requires it, for example if there are too many bricks in each volume, or if there are too many services which have already utilized all the privileged ports in the system. You can control access of only glusterFS FUSE-based clients. Use nfs.rpc-auth-* options for NFS access control.
server.root-squash Prevents root users from having root privileges, and instead assigns them the privileges of nfsnobody. This squashes the power of the root users, preventing unauthorized modification of files on the Red Hat Gluster Storage Servers. on | off off
server.anonuid Value of the UID used for the anonymous user when root-squash is enabled. When root-squash is enabled, all the requests received from the root UID (that is 0) are changed to have the UID of the anonymous user. 0 - 4294967295 65534 (this UID is also known as nfsnobody)
server.anongid Value of the GID used for the anonymous user when root-squash is enabled. When root-squash is enabled, all the requests received from the root GID (that is 0) are changed to have the GID of the anonymous user. 0 - 4294967295 65534 (this UID is also known as nfsnobody)
server.gid-timeout The time period in seconds which controls when cached groups has to expire. This is the cache that contains the groups (GIDs) where a specified user (UID) belongs to. This option is used only when server.manage-gids is enabled. 0-4294967295 seconds 2 seconds
server.manage-gids Resolve groups on the server-side. By enabling this option, the groups (GIDs) a user (UID) belongs to gets resolved on the server, instead of using the groups that were send in the RPC Call by the client. This option makes it possible to apply permission checks for users that belong to bigger group lists than the protocol supports (approximately 93). on|off off
server.statedump-path Specifies the directory in which the statedump files must be stored. /var/run/gluster (for a default installation) Path to a directory
storage.health-check-interval Sets the time interval in seconds for a filesystem health check. You can set it to 0 to disable. The POSIX translator on the bricks performs a periodic health check. If this check fails, the filesystem exported by the brick is not usable anymore and the brick process (glusterfsd) logs a warning and exits. 0-4294967295 seconds 30 seconds
storage.owner-uid Sets the UID for the bricks of the volume. This option may be required when some of the applications need the brick to have a specific UID to function correctly. Example: For QEMU integration the UID/GID must be qemu:qemu, that is, 107:107 (107 is the UID and GID of qemu). Any integer greater than or equal to -1. The UID of the bricks are not changed. This is denoted by -1.
storage.owner-gid Sets the GID for the bricks of the volume. This option may be required when some of the applications need the brick to have a specific GID to function correctly. Example: For QEMU integration the UID/GID must be qemu:qemu, that is, 107:107 (107 is the UID and GID of qemu). Any integer greater than or equal to -1. The GID of the bricks are not changed. This is denoted by -1.

10.2. Configuring Transport Types for a Volume
Copy link

A volume can support one or more transport types for communication between clients and brick processes. There are three types of supported transport, which are, tcp, rdma, and tcp,rdma.
To change the supported transport types of a volume, follow the procedure:
  1. Unmount the volume on all the clients using the following command: 
    # umount mount-point
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Stop the volumes using the following command: 
    # gluster volume stop volname
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Change the transport type. For example, to enable both tcp and rdma execute the followimg command: 
    # gluster volume set volname config.transport tcp,rdma OR tcp OR rdma
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Mount the volume on all the clients. For example, to mount using rdma transport, use the following command: 
    # mount -t glusterfs -o transport=rdma server1:/test-volume /mnt/glusterfs
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

10.3. Expanding Volumes
Copy link

Volumes can be expanded while the trusted storage pool is online and available. For example, you can add a brick to a distributed volume, which increases distribution and adds capacity to the Red Hat Gluster Storage volume. Similarly, you can add a group of bricks to a replicated or distributed replicated volume, which increases the capacity of the Red Hat Gluster Storage volume.

Note

When expanding replicated or distributed replicated volumes, the number of bricks being added must be a multiple of the replica count. For example, to expand a distributed replicated volume with a replica count of 2, you need to add bricks in multiples of 2 (such as 4, 6, 8, etc.).

Expanding a Volume

  1. From any server in the trusted storage pool, use the following command to probe the server on which you want to add a new brick : 
    # gluster peer probe HOSTNAME
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # gluster peer probe server5
Probe successful

# gluster peer probe server6
Probe successful
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Add the bricks using the following command: 
    # gluster volume add-brick VOLNAME NEW_BRICK
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # gluster volume add-brick test-volume server5:/exp5 server6:/exp6
Add Brick successful
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Check the volume information using the following command: 
    # gluster volume info
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    The command output displays information similar to the following: 
    Volume Name: test-volume
Type: Distribute-Replicate
Status: Started
Number of Bricks: 6
Bricks:
Brick1: server1:/exp1
Brick2: server2:/exp2
Brick3: server3:/exp3
Brick4: server4:/exp4
Brick5: server5:/exp5
Brick6: server6:/exp6
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Rebalance the volume to ensure that files will be distributed to the new brick. Use the rebalance command as described in Section 10.7, “Rebalancing Volumes”.
    The add-brick command should be followed by a rebalance operation to ensure better utilization of the added bricks.

10.3.1. Expanding a Tiered Volume
Copy link

You can add a group of bricks to a cold tier volume and to the hot tier volume to increase the capacity of the Red Hat Gluster Storage volume.
10.3.1.1. Expanding a Cold Tier Volume
Copy link
Expanding a cold tier volume is same as a non-tiered volume. If you are reusing the brick, ensure to perform the steps listed in “Reusing a Brick from a Deleted Volume” section.
  1. Detach the tier by performing the steps listed in Section 12.7, “Detaching a Tier from a Volume”
  2. From any server in the trusted storage pool, use the following command to probe the server on which you want to add a new brick : 
    # gluster peer probe HOSTNAME
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # gluster peer probe server5
Probe successful

# gluster peer probe server6
Probe successful
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Add the bricks using the following command: 
    # gluster volume add-brick VOLNAME NEW_BRICK
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # gluster volume add-brick test-volume server5:/exp5 server6:/exp6
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Rebalance the volume to ensure that files will be distributed to the new brick. Use the rebalance command as described in Section 10.7, “Rebalancing Volumes”.
    The add-brick command should be followed by a rebalance operation to ensure better utilization of the added bricks.
  5. Reattach the tier to the volume with both old and new (expanded) bricks:
    # gluster volume tier VOLNAME attach [replica COUNT] NEW-BRICK...

    Important

    When you reattach a tier, an internal process called fix-layout commences internally to prepare the hot tier for use. This process takes time and there will a delay in starting the tiering activities.
    If you are reusing the brick, be sure to clearly wipe the existing data before attaching it to the tiered volume.
10.3.1.2. Expanding a Hot Tier Volume
Copy link
You can expand a hot tier volume by attaching and adding bricks for the hot tier.
  1. Detach the tier by performing the steps listed in Section 12.7, “Detaching a Tier from a Volume”
  2. Reattach the tier to the volume with both old and new (expanded) bricks:
    # gluster volume tier VOLNAME attach [replica COUNT] NEW-BRICK...
    For example, 
    # gluster volume tier test-volume attach replica 2 server1:/exp5/tier5 server1:/exp6/tier6
server2:/exp7/tier7 server2:/exp8/tier8
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Important

    When you reattach a tier, an internal process called fix-layout commences internally to prepare the hot tier for use. This process takes time and there will a delay in starting the tiering activities.
    If you are reusing the brick, be sure to clearly wipe the existing data before attaching it to the tiered volume.

10.4. Shrinking Volumes
Copy link

You can shrink volumes while the trusted storage pool is online and available. For example, you may need to remove a brick that has become inaccessible in a distributed volume because of a hardware or network failure.

Note

When shrinking distributed replicated volumes, the number of bricks being removed must be a multiple of the replica count. For example, to shrink a distributed replicated volume with a replica count of 2, you need to remove bricks in multiples of 2 (such as 4, 6, 8, etc.). In addition, the bricks you are removing must be from the same sub-volume (the same replica set). In a non-replicated volume, all bricks must be available in order to migrate data and perform the remove brick operation. In a replicated volume, at least one of the bricks in the replica must be available.

Shrinking a Volume

  1. Remove a brick using the following command: 
    # gluster volume remove-brick VOLNAME BRICK start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # gluster volume remove-brick test-volume server2:/exp2 start
Remove Brick start successful
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    If the remove-brick command is run with force or without any option, the data on the brick that you are removing will no longer be accessible at the glusterFS mount point. When using the start option, the data is migrated to other bricks, and on a successful commit the removed brick's information is deleted from the volume configuration. Data can still be accessed directly on the brick.
  2. You can view the status of the remove brick operation using the following command: 
    # gluster volume remove-brick VOLNAME BRICK status
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # gluster volume remove-brick test-volume server2:/exp2 status
      Node    Rebalanced-files          size       scanned      failures         status
 ---------         -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ------------
 localhost                  16      16777216            52             0    in progress
192.168.1.1                 13      16723211            47             0    in progress
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. When the data migration shown in the previous status command is complete, run the following command to commit the brick removal: 
    # gluster volume remove-brick VOLNAME BRICK commit
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example, 
    # gluster volume remove-brick test-volume server2:/exp2 commit
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. After the brick removal, you can check the volume information using the following command: 
    # gluster volume info
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    The command displays information similar to the following: 
    # gluster volume info
Volume Name: test-volume
Type: Distribute
Status: Started
Number of Bricks: 3
Bricks:
Brick1: server1:/exp1
Brick3: server3:/exp3
Brick4: server4:/exp4
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

10.4.1. Shrinking a Geo-replicated Volume
Copy link

  1. Remove a brick using the following command: 
    # gluster volume remove-brick VOLNAME BRICK start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # gluster volume remove-brick MASTER_VOL MASTER_HOST:/exp2 start
Remove Brick start successful
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    If the remove-brick command is run with force or without any option, the data on the brick that you are removing will no longer be accessible at the glusterFS mount point. When using the start option, the data is migrated to other bricks, and on a successful commit the removed brick's information is deleted from the volume configuration. Data can still be accessed directly on the brick.
  2. Use geo-replication config checkpoint to ensure that all the data in that brick is synced to the slave.
    1. Set a checkpoint to help verify the status of the data synchronization. 
      # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL config checkpoint now
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. Verify the checkpoint completion for the geo-replication session using the following command: 
      # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL status detail
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. You can view the status of the remove brick operation using the following command: 
    # gluster volume remove-brick VOLNAME BRICK status
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # gluster volume remove-brick  MASTER_VOL MASTER_HOST:/exp2 status
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Stop the geo-replication session between the master and the slave: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL stop
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  5. When the data migration shown in the previous status command is complete, run the following command to commit the brick removal: 
    # gluster volume remove-brick VOLNAME BRICK commit
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example, 
    # gluster volume remove-brick  MASTER_VOL MASTER_HOST:/exp2 commit
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  6. After the brick removal, you can check the volume information using the following command: 
    # gluster volume info
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  7. Start the geo-replication session between the hosts: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

10.4.2. Shrinking a Tiered Volume
Copy link

You can shrink a tiered volume while the trusted storage pool is online and available. For example, you may need to remove a brick that has become inaccessible because of a hardware or network failure.
10.4.2.1. Shrinking a Cold Tier Volume
Copy link
  1. Detach the tier by performing the steps listed in Section 12.7, “Detaching a Tier from a Volume”
  2. Remove a brick using the following command: 
    # gluster volume remove-brick VOLNAME BRICK start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # gluster volume remove-brick test-volume server2:/exp2 start
Remove Brick start successful
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    If the remove-brick command is run with force or without any option, the data on the brick that you are removing will no longer be accessible at the glusterFS mount point. When using the start option, the data is migrated to other bricks, and on a successful commit the removed brick's information is deleted from the volume configuration. Data can still be accessed directly on the brick.
  3. You can view the status of the remove brick operation using the following command: 
    # gluster volume remove-brick VOLNAME BRICK status
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # gluster volume remove-brick test-volume server2:/exp2 status
      Node    Rebalanced-files          size       scanned      failures         status
 ---------         -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ------------
 localhost                  16      16777216            52             0    in progress
192.168.1.1                 13      16723211            47             0    in progress
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. When the data migration shown in the previous status command is complete, run the following command to commit the brick removal: 
    # gluster volume remove-brick VOLNAME BRICK commit
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example, 
    # gluster volume remove-brick test-volume server2:/exp2 commit
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  5. Rerun the attach-tier command only with the required set of bricks:
    # gluster volume tier VOLNAME attach [replica COUNT] BRICK...
    For example, 
    # gluster volume tier test-volume attach replica 2 server1:/exp1/tier1 server1:/exp2/tier2 server2:/exp3/tier3 server2:/exp5/tier5
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Important

    When you attach a tier, an internal process called fix-layout commences internally to prepare the hot tier for use. This process takes time and there will a delay in starting the tiering activities.
10.4.2.2. Shrinking a Hot Tier Volume
Copy link
You must first decide on which bricks should be part of the hot tiered volume and which bricks should be removed from the hot tier volume.
  1. Detach the tier by performing the steps listed in Section 12.7, “Detaching a Tier from a Volume”
  2. Rerun the attach-tier command only with the required set of bricks:
    # gluster volume tier VOLNAME attach [replica COUNT] brick...

    Important

    When you reattach a tier, an internal process called fix-layout commences internally to prepare the hot tier for use. This process takes time and there will a delay in starting the tiering activities.

10.4.3. Stopping a remove-brick Operation
Copy link

Important

Stopping a remove-brick operation is a technology preview feature. Technology Preview features are not fully supported under Red Hat subscription level agreements (SLAs), may not be functionally complete, and are not intended for production use. However, these features provide early access to upcoming product innovations, enabling customers to test functionality and provide feedback during the development process. As Red Hat considers making future iterations of Technology Preview features generally available, we will provide commercially reasonable efforts to resolve any reported issues that customers experience when using these features.
A remove-brick operation that is in progress can be stopped by using the stop command.

Note

Files that were already migrated during remove-brick operation will not be migrated back to the same brick when the operation is stopped.
To stop remove brick operation, use the following command: 
# gluster volume remove-brick VOLNAME BRICK stop
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example: 
gluster volume remove-brick di rhs1:/brick1/di21 rhs1:/brick1/di21 stop

Node   Rebalanced-files   size     scanned  failures   skipped   status  run-time in secs
----      -------         ----       ----     ------    -----     -----    ------   
localhost     23          376Bytes    34        0        0      stopped      2.00
rhs1          0           0Bytes      88        0        0      stopped      2.00  
rhs2          0           0Bytes       0        0        0      not started  0.00
'remove-brick' process may be in the middle of a file migration.
The process will be fully stopped once the migration of the file is complete.
Please check remove-brick process for completion before doing any further brick related tasks on the volume.
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

10.5. Migrating Volumes
Copy link

Data can be redistributed across bricks while the trusted storage pool is online and available.Before replacing bricks on the new servers, ensure that the new servers are successfully added to the trusted storage pool.

Note

Before performing a replace-brick operation, review the known issues related to replace-brick operation in the Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1 Release Notes.
This procedure applies only when at least one brick from the subvolume to be replaced is online. In case of a Distribute volume, the brick that must be replaced must be online. In case of a Distribute-replicate, at least one brick from the subvolume from the replica set that must be replaced must be online.
To replace the entire subvolume with new bricks on a Distribute-replicate volume, follow these steps:
  1. Add the new bricks to the volume. 
    # gluster volume add-brick VOLNAME [replica <COUNT>] NEW-BRICK
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Example 10.1. Adding a Brick to a Distribute Volume

    # gluster volume add-brick test-volume server5:/exp5
Add Brick successful
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Verify the volume information using the command: 
    # gluster volume info
 Volume Name: test-volume
    Type: Distribute
    Status: Started
    Number of Bricks: 5
    Bricks:
    Brick1: server1:/exp1
    Brick2: server2:/exp2
    Brick3: server3:/exp3
    Brick4: server4:/exp4
    Brick5: server5:/exp5
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    In case of a Distribute-replicate volume, you must specify the replica count in the add-brick command and provide the same number of bricks as the replica count to the add-brick command.
  3. Remove the bricks to be replaced from the subvolume.
    1. Start the remove-brick operation using the command: 
      # gluster volume remove-brick VOLNAME [replica <COUNT>] <BRICK> start
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

      Example 10.2. Start a remove-brick operation on a distribute volume

      # gluster volume remove-brick test-volume server2:/exp2 start
Remove Brick start successful
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. View the status of the remove-brick operation using the command: 
      # gluster volume remove-brick VOLNAME [replica <COUNT>] BRICK status
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

      Example 10.3. View the Status of remove-brick Operation

      # gluster volume remove-brick test-volume server2:/exp2 status
Node     Rebalanced-files size        scanned failures status
------------------------------------------------------------------
server2  16               16777216    52      0        in progress
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      Keep monitoring the remove-brick operation status by executing the above command. When the value of the status field is set to complete in the output of remove-brick status command, proceed further.
    3. Commit the remove-brick operation using the command: 
      # gluster volume remove-brick VOLNAME [replica <COUNT>] <BRICK> commit
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

      Example 10.4. Commit the remove-brick Operation on a Distribute Volume

      # gluster volume remove-brick test-volume server2:/exp2 commit
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    4. Verify the volume information using the command: 
      # gluster volume info
Volume Name: test-volume
Type: Distribute
Status: Started
Number of Bricks: 4
Bricks:
Brick1: server1:/exp1
Brick3: server3:/exp3
Brick4: server4:/exp4
Brick5: server5:/exp5
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    5. Verify the content on the brick after committing the remove-brick operation on the volume. If there are any files leftover, copy it through FUSE or NFS mount.
      1. Verify if there are any pending files on the bricks of the subvolume.
        Along with files, all the application-specific extended attributes must be copied. glusterFS also uses extended attributes to store its internal data. The extended attributes used by glusterFS are of the form trusted.glusterfs.*, trusted.afr.*, and trusted.gfid. Any extended attributes other than ones listed above must also be copied.
        To copy the application-specific extended attributes and to achieve a an effect similar to the one that is described above, use the following shell script:
        Syntax: 
        # copy.sh <glusterfs-mount-point> <brick>
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

        Example 10.5. Code Snippet Usage

        If the mount point is /mnt/glusterfs and brick path is /export/brick1, then the script must be run as: 
        # copy.sh /mnt/glusterfs /export/brick
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap 
        #!/bin/bash

MOUNT=$1
BRICK=$2

for file in `find $BRICK ! -type d`; do
    rpath=`echo $file | sed -e "s#$BRICK\(.*\)#\1#g"`
    rdir=`dirname $rpath`

    cp -fv $file $MOUNT/$rdir;

    for xattr in `getfattr -e hex -m. -d $file 2>/dev/null | sed -e '/^#/d' | grep -v -E "trusted.glusterfs.*" | grep -v -E "trusted.afr.*" | grep -v "trusted.gfid"`;
    do
        key=`echo $xattr | cut -d"=" -f 1`
        value=`echo $xattr | cut -d"=" -f 2`

        setfattr $MOUNT/$rpath -n $key -v $value
    done
done
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      2. To identify a list of files that are in a split-brain state, execute the command: 
        # gluster volume heal test-volume info split-brain
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      3. If there are any files listed in the output of the above command, compare the files across the bricks in a replica set, delete the bad files from the brick and retain the correct copy of the file. Manual intervention by the System Administrator would be required to choose the correct copy of file.
A single brick can be replaced during a hardware failure situation, such as a disk failure or a server failure. The brick that must be replaced could either be online or offline. This procedure is applicable for volumes with replication. In case of a Replicate or Distribute-replicate volume types, after replacing the brick, self-heal is triggered to heal the data on the new brick.
Procedure to replace an old brick with a new brick on a Replicate or Distribute-replicate volume:
  1. Ensure that the new brick (sys5:/home/gfs/r2_5) that replaces the old brick (sys0:/home/gfs/r2_0) is empty. Ensure that all the bricks are online. The brick that must be replaced can be in an offline state.
  2. Execute the replace-brick command with the force option: 
    # gluster volume replace-brick r2 sys0:/home/gfs/r2_0 sys5:/home/gfs/r2_5 commit force 
volume replace-brick: success: replace-brick commit successful
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Check if the new brick is online. 
    # gluster volume status
Status of volume: r2 
Gluster process                    Port    Online    Pid 
--------------------------------------------------------- 
Brick sys5:/home/gfs/r2_5            49156    Y    5731 

Brick sys1:/home/gfs/r2_1            49153    Y    5354 

Brick sys2:/home/gfs/r2_2            49154    Y    5365 

Brick sys3:/home/gfs/r2_3            49155    Y    5376
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Ensure that after the self-heal completes, the extended attributes are set to zero on the other bricks in the replica. 
    # getfattr -d -m. -e hex /home/gfs/r2_1 
getfattr: Removing leading '/' from absolute path names 
# file: home/gfs/r2_1 
security.selinux=0x756e636f6e66696e65645f753a6f626a6563745f723a66696c655f743a733000 
trusted.afr.r2-client-0=0x000000000000000000000000
trusted.afr.r2-client-1=0x000000000000000000000000 
trusted.gfid=0x00000000000000000000000000000001 
trusted.glusterfs.dht=0x0000000100000000000000007ffffffe
trusted.glusterfs.volume-id=0xde822e25ebd049ea83bfaa3c4be2b440
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Note that in this example, the extended attributes trusted.afr.r2-client-0 and trusted.afr.r2-client-1 are set to zero.

Important

In case of a Distribute volume type, replacing a brick using this procedure will result in data loss.
  1. Replace a brick with a commit force option: 
    # gluster volume replace-brick VOLNAME <BRICK> <NEW-BRICK> commit force
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Example 10.6. Replace a brick on a Distribute Volume

    # gluster volume replace-brick r2 sys0:/home/gfs/r2_0 sys5:/home/gfs/r2_5 commit force 
volume replace-brick: success: replace-brick commit successful
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Verify if the new brick is online. 
    # gluster volume status
Status of volume: r2 
Gluster process                    Port    Online    Pid 
--------------------------------------------------------- 
Brick sys5:/home/gfs/r2_5            49156    Y    5731 

Brick sys1:/home/gfs/r2_1            49153    Y    5354 

Brick sys2:/home/gfs/r2_2            49154    Y    5365 

Brick sys3:/home/gfs/r2_3            49155    Y    5376
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Note

All the replace-brick command options except the commit force option are deprecated.

10.6. Replacing Hosts
Copy link

You can replace a failed host machine with another host that has a different hostname.

Important

Ensure that the new peer has the exact disk capacity as that of the one it is replacing. For example, if the peer in the cluster has two 100GB drives, then the new peer must have the same disk capacity and number of drives.
In the following example the original machine which has had an irrecoverable failure is sys0.example.com and the replacement machine is sys5.example.com. The brick with an unrecoverable failure is sys0.example.com:/rhs/brick1/b1 and the replacement brick is sys5.example.com:/rhs/brick1/b1.
  1. Probe the new peer from one of the existing peers to bring it into the cluster. 
    # gluster peer probe sys5.example.com
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Ensure that the new brick (sys5.example.com:/rhs/brick1/b1) that is replacing the old brick (sys0.example.com:/rhs/brick1/b1) is empty.
  3. Retrieve the brick paths in sys0.example.com using the following command: 
    # gluster volume info <VOLNAME>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap 
    Volume Name: vol
Type: Replicate
Volume ID: 0xde822e25ebd049ea83bfaa3c4be2b440
Status: Started
Snap Volume: no
Number of Bricks: 1 x 2 = 2
Transport-type: tcp
Bricks:
Brick1: sys0.example.com:/rhs/brick1/b1
Brick2: sys1.example.com:/rhs/brick1/b1
Options Reconfigured:
performance.readdir-ahead: on
snap-max-hard-limit: 256
snap-max-soft-limit: 90
auto-delete: disable
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Brick path in sys0.example.com is /rhs/brick1/b1. This has to be replaced with the brick in the newly added host, sys5.example.com.
  4. Create the required brick path in sys5.example.com.For example, if /rhs/brick is the XFS mount point in sys5.example.com, then create a brick directory in that path. 
    # mkdir /rhs/brick1/b1
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  5. Execute the replace-brick command with the force option: 
    # gluster volume replace-brick vol sys0.example.com:/rhs/brick1/b1 sys5.example.com:/rhs/brick1/b1 commit force
volume replace-brick: success: replace-brick commit successful
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  6. Verify that the new brick is online. 
    # gluster volume status
Status of volume: vol 
Gluster process                                  Port    Online Pid 
Brick sys5.example.com:/rhs/brick1/b1            49156    Y    5731 
Brick sys1.example.com:/rhs/brick1/b1            49153    Y    5354
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  7. Initiate self-heal on the volume. The status of the heal process can be seen by executing the command: 
    # gluster volume heal VOLNAME
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  8. The status of the heal process can be seen by executing the command: 
    # gluster volume heal VOLNAME info
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  9. Detach the original machine from the trusted pool. 
    # gluster peer detach sys0.example.com
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  10. Ensure that after the self-heal completes, the extended attributes are set to zero on the other bricks in the replica. 
    # getfattr -d -m. -e hex /rhs/brick1/b1
getfattr: Removing leading '/' from absolute path names 
#file: rhs/brick1/b1 
security.selinux=0x756e636f6e66696e65645f753a6f626a6563745f723a66696c655f743a733000 
trusted.afr.vol-client-0=0x000000000000000000000000
trusted.afr.vol-client-1=0x000000000000000000000000 
trusted.gfid=0x00000000000000000000000000000001 
trusted.glusterfs.dht=0x0000000100000000000000007ffffffe
trusted.glusterfs.volume-id=0xde822e25ebd049ea83bfaa3c4be2b440
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    In this example, the extended attributes trusted.afr.vol-client-0 and trusted.afr.vol-client-1 have zero values. This means that the data on the two bricks is identical. If these attributes are not zero after self-heal is completed, the data has not been synchronised correctly.
You can replace a failed host with another node having the same FQDN (Fully Qualified Domain Name). A host in a Red Hat Gluster Storage Trusted Storage Pool has its own identity called the UUID generated by the glusterFS Management Daemon.The UUID for the host is available in /var/lib/glusterd/glusterd/info file.

Warning

Do not perform this procedure on Geo-replicated volumes.
In the following example, the host with the FQDN as sys0.example.com was irrecoverable and must to be replaced with a host, having the same FQDN. The following steps have to be performed on the new host.
  1. Stop the glusterd service on the sys0.example.com. 
    # service glusterd stop
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Retrieve the UUID of the failed host (sys0.example.com) from another of the Red Hat Gluster Storage Trusted Storage Pool by executing the following command: 
    # gluster peer status
Number of Peers: 2

Hostname: sys1.example.com
Uuid: 1d9677dc-6159-405e-9319-ad85ec030880
State: Peer in Cluster (Connected)

Hostname: sys0.example.com
Uuid: b5ab2ec3-5411-45fa-a30f-43bd04caf96b
State: Peer Rejected (Connected)
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Note that the UUID of the failed host is b5ab2ec3-5411-45fa-a30f-43bd04caf96b
  3. Edit the glusterd.info file in the new host and include the UUID of the host you retrieved in the previous step. 
    # cat /var/lib/glusterd/glusterd.info
UUID=b5ab2ec3-5411-45fa-a30f-43bd04caf96b
operating-version=30703
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Select any host (say for example, sys1.example.com) in the Red Hat Gluster Storage Trusted Storage Pool and retrieve its UUID from the glusterd.info file. 
    # grep -i uuid /var/lib/glusterd/glusterd.info
UUID=8cc6377d-0153-4540-b965-a4015494461c
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  5. Gather the peer information files from the host (sys1.example.com) in the previous step. Execute the following command in that host (sys1.example.com) of the cluster. 
    # cp -a /var/lib/glusterd/peers /tmp/
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  6. Remove the peer file corresponding to the failed host (sys0.example.com) from the /tmp/peers directory. 
    # rm /tmp/peers/b5ab2ec3-5411-45fa-a30f-43bd04caf96b
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Note that the UUID corresponds to the UUID of the failed host (sys0.example.com) retrieved in Step 2.
  7. Archive all the files and copy those to the failed host(sys0.example.com). 
    # cd /tmp; tar -cvf peers.tar peers
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  8. Copy the above created file to the new peer. 
    # scp /tmp/peers.tar root@sys0.example.com:/tmp
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  9. Copy the extracted content to the /var/lib/glusterd/peers directory. Execute the following command in the newly added host with the same name (sys0.example.com) and IP Address. 
    # tar -xvf /tmp/peers.tar
# cp peers/* /var/lib/glusterd/peers/
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  10. Select any other host in the cluster other than the node (sys1.example.com) selected in step 4. Copy the peer file corresponding to the UUID of the host retrieved in Step 4 to the new host (sys0.example.com) by executing the following command: 
    # scp /var/lib/glusterd/peers/<UUID-retrieved-from-step4> root@Example1:/var/lib/glusterd/peers/
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  11. Retrieve the brick directory information, by executing the following command in any host in the cluster. 
    # gluster volume info
Volume Name: vol
Type: Replicate
Volume ID: 0x8f16258c88a0498fbd53368706af7496
Status: Started
Snap Volume: no
Number of Bricks: 1 x 2 = 2
Transport-type: tcp
Bricks:
Brick1: sys0.example.com:/rhs/brick1/b1
Brick2: sys1.example.com:/rhs/brick1/b1
Options Reconfigured:
performance.readdir-ahead: on
snap-max-hard-limit: 256
snap-max-soft-limit: 90
auto-delete: disable
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    In the above example, the brick path in sys0.example.com is, /rhs/brick1/b1. If the brick path does not exist in sys0.example.com, perform steps a, b, and c.
    1. Create a brick path in the host, sys0.example.com. 
      mkdir /rhs/brick1/b1
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. Retrieve the volume ID from the existing brick of another host by executing the following command on any host that contains the bricks for the volume. 
      # getfattr -d -m. -ehex <brick-path>
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      Copy the volume-id. 
      # getfattr -d -m. -ehex /rhs/brick1/b1
getfattr: Removing leading '/' from absolute path names
# file: rhs/brick1/b1
trusted.afr.vol-client-0=0x000000000000000000000000
trusted.afr.vol-client-1=0x000000000000000000000000
trusted.gfid=0x00000000000000000000000000000001
trusted.glusterfs.dht=0x0000000100000000000000007ffffffe
trusted.glusterfs.volume-id=0x8f16258c88a0498fbd53368706af7496
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      In the above example, the volume id is 0x8f16258c88a0498fbd53368706af7496
    3. Set this volume ID on the brick created in the newly added host and execute the following command on the newly added host (sys0.example.com). 
      # setfattr -n trusted.glusterfs.volume-id -v <volume-id> <brick-path>
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      For Example: 
      # setfattr -n trusted.glusterfs.volume-id -v 0x8f16258c88a0498fbd53368706af7496 /rhs/brick2/drv2
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Data recovery is possible only if the volume type is replicate or distribute-replicate. If the volume type is plain distribute, you can skip steps 12 and 13.
  12. Create a FUSE mount point to mount the glusterFS volume. 
    # mount -t glusterfs <server-name>:/VOLNAME <mount>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  13. Perform the following operations to change the Automatic File Replication extended attributes so that the heal process happens from the other brick (sys1.example.com:/rhs/brick1/b1) in the replica pair to the new brick (sys0.example.com:/rhs/brick1/b1). Note that /mnt/r2 is the FUSE mount path.
    1. Create a new directory on the mount point and ensure that a directory with such a name is not already present. 
      # mkdir /mnt/r2/<name-of-nonexistent-dir>
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. Delete the directory and set the extended attributes. 
      # rmdir /mnt/r2/<name-of-nonexistent-dir>
# setfattr -n trusted.non-existent-key -v abc /mnt/r2
# setfattr -x trusted.non-existent-key /mnt/r2
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    3. Ensure that the extended attributes on the other bricks in the replica (in this example, trusted.afr.vol-client-0) is not set to zero. 
      # getfattr -d -m. -e hex /rhs/brick1/b1 # file: rhs/brick1/b1
security.selinux=0x756e636f6e66696e65645f753a6f626a6563745f723a66696c655f743a733000 
trusted.afr.vol-client-0=0x000000000000000300000002  
trusted.afr.vol-client-1=0x000000000000000000000000 
trusted.gfid=0x00000000000000000000000000000001 
trusted.glusterfs.dht=0x0000000100000000000000007ffffffe 
trusted.glusterfs.volume-id=0x8f16258c88a0498fbd53368706af7496
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  14. Start the glusterd service. 
    # service glusterd start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  15. Perform the self-heal operation on the restored volume. 
    # gluster volume heal VOLNAME
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  16. You can view the gluster volume self-heal status by executing the following command: 
    # gluster volume heal VOLNAME info
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Replacing a host with the same Hostname in a two-node Red Hat Gluster Storage Trusted Storage Pool

If there are only 2 hosts in the Red Hat Gluster Storage Trusted Storage Pool where the host sys0.example.com must be replaced, perform the following steps:

  1. Stop the glusterd service on sys0.example.com. 
    # service glusterd stop
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Retrieve the UUID of the failed host (sys0.example.com) from another peer in the Red Hat Gluster Storage Trusted Storage Pool by executing the following command: 
    # gluster peer status
Number of Peers: 1

Hostname: sys0.example.com
Uuid: b5ab2ec3-5411-45fa-a30f-43bd04caf96b
State: Peer Rejected (Connected)
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Note that the UUID of the failed host is b5ab2ec3-5411-45fa-a30f-43bd04caf96b
  3. Edit the glusterd.info file in the new host (sys0.example.com) and include the UUID of the host you retrieved in the previous step. 
    # cat /var/lib/glusterd/glusterd.info
UUID=b5ab2ec3-5411-45fa-a30f-43bd04caf96b
operating-version=30703
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Create the peer file in the newly created host (sys0.example.com) in /var/lib/glusterd/peers/<uuid-of-other-peer> with the name of the UUID of the other host (sys1.example.com).
    UUID of the host can be obtained with the following: 
    # gluster system:: uuid get
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Example 10.7. Example to obtain the UUID of a host

    For example,
# gluster system:: uuid get
UUID: 1d9677dc-6159-405e-9319-ad85ec030880
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    In this case the UUID of other peer is 1d9677dc-6159-405e-9319-ad85ec030880
  5. Create a file /var/lib/glusterd/peers/1d9677dc-6159-405e-9319-ad85ec030880 in sys0.example.com, with the following command: 
    # touch /var/lib/glusterd/peers/1d9677dc-6159-405e-9319-ad85ec030880
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    The file you create must contain the following information: 
    UUID=<uuid-of-other-node>
state=3
hostname=<hostname>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  6. Continue to perform steps 11 to 16 as documented in the previous procedure.

10.7. Rebalancing Volumes
Copy link

If a volume has been expanded or shrunk using the add-brick or remove-brick commands, the data on the volume needs to be rebalanced among the servers.

Note

In a non-replicated volume, all bricks should be online to perform the rebalance operation using the start option. In a replicated volume, at least one of the bricks in the replica should be online.
To rebalance a volume, use the following command on any of the servers: 
# gluster volume rebalance VOLNAME start
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example: 
# gluster volume rebalance test-volume start
Starting rebalancing on volume test-volume has been successful
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
A rebalance operation, without force option, will attempt to balance the space utilized across nodes, thereby skipping files to rebalance in case this would cause the target node of migration to have lesser available space than the source of migration. This leads to link files that are still left behind in the system and hence may cause performance issues in access when a large number of such link files are present.
Enhancements made to the file rename and rebalance operations in Red Hat Gluster Storage 2.1 update 5 requires that all the clients connected to a cluster operate with the same or later versions. If the clients operate on older versions, and a rebalance operation is performed, the following warning message is displayed and the rebalance operation will not be executed. 
volume rebalance: VOLNAME: failed: Volume VOLNAME has one or more connected clients of a version lower than Red Hat Gluster Storage-2.1 update 5. Starting rebalance in this state could lead to data loss.
Please disconnect those clients before attempting this command again.
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Red Hat strongly recommends you to disconnect all the older clients before executing the rebalance command to avoid a potential data loss scenario.

Warning

The Rebalance command can be executed with the force option even when the older clients are connected to the cluster. However, this could lead to a data loss situation.
A rebalance operation with force, balances the data based on the layout, and hence optimizes or does away with the link files, but may lead to an imbalanced storage space used across bricks. This option is to be used only when there are a large number of link files in the system.
To rebalance a volume forcefully, use the following command on any of the servers: 
# gluster volume rebalance VOLNAME start force
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example: 
# gluster volume rebalance test-volume start force
Starting rebalancing on volume test-volume has been successful
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

10.7.1. Rebalance Throttling
Copy link

Rebalance process is made multithreaded to handle multiple files migration for enhancing the performance. During multiple file migration, there can be a severe impact on storage system performance and a throttling mechanism is provided to manage it.
By default, the rebalance throttling is started in the normal mode. Configure the throttling modes to adjust the rate at which the files must be migrated 
# gluster volume set VOLNAME rebal-throttle lazy|normal|aggressive
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example: 
# gluster volume set test-volume rebal-throttle lazy
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

10.7.2. Displaying Status of a Rebalance Operation
Copy link

To display the status of a volume rebalance operation, use the following command: 
# gluster volume rebalance VOLNAME status
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example: 
# gluster volume rebalance test-volume status
     Node    Rebalanced-files          size       scanned      failures         status
---------         -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ------------
localhost                 112         14567           150            0    in progress
10.16.156.72              140          2134           201            2    in progress
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
The time taken to complete the rebalance operation depends on the number of files on the volume and their size. Continue to check the rebalancing status, and verify that the number of rebalanced or scanned files keeps increasing.
For example, running the status command again might display a result similar to the following: 
# gluster volume rebalance test-volume status
     Node    Rebalanced-files          size       scanned      failures         status
---------         -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ------------
localhost                 112         14567           150            0    in progress
10.16.156.72              140          2134           201            2    in progress
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
The rebalance status will be shown as completed the following when the rebalance is complete: 
# gluster volume rebalance test-volume status
     Node    Rebalanced-files          size       scanned      failures         status
---------         -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ------------
localhost                 112         15674           170            0       completed
10.16.156.72              140          3423           321            2       completed
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

10.7.3. Stopping a Rebalance Operation
Copy link

To stop a rebalance operation, use the following command: 
# gluster volume rebalance VOLNAME stop
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example: 
# gluster volume rebalance test-volume stop
     Node    Rebalanced-files          size       scanned      failures         status
---------         -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ------------
localhost                 102         12134           130            0         stopped
10.16.156.72              110          2123           121            2         stopped
Stopped rebalance process on volume test-volume
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

10.8. Setting up Shared Storage Volume
Copy link

Features like Snapshot Scheduler, NFS Ganesha and geo-replication require a shared storage to be available across all nodes of the cluster. A gluster volume named gluster_shared_storage is made available for this purpose, and is facilitated by the following volume set option. 
cluster.enable-shared-storage
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
This option accepts the following two values:
  • enable

    When the volume set option is enabled, a gluster volume named gluster_shared_storage is created in the cluster, and is mounted at /var/run/gluster/shared_storage on all the nodes in the cluster.

    Note

    • This option cannot be enabled if there is only one node present in the cluster, or if only one node is online in the cluster.
    • The volume created is either a replica 2, or a replica 3 volume. This depends on the number of nodes which are online in the cluster at the time of enabling this option and each of these nodes will have one brick participating in the volume. The brick path participating in the volume is /var/lib/glusterd/ss_brick.
    • The mount entry is also added to /etc/fstab as part of enable.
    • Before enabling this feature make sure that there is no volume named gluster_shared_storage in the cluster. This volume name is reserved for internal use only
    After successfully setting up the shared storage volume, when a new node is added to the cluster, the shared storage is not mounted automatically on this node. Neither is the /etc/fstab entry added for the shared storage on this node. To make use of shared storage on this node, execute the following commands: 
    # mount -t glusterfs <local node's ip>:gluster_shared_storage
/var/run/gluster/shared_storage
# cp /etc/fstab /var/run/gluster/fstab.tmp
# echo "<local node's ip>:/gluster_shared_storage
/var/run/gluster/shared_storage/ glusterfs defaults 0 0" >> /etc/fstab
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • disable

    When the volume set option is disabled, the gluster_shared_storage volume is unmounted on all the nodes in the cluster, and then the volume is deleted. The mount entry from /etc/fstab as part of disable is also removed.

For example: 
# gluster volume set all cluster.enable-shared-storage enable
volume set: success
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

10.9. Stopping Volumes
Copy link

To stop a volume, use the following command: 
# gluster volume stop VOLNAME
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example, to stop test-volume: 
# gluster volume stop test-volume
Stopping volume will make its data inaccessible. Do you want to continue? (y/n) y
Stopping volume test-volume has been successful
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

10.10. Deleting Volumes
Copy link

To delete a volume, use the following command: 
# gluster volume delete VOLNAME
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example, to delete test-volume: 
# gluster volume delete test-volume
Deleting volume will erase all information about the volume. Do you want to continue? (y/n) y
Deleting volume test-volume has been successful
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

10.11. Managing Split-brain
Copy link

Split-brain is a state when a data or availability inconsistencies originating from the maintenance of two separate data sets with overlap in scope, either because of servers in a network design, or a failure condition based on servers not communicating and synchronizing their data to each other.
In Red Hat Gluster Storage, split-brain is a term applicable to Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes in a replicate configuration. A file is said to be in split-brain when the copies of the same file in different bricks that constitute the replica-pair have mismatching data and/or meta-data contents such that they are conflicting each other and automatic healing is not possible. In this scenario, you can decide which is the correct file (source) and which is the one that require healing (sink) by inspecting at the mismatching files from the backend bricks.
The AFR translator in glusterFS makes use of extended attributes to keep track of the operations on a file. These attributes determine which brick is the source and which brick is the sink for a file that require healing. If the files are clean, the extended attributes are all zeroes indicating that no heal is necessary. When a heal is required, they are marked in such a way that there is a distinguishable source and sink and the heal can happen automatically. But, when a split brain occurs, these extended attributes are marked in such a way that both bricks mark themselves as sources, making automatic healing impossible.
When a split-brain occurs, applications cannot perform certain operations like read and write on the file. Accessing the files results in the application receiving an Input/Output Error.
The three types of split-brains that occur in Red Hat Gluster Storage are:
  • Data split-brain: Contents of the file under split-brain are different in different replica pairs and automatic healing is not possible.
  • Metadata split-brain : The metadata of the files (example, user defined extended attribute) are different and automatic healing is not possible.
  • Entry split-brain: This happens when a file have different gfids on each of the replica pair.
The only way to resolve split-brains is by manually inspecting the file contents from the backend and deciding which is the true copy (source ) and modifying the appropriate extended attributes such that healing can happen automatically.

10.11.1. Preventing Split-brain
Copy link

To prevent split-brain in the trusted storage pool, you must configure server-side and client-side quorum.
10.11.1.1. Configuring Server-Side Quorum
Copy link
The quorum configuration in a trusted storage pool determines the number of server failures that the trusted storage pool can sustain. If an additional failure occurs, the trusted storage pool will become unavailable. If too many server failures occur, or if there is a problem with communication between the trusted storage pool nodes, it is essential that the trusted storage pool be taken offline to prevent data loss.
After configuring the quorum ratio at the trusted storage pool level, you must enable the quorum on a particular volume by setting cluster.server-quorum-type volume option as server. For more information on this volume option, see Section 10.1, “Configuring Volume Options”.
Configuration of the quorum is necessary to prevent network partitions in the trusted storage pool. Network Partition is a scenario where, a small set of nodes might be able to communicate together across a functioning part of a network, but not be able to communicate with a different set of nodes in another part of the network. This can cause undesirable situations, such as split-brain in a distributed system. To prevent a split-brain situation, all the nodes in at least one of the partitions must stop running to avoid inconsistencies.
This quorum is on the server-side, that is, the glusterd service. Whenever the glusterd service on a machine observes that the quorum is not met, it brings down the bricks to prevent data split-brain. When the network connections are brought back up and the quorum is restored, the bricks in the volume are brought back up. When the quorum is not met for a volume, any commands that update the volume configuration or peer addition or detach are not allowed. It is to be noted that both, the glusterd service not running and the network connection between two machines being down are treated equally.
You can configure the quorum percentage ratio for a trusted storage pool. If the percentage ratio of the quorum is not met due to network outages, the bricks of the volume participating in the quorum in those nodes are taken offline. By default, the quorum is met if the percentage of active nodes is more than 50% of the total storage nodes. However, if the quorum ratio is manually configured, then the quorum is met only if the percentage of active storage nodes of the total storage nodes is greater than or equal to the set value.
To configure the quorum ratio, use the following command: 
# gluster volume set all cluster.server-quorum-ratio PERCENTAGE
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example, to set the quorum to 51% of the trusted storage pool: 
# gluster volume set all cluster.server-quorum-ratio 51%
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
In this example, the quorum ratio setting of 51% means that more than half of the nodes in the trusted storage pool must be online and have network connectivity between them at any given time. If a network disconnect happens to the storage pool, then the bricks running on those nodes are stopped to prevent further writes.
You must ensure to enable the quorum on a particular volume to participate in the server-side quorum by running the following command: 
# gluster volume set VOLNAME cluster.server-quorum-type server
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Important

For a two-node trusted storage pool, it is important to set the quorum ratio to be greater than 50% so that two nodes separated from each other do not both believe they have a quorum.
For a replicated volume with two nodes and one brick on each machine, if the server-side quorum is enabled and one of the nodes goes offline, the other node will also be taken offline because of the quorum configuration. As a result, the high availability provided by the replication is ineffective. To prevent this situation, a dummy node can be added to the trusted storage pool which does not contain any bricks. This ensures that even if one of the nodes which contains data goes offline, the other node will remain online. Note that if the dummy node and one of the data nodes goes offline, the brick on other node will be also be taken offline, and will result in data unavailability.
10.11.1.2. Configuring Client-Side Quorum
Copy link
Replication in Red Hat Gluster Storage Server allows modifications as long as at least one of the bricks in a replica group is online. In a network-partition scenario, different clients connect to different bricks in the replicated environment. In this situation different clients may modify the same file on different bricks. When a client is witnessing brick disconnections, a file could be modified on different bricks at different times while the other brick is off-line in the replica. For example, in a 1 X 2 replicate volume, while modifying the same file, it can so happen that client C1 can connect only to brick B1 and client C2 can connect only to brick B2. These situations lead to split-brain and the file becomes unusable and manual intervention is required to fix this issue.
Client-side quorum is implemented to minimize split-brains. Client-side quorum configuration determines the number of bricks that must be up for it to allow data modification. If client-side quorum is not met, files in that replica group become read-only. This client-side quorum configuration applies for all the replica groups in the volume, if client-side quorum is not met for m of n replica groups only m replica groups becomes read-only and the rest of the replica groups continue to allow data modifications.

Example 10.8. Client-Side Quorum

View larger image
In the above scenario, when the client-side quorum is not met for replica group A, only replica group A becomes read-only. Replica groups B and C continue to allow data modifications.

Important

  1. If cluster.quorum-type is fixed, writes will continue till number of bricks up and running in replica pair is equal to the count specified in cluster.quorum-count option. This is irrespective of first or second or third brick. All the bricks are equivalent here.
  2. If cluster.quorum-type is auto, then at least ceil (n/2) number of bricks need to be up to allow writes, where n is the replica count. For example, 
    for replica 2, ceil(2/2)= 1 brick
for replica 3, ceil(3/2)= 2 bricks
for replica 4, ceil(4/2)= 2 bricks
for replica 5, ceil(5/2)= 3 bricks
for replica 6, ceil(6/2)= 3 bricks
and so on
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    In addition, for auto, if the number of bricks that are up is exactly ceil (n/2), and n is an even number, then the first brick of the replica must also be up to allow writes. For replica 6, if more than 3 bricks are up, then it can be any of the bricks. But if exactly 3 bricks are up, then the first brick has to be up and running.
  3. In a three-way replication setup, it is recommended to set cluster.quorum-type to auto to avoid split brains. If the quorum is not met, the replica pair becomes read-only.
Configure the client-side quorum using cluster.quorum-type and cluster.quorum-count options. For more information on these options, see Section 10.1, “Configuring Volume Options”.

Important

When you integrate Red Hat Gluster Storage with Red Hat Enterprise Virtualization or Red Hat OpenStack, the client-side quorum is enabled when you run gluster volume set VOLNAME group virt command. If on a two replica set up, if the first brick in the replica pair is offline, virtual machines will be paused because quorum is not met and writes are disallowed.
Consistency is achieved at the cost of fault tolerance. If fault-tolerance is preferred over consistency, disable client-side quorum with the following command: 
# gluster volume reset VOLNAME quorum-type
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Example - Setting up server-side and client-side quorum to avoid split-brain scenario

This example provides information on how to set server-side and client-side quorum on a Distribute Replicate volume to avoid split-brain scenario. The configuration of this example has 2 X 2 ( 4 bricks) Distribute Replicate setup. 

# gluster volume info testvol
Volume Name: testvol
Type: Distributed-Replicate
Volume ID: 0df52d58-bded-4e5d-ac37-4c82f7c89cfh
Status: Created
Number of Bricks: 2 x 2 = 4
Transport-type: tcp
Bricks:
Brick1: server1:/bricks/brick1
Brick2: server2:/bricks/brick2
Brick3: server3:/bricks/brick3
Brick4: server4:/bricks/brick4
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Setting Server-side Quorum
Enable the quorum on a particular volume to participate in the server-side quorum by running the following command: 
# gluster volume set VOLNAME cluster.server-quorum-type server
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Set the quorum to 51% of the trusted storage pool: 
# gluster volume set all cluster.server-quorum-ratio 51%
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
In this example, the quorum ratio setting of 51% means that more than half of the nodes in the trusted storage pool must be online and have network connectivity between them at any given time. If a network disconnect happens to the storage pool, then the bricks running on those nodes are stopped to prevent further writes.
Setting Client-side Quorum
Set the quorum-typeoption to auto to allow writes to the file only if the percentage of active replicate bricks is more than 50% of the total number of bricks that constitute that replica. 
# gluster volume set VOLNAME quorum-type auto
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
In this example, as there are only two bricks in the replica pair, the first brick must be up and running to allow writes.

Important

Atleast n/2 bricks need to be up for the quorum to be met. If the number of bricks (n) in a replica set is an even number, it is mandatory that the n/2 count must consist of the primary brick and it must be up and running. If n is an odd number, the n/2 count can have any brick up and running, that is, the primary brick need not be up and running to allow writes.

10.11.2. Recovering from File Split-brain
Copy link

You can recover from the data and meta-data split-brain using one of the following methods:
For information on resolving gfid/entry split-brain, see Chapter 30, Manually Recovering File Split-brain .

Steps to recover from a split-brain from the mount point

  1. You can use a set of getfattr and setfattr commands to detect the data and meta-data split-brain status of a file and resolve split-brain from the mount point.

    Important

    This process for split-brain resolution from mount will not work on NFS mounts as it does not provide extended attributes support.
    In this example, the test-volume volume has bricks b0, b1, b2 and b3. 
    # gluster volume info test-volume
Volume Name: test-volume
Type: Distributed-Replicate
Status: Started
Number of Bricks: 2 x 2 = 4
Transport-type: tcp
Bricks:
Brick1: test-host:/test/b0
Brick2: test-host:/test/b1
Brick3: test-host:/test/b2
Brick4: test-host:/test/b3
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Directory structure of the bricks is as follows: 
    # tree -R /test/b?
/test/b0
├── dir
│   └── a
└── file100

/test/b1
├── dir
│   └── a
└── file100

/test/b2
├── dir
├── file1
├── file2
└── file99

/test/b3
├── dir
├── file1
├── file2
└── file99
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    In the following output, some of the files in the volume are in split-brain. 
    # gluster volume heal test-volume info split-brain
Brick test-host:/test/b0/
/file100
/dir
Number of entries in split-brain: 2

Brick test-host:/test/b1/
/file100
/dir
Number of entries in split-brain: 2

Brick test-host:/test/b2/
/file99
<gfid:5399a8d1-aee9-4653-bb7f-606df02b3696>
Number of entries in split-brain: 2

Brick test-host:/test/b3/
<gfid:05c4b283-af58-48ed-999e-4d706c7b97d5>
<gfid:5399a8d1-aee9-4653-bb7f-606df02b3696>
Number of entries in split-brain: 2
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    To know data or meta-data split-brain status of a file: 
    # getfattr -n replica.split-brain-status <path-to-file>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    The above command executed from mount provides information if a file is in data or meta-data split-brain. This command is not applicable to gfid/entry split-brain.
    For example,
    • file100 is in meta-data split-brain. Executing the above mentioned command for file100 gives : 
      # getfattr -n replica.split-brain-status file100
# file: file100
replica.split-brain-status="data-split-brain:no    metadata-split-brain:yes    Choices:test-client-0,test-client-1"
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    • file1 is in data split-brain. 
      # getfattr -n replica.split-brain-status file1
# file: file1
replica.split-brain-status="data-split-brain:yes    metadata-split-brain:no    Choices:test-client-2,test-client-3"
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    • file99 is in both data and meta-data split-brain. 
      # getfattr -n replica.split-brain-status file99
# file: file99
replica.split-brain-status="data-split-brain:yes    metadata-split-brain:yes    Choices:test-client-2,test-client-3"
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    • dir is in gfid/entry split-brain but as mentioned earlier, the above command is does not display if the file is in gfid/entry split-brain. Hence, the command displays The file is not under data or metadata split-brain. For information on resolving gfid/entry split-brain, see Chapter 30, Manually Recovering File Split-brain . 
      # getfattr -n replica.split-brain-status dir
# file: dir
replica.split-brain-status="The file is not under data or metadata split-brain"
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    • file2 is not in any kind of split-brain. 
      # getfattr -n replica.split-brain-status file2
# file: file2
replica.split-brain-status="The file is not under data or metadata split-brain"
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Analyze the files in data and meta-data split-brain and resolve the issue

    When you perform operations like cat, getfattr, and more from the mount on files in split-brain, it throws an input/output error. For further analyzing such files, you can use setfattr command. 

    # setfattr -n replica.split-brain-choice -v "choiceX" <path-to-file>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Using this command, a particular brick can be chosen to access the file in split-brain.
    For example,
    file1 is in data-split-brain and when you try to read from the file, it throws input/output error. 
    # cat file1
cat: file1: Input/output error
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Split-brain choices provided for file1 were test-client-2 and test-client-3.
    Setting test-client-2 as split-brain choice for file1 serves reads from b2 for the file. 
    # setfattr -n replica.split-brain-choice -v test-client-2 file1
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Now, you can perform operations on the file. For example, read operations on the file: 
    # cat file1
xyz
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Similarly, to inspect the file from other choice, replica.split-brain-choice is to be set to test-client-3.
    Trying to inspect the file from a wrong choice errors out. You can undo the split-brain-choice that has been set, the above mentioned setfattr command can be used with none as the value for extended attribute.
    For example, 
    # setfattr -n replica.split-brain-choice -v none file1
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Now performing cat operation on the file will again result in input/output error, as before. 
    # cat file
cat: file1: Input/output error
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    After you decide which brick to use as a source for resolving the split-brain, it must be set for the healing to be done. 
    # setfattr -n replica.split-brain-heal-finalize -v <heal-choice> <path-to-file>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Example 
    # setfattr -n replica.split-brain-heal-finalize -v test-client-2 file1
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    The above process can be used to resolve data and/or meta-data split-brain on all the files.
    Setting the split-brain-choice on the file
    After setting the split-brain-choice on the file, the file can be analyzed only for five minutes. If the duration of analyzing the file needs to be increased, use the following command and set the required time in timeout-in-minute argument. 
    # setfattr -n replica.split-brain-choice-timeout -v <timeout-in-minutes> <mount_point/file>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    This is a global timeout and is applicable to all files as long as the mount exists. The timeout need not be set each time a file needs to be inspected but for a new mount it will have to be set again for the first time. This option becomes invalid if the operations like add-brick or remove-brick are performed.

    Note

    If fopen-keep-cache FUSE mount option is disabled, then inode must be invalidated each time before selecting a new replica.split-brain-choice to inspect a file using the following command: 
    # setfattr -n inode-invalidate -v 0 <path-to-file>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
You can resolve the split-brin from the gluster CLI by the following ways:
  • Use bigger-file as source
  • Use one replica as source for a particular file
  • Use one replica as source for all files

Note

The entry/gfid split-brain resolution is not supported using CLI. For information on resolving gfid/entry split-brain, see Chapter 30, Manually Recovering File Split-brain .
Selecting the bigger-file as source

This method is useful for per file healing and where you can decided that the file with bigger size is to be considered as source.

  1. Run the following command to obtain the list of files that are in split-brain: 
    # gluster volume heal VOLNAME info split-brain
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap 
    Brick <hostname:brickpath-b1>
<gfid:aaca219f-0e25-4576-8689-3bfd93ca70c2>
<gfid:39f301ae-4038-48c2-a889-7dac143e82dd>
<gfid:c3c94de2-232d-4083-b534-5da17fc476ac>
Number of entries in split-brain: 3

Brick <hostname:brickpath-b2>
/dir/file1
/dir
/file4
Number of entries in split-brain: 3
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    From the command output, identify the files that are in split-brain.
    You can find the differences in the file size and md5 checksums by performing a stat and md5 checksums on the file from the bricks. The following is the stat and md5 checksum output of a file: 
    On brick b1:
# stat b1/dir/file1 
  File: ‘b1/dir/file1’
  Size: 17              Blocks: 16         IO Block: 4096   regular file
Device: fd03h/64771d    Inode: 919362      Links: 2
Access: (0644/-rw-r--r--)  Uid: (    0/    root)   Gid: (    0/    root)
Access: 2015-03-06 13:55:40.149897333 +0530
Modify: 2015-03-06 13:55:37.206880347 +0530
Change: 2015-03-06 13:55:37.206880347 +0530
 Birth: -

# md5sum b1/dir/file1 
040751929ceabf77c3c0b3b662f341a8  b1/dir/file1

On brick b2:
# stat b2/dir/file1 
  File: ‘b2/dir/file1’
  Size: 13              Blocks: 16         IO Block: 4096   regular file
Device: fd03h/64771d    Inode: 919365      Links: 2
Access: (0644/-rw-r--r--)  Uid: (    0/    root)   Gid: (    0/    root)
Access: 2015-03-06 13:54:22.974451898 +0530
Modify: 2015-03-06 13:52:22.910758923 +0530
Change: 2015-03-06 13:52:22.910758923 +0530
 Birth: -

# md5sum b2/dir/file1 
cb11635a45d45668a403145059c2a0d5  b2/dir/file1
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    You can notice the differences in the file size and md5 checksums.
  2. Execute the following command along with the full file name as seen from the root of the volume (or) the gfid-string representation of the file, which is displayed in the heal info command's output. 
    # gluster volume heal <VOLNAME> split-brain bigger-file <FILE>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example, 
    # gluster volume heal test-volume split-brain bigger-file /dir/file1
Healed /dir/file1.
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
After the healing is complete, the md5sum and file size on both bricks must be same. The following is a sample output of the stat and md5 checksums command after completion of healing the file. 
On brick b1:
# stat b1/dir/file1 
  File: ‘b1/dir/file1’
  Size: 17              Blocks: 16         IO Block: 4096   regular file
Device: fd03h/64771d    Inode: 919362      Links: 2
Access: (0644/-rw-r--r--)  Uid: (    0/    root)   Gid: (    0/    root)
Access: 2015-03-06 14:17:27.752429505 +0530
Modify: 2015-03-06 13:55:37.206880347 +0530
Change: 2015-03-06 14:17:12.880343950 +0530
 Birth: -

# md5sum b1/dir/file1 
040751929ceabf77c3c0b3b662f341a8  b1/dir/file1

On brick b2:
# stat b2/dir/file1 
  File: ‘b2/dir/file1’
  Size: 17              Blocks: 16         IO Block: 4096   regular file
Device: fd03h/64771d    Inode: 919365      Links: 2
Access: (0644/-rw-r--r--)  Uid: (    0/    root)   Gid: (    0/    root)
Access: 2015-03-06 14:17:23.249403600 +0530
Modify: 2015-03-06 13:55:37.206880000 +0530
Change: 2015-03-06 14:17:12.881343955 +0530
 Birth: -

# md5sum b2/dir/file1 
040751929ceabf77c3c0b3b662f341a8  b2/dir/file1
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Selecting one replica as source for a particular file

This method is useful if you know which file is to be considered as source.

  1. Run the following command to obtain the list of files that are in split-brain: 
    # gluster volume heal VOLNAME info split-brain
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap 
    Brick <hostname:brickpath-b1>
<gfid:aaca219f-0e25-4576-8689-3bfd93ca70c2>
<gfid:39f301ae-4038-48c2-a889-7dac143e82dd>
<gfid:c3c94de2-232d-4083-b534-5da17fc476ac>
Number of entries in split-brain: 3

Brick <hostname:brickpath-b2>
/dir/file1
/dir
/file4
Number of entries in split-brain: 3
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    From the command output, identify the files that are in split-brain.
    You can find the differences in the file size and md5 checksums by performing a stat and md5 checksums on the file from the bricks. The following is the stat and md5 checksum output of a file: 
    On brick b1:

 stat b1/file4 
  File: ‘b1/file4’
  Size: 4               Blocks: 16         IO Block: 4096   regular file
Device: fd03h/64771d    Inode: 919356      Links: 2
Access: (0644/-rw-r--r--)  Uid: (    0/    root)   Gid: (    0/    root)
Access: 2015-03-06 13:53:19.417085062 +0530
Modify: 2015-03-06 13:53:19.426085114 +0530
Change: 2015-03-06 13:53:19.426085114 +0530
 Birth: -

# md5sum b1/file4
b6273b589df2dfdbd8fe35b1011e3183  b1/file4

On brick b2:

# stat b2/file4 
  File: ‘b2/file4’
  Size: 4               Blocks: 16         IO Block: 4096   regular file
Device: fd03h/64771d    Inode: 919358      Links: 2
Access: (0644/-rw-r--r--)  Uid: (    0/    root)   Gid: (    0/    root)
Access: 2015-03-06 13:52:35.761833096 +0530
Modify: 2015-03-06 13:52:35.769833142 +0530
Change: 2015-03-06 13:52:35.769833142 +0530
 Birth: -

# md5sum b2/file4
0bee89b07a248e27c83fc3d5951213c1  b2/file4
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    You can notice the differences in the file size and md5 checksums.
  2. Execute the following command 
    # gluster volume heal <VOLNAME> split-brain source-brick <HOSTNAME:BRICKNAME> <FILE>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    In this command, FILE present in <HOSTNAME:BRICKNAME> is taken as source for healing.
    For example, 
    # gluster volume heal test-volume split-brain source-brick test-host:b1/file4 file4 test-host:/test/b2/file4
Healed /b1/file4
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    After the healing is complete, the md5 checksum and file size on both bricks must be same. The following is a sample output of the stat and md5 checksums command after completion of healing the file. 
    On brick b1:
# stat b1/file4 
  File: ‘b1/file4’
  Size: 4               Blocks: 16         IO Block: 4096   regular file
Device: fd03h/64771d    Inode: 919356      Links: 2
Access: (0644/-rw-r--r--)  Uid: (    0/    root)   Gid: (    0/    root)
Access: 2015-03-06 14:23:38.944609863 +0530
Modify: 2015-03-06 13:53:19.426085114 +0530
Change: 2015-03-06 14:27:15.058927962 +0530
 Birth: -

# md5sum b1/file4
b6273b589df2dfdbd8fe35b1011e3183  b1/file4

On brick b2:
# stat b2/file4
 File: ‘b2/file4’
  Size: 4               Blocks: 16         IO Block: 4096   regular file
Device: fd03h/64771d    Inode: 919358      Links: 2
Access: (0644/-rw-r--r--)  Uid: (    0/    root)   Gid: (    0/    root)
Access: 2015-03-06 14:23:38.944609000 +0530
Modify: 2015-03-06 13:53:19.426085000 +0530
Change: 2015-03-06 14:27:15.059927968 +0530
 Birth: -

# md5sum b2/file4
b6273b589df2dfdbd8fe35b1011e3183  b2/file4
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Selecting one replica as source for all files

This method is useful if you know want to use a particular brick as a source for the split-brain files in that replica pair.

  1. Run the following command to obtain the list of files that are in split-brain: 
    # gluster volume heal VOLNAME info split-brain
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    From the command output, identify the files that are in split-brain.
  2. Execute the following command 
    # gluster volume heal <VOLNAME> split-brain source-brick <HOSTNAME:BRICKNAME>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    In this command, for all the files that are in split-brain in this replica, <HOSTNAME:BRICKNAME> is taken as source for healing.
    For example, 
    # gluster volume heal test-volume split-brain source-brick test-host:b1
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For replicated volumes, when a brick goes offline and comes back online, self-healing is required to re-sync all the replicas. There is a self-heal daemon which runs in the background, and automatically initiates self-healing every 10 minutes on any files which require healing.
There are various commands that can be used to check the healing status of volumes and files, or to manually initiate healing:
  • To view the list of files that need healing: 
    # gluster volume heal VOLNAME info
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example, to view the list of files on test-volume that need healing: 
    # gluster volume heal test-volume info
Brick server1:/gfs/test-volume_0
Number of entries: 0
 
Brick server2:/gfs/test-volume_1
/95.txt
/32.txt
/66.txt
/35.txt
/18.txt
/26.txt - Possibly undergoing heal
/47.txt 
/55.txt
/85.txt - Possibly undergoing heal
...
Number of entries: 101
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • To trigger self-healing only on the files which require healing: 
    # gluster volume heal VOLNAME
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example, to trigger self-healing on files which require healing on test-volume: 
    # gluster volume heal test-volume
Heal operation on volume test-volume has been successful
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • To trigger self-healing on all the files on a volume: 
    # gluster volume heal VOLNAME full
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example, to trigger self-heal on all the files on test-volume: 
    # gluster volume heal test-volume full
Heal operation on volume test-volume has been successful
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • To view the list of files on a volume that are in a split-brain state: 
    # gluster volume heal VOLNAME info split-brain
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example, to view the list of files on test-volume that are in a split-brain state: 
    # gluster volume heal test-volume info split-brain
Brick server1:/gfs/test-volume_2 
Number of entries: 12
at                   path on brick
----------------------------------
2012-06-13 04:02:05  /dir/file.83
2012-06-13 04:02:05  /dir/file.28
2012-06-13 04:02:05  /dir/file.69
Brick server2:/gfs/test-volume_2
Number of entries: 12
at                   path on brick
----------------------------------
2012-06-13 04:02:05  /dir/file.83
2012-06-13 04:02:05  /dir/file.28
2012-06-13 04:02:05  /dir/file.69
...
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

10.12. Non Uniform File Allocation (NUFA)
Copy link

Important

Non Uniform File Allocation (NUFA) is a technology preview feature. Technology preview features are not fully supported under Red Hat subscription level agreements (SLAs), may not be functionally complete, and are not intended for production use. However, these features provide early access to upcoming product innovations, enabling customers to test functionality and provide feedback during the development process. As Red Hat considers making future iterations of technology preview features generally available, we will provide commercially reasonable support to resolve any reported issues that customers experience when using these features. Red Hat Gluster Storage currently does not support NFSv4 delegations, Multi-head NFS and High Availability. These will be added in the upcoming releases of Red Hat Gluster Storage nfs-ganesha. It is not a feature recommended for production deployment in its current form. However, Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes can be exported via nfs-ganesha for consumption by both NFSv3 and NFSv4 clients.
When a client on a server creates files, the files are allocated to a brick in the volume based on the file name. This allocation may not be ideal, as there is higher latency and unnecessary network traffic for read/write operations to a non-local brick or export directory. NUFA ensures that the files are created in the local export directory of the server, and as a result, reduces latency and conserves bandwidth for that server accessing that file. This can also be useful for applications running on mount points on the storage server.
If the local brick runs out of space or reaches the minimum disk free limit, instead of allocating files to the local brick, NUFA distributes files to other bricks in the same volume if there is space available on those bricks.
NUFA should be enabled before creating any data in the volume. To enable NUFA, execute gluster volume set VOLNAMEcluster.nufa enableon.

Important

NUFA is supported under the following conditions:
  • Volumes with only with one brick per server.
  • For use with a FUSE client. NUFA is not supported with NFS or SMB.
  • A client that is mounting a NUFA-enabled volume must be present within the trusted storage pool.
With the Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1 update 2 release, a Red Hat Gluster Storage service can be set up as a container on a Red Hat Enterprise Linux atomic host 7.2. Containers use the shared kernel concept and are much more efficient than hypervisors in system resource terms. Containers rest on top of a single Linux instance and allows applications to use the same Linux kernel as the system that they are running on. This improves the overall efficiency and reduces the space consumption considerably.
Containerized Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1.2 is supported only on Red Hat Enterprise Linux Atomic Host 7.2. For more information about installing containerized Red Hat Gluster Storage, see the Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1 Installation Guide.

Note

For Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1.2, Erasure Coding, NFS-Ganesha, BitRot, and Data Tiering are not supported with containerized Red Hat Gluster Storage.

11.1. Prerequisites
Copy link

Before creating a container, execute the following steps.
  1. Create the directories in the atomic host for persistent mount by executing the following command: 
    # mkdir -p /etc/glusterfs /var/lib/glusterd /var/log/glusterfs
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Ensure the bricks that are required are mounted on the atomic hosts. For more information see, Brick Configuration.
  3. If Snapshot is required, then ensure that the dm-snapshot kernel module is loaded in Atomic Host system. If it is not loaded, then load it by executing the following command: 
    # modprobe dm_snapshot
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

11.2. Starting a Container
Copy link

Execute the following steps to start the container.
  1. Create a data container for RHGS container by executing the following command: 
    # docker run --name glusterdata  -v /etc/glusterfs:/etc/glusterfs:z -v /var/lib/glusterd:/var/lib/glusterd:z -v /var/log/glusterfs:/var/log/glusterfs:z -v /sys/fs/cgroup:/sys/fs/cgroup:ro <image name> /usr/sbin/setup.sh
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # docker run --name glusterdata  -v /etc/glusterfs:/etc/glusterfs:z -v /var/lib/glusterd:/var/lib/glusterd:z -v /var/log/glusterfs:/var/log/glusterfs:z -v /sys/fs/cgroup:/sys/fs/cgroup:ro rhgs3/rhgs-server-rhel7 /usr/sbin/setup.sh

Script Ran Successfully
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    • The data container will be stopped once the script is run.
    • SELinux labels are automatically reset to svirt_sandbox_file_t so that the container can interact with the Atomic Host directory.
    • In the above command, the following ensures that the gluster configuration are persistent. 
      -v /etc/glusterfs:/etc/glusterfs:z -v /var/lib/glusterd:/var/lib/glusterd -v /var/log/glusterfs:/var/log/glusterfs
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Execute the following command to run the container: 
    # docker run -d --privileged=true --net=host --name <container-name> --volumes-from glusterdata -v /mnt/brick1:/mnt/container_brick1:z <image name>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    where,
    • --net=host option ensures that the container has full access to the network stack of the host.
    • --volumes-from option is used to bind mount all the volumes from the data container.
    • /mnt/brick1 is the mountpoint of the brick in the atomic host and :/mnt/container_brick1 is the mountpoint of the brick in the container.
    • -d option starts the container in the detached mode.
    For example: 
    # docker run -d --privileged=true --net=host --name glusternode1 --volumes-from glusterdata -v /mnt/brick1:/mnt/container_brick1:z rhgs3/rhgs-server-rhel7

5ac864b5abc74a925aecc4fe9613c73e83b8c54a846c36107aa8e2960eeb97b4
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Where, 5ac864b5abc74a925aecc4fe9613c73e83b8c54a846c36107aa8e2960eeb97b4 is the container ID.
  3. If you want to use snapshot then execute the following command: 
    # docker run -d --privileged=true --net=host --name <container-name> -v /dev:/dev --volumes-from glusterdata -v /mnt/brick1:/mnt/container_brick1:z <image name>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    where, /mnt/brick1 is the mountpoint of the brick in the atomic host and :/mnt/container_brick1 is the mountpoint of the brick in the container.
    For example: 
    # docker run -d --privileged=true --net=host --name glusternode1 -v /dev:/dev --volumes-from glusterdata -v /mnt/brick1:/mnt/container_brick1:z rhgs3/rhgs-server-rhel7

5da2bc217c0852d2b1bfe4fb31e0181753410071584b4e38bd77d7502cd3e92b
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. To verify if the container is created, execute the following command: 
    # docker ps -a
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # docker ps -a

CONTAINER ID        IMAGE               COMMAND                CREATED             STATUS                      PORTS               NAMES
5da2bc217c08        891ea0584e94        "/usr/sbin/init"       10 seconds ago      Up 9 seconds                                    glusternode1
1042bf93cf87        891ea0584e94        "/usr/sbin/setup.sh"   35 seconds ago      Exited (0) 33 seconds ago                       glusterdata
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

11.3. Creating a Trusted Storage Pool
Copy link

Perform the following steps to create a Trusted Storage Pool:
  1. Access the container using the following command: 
    # docker exec -it <container-name> /bin/bash
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # docker exec -it glusternode1 /bin/bash
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. To verify if glusterd is running, execute the following command: 
    # systemctl status glusterd
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. To verify if the bricks are mounted successfully, execute the following command: 
    # mount |grep <brick_name>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Peer probe the container to form the Trusted Storage Pool: 
    # gluster peer probe <atomic host IP>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  5. Execute the following command to verify the peer probe status: 
    # gluster peer status
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

11.4. Creating a Volume
Copy link

Perform the following steps to create a volume.
  1. To create a volume execute the following command: 
    # gluster volume create <vol-name> IP:/brickpath
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Start the volume by executing the following command: 
    # gluster volume start <volname>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

11.5. Mounting a Volume
Copy link

Execute the following command to mount the volume created earlier: 
# mount -t glusterfs <atomic host IP>:/<vol-name> /mount/point
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Chapter 12. Managing Tiering
Copy link

Tiering refers to automatic classification and movement of data based on the user I/O access. The tiering feature continuously monitors the workload, identifies hotspots by measuring and analysing the statistics of the activity, and places the frequently accessed data on to the highest performance hot tier (such as solid state drives (SSDs)), and inactive data to the lower performing cold tier (such as Spinning disks) all without I/O interruption. With tiering, data promotion and auto-rebalancing address performance while cold demotion works to address capacity.
Tiering monitors and identifies the activity level of the data and auto rebalances the active and inactive data to the most appropriate storage tier. Moving data between tiers of hot and cold storage is a computationally expensive task. To address this, Red Hat Gluster Storage supports automated promotion and demotion of data within a volume in the background so as to minimize impact on foreground I/O. Data becomes hot or cold based on the rate at which it is accessed. If access to a file increases, it moves, or retains its place in the hot tier. If the file is not accessed for a while, it moves, or retains it place in the cold tier. Hence, the data movement can happen in either direction which is based totally on the access frequency.
Different sub-volume types act as hot and cold tiers and data is automatically assigned or reassigned a “temperature” based on the frequency of access. Red Hat Gluster Storage allows attaching fast performing disks as hot tier, uses the existing volume as cold tier, and these hot tier and cold tier forms a single tiered volume. For example, the existing volume may be distributed dispersed on HDDs and the hot tier could be distributed-replicated on SSDs.
Hot Tier

The hot tier is the tiering volume created using better performing subvolumes, an example of which could be SSDs. Frequently accessed data is placed in the highest performance and most expensive hot tier. Hot tier volume could be a distributed volume or distributed-replicated volume.

Warning

Distributed volumes can suffer significant data loss during a disk or server failure because directory contents are spread randomly across the bricks in the volume. Red Hat recommends creating distributed-replicated tier volume.
Cold Tier

The cold tier is the existing Red Hat Gluster Storage volume created using slower storage such as Spinning disks. Inactive or infrequently accessed data is placed in the lowest-cost cold tier.

Data Migration

Tiering automatically migrates files between hot tier and cold tier to improve the storage performance and resource use.

12.1. Tiering Architecture
Copy link

Tiering provides better I/O performance as a subset of the data is stored in the hot tier. Tiering involves creating a pool of relatively fast/expensive storage devices (example, solid state drives) configured to act as a hot tier, and an existing volume which are relatively slower/cheaper devices configured to act as a cold tier. The tiering translator handles where to place the files and when to migrate files from the cold tier to the hot tier and vice versa. .
The following diagrams illustrates how tiering works when attached to a distributed-dispersed volume. Here, the existing distributed-dispersed volume would become a cold-tier and the new fast/expensive storage device would act as a hot tier. Frequently accessed files will be migrated from cold tier to the hot tier for better performance.
Tiering Architecture
View larger image
Tiering Architecture

Figure 12.1. Tiering Architecture

12.2. Key Benefits of Tiering
Copy link

The following are the key benefits of data tiering:
  • Automatic classification and movement of files based on the access patterns
  • Faster response time and reduced latency
  • Better I/O performance
  • Improved data-storage efficiency
  • Reduced deployment and operating costs

12.3. Tiering Limitations
Copy link

The following limitations apply to the use Tiering feature:
  • Tiering works only with cache friendly workloads. Attaching a tier volume to a cache unfriendly workload will lead to slow performance. In a cache friendly workload, most of the reads and writes are accessing a subset of the total amount of data. And, this subset fits on the hot tier. This subset should change only infrequently.
  • Tiering feature is supported only on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 based Red Hat Gluster Storage. Tiering feature is not supported on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 based Red Hat Gluster Storage.
  • In this release, only Fuse and NFSv3 access is supported. Server Message Block (SMB) and NFSv4 access to tiered volume is not supported.
  • Snapshot clones are not supported with the tiered volumes.
  • When you run tier detach commit force, ongoing I/O operation may fail with Transport endpoint is not connected error.
  • Files with hardlinks and softlinks are not migrated.
  • Files on which POSIX locks has been taken are not migrated until all locks are released.
  • Add brick, remove brick, and rebalance operations are not supported on the tiered volume. For information on expanding a tiered volume, see Section 10.3.1, “Expanding a Tiered Volume” and for information on shrinking a tiered volume, see Section 10.4.2, “Shrinking a Tiered Volume ”

12.4. Attaching a Tier to a Volume
Copy link

By default, tiering is not enabled on gluster volumes. An existing volume can be modified via a CLI command to have a hot-tier. You must enable a volume by performing an attach tier operation. The attach command will declare an existing volume as cold-tier and creates a new hot-tier volume which is appended to it. Together, the combination is a single cache tiered volume.
It is highly recommended to provision your storage liberally and generously before attaching a tier. You create a normal volume and then attach bricks to it, which are the hot tier:
  1. Attach the tier to the volume by executing the following command:
    # gluster volume tier VOLNAME attach [replica COUNT] NEW-BRICK...
    For example, 
    # gluster volume tier test-volume attach replica 2 server1:/exp1/tier1 server1:/exp2/tier2
server2:/exp3/tier3 server2:/exp4/tier4
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Run gluster volume info command to optionally display the volume information.
    The command output displays information similar to the following: 
    # gluster volume info test-volume
Volume Name: test-volume
Type: Tier
Status: Started
Number of Bricks: 8
Transport-type: tcp
Hot Tier :
Hot Tier Type : Distributed-Replicate
Number of Bricks: 2 x 2 = 4
Brick1: server1:/exp1/tier1 
Brick2: server1:/exp2/tier2
Brick3: server2:/exp3/tier3
Brick4: server2:/exp4/tier4
Cold Tier:
Cold Tier Type : Distributed-Replicate
Number of Bricks: 2 x 2 = 4
Brick5: server1:/exp1/brick1
Brick6: server1:/exp2/brick2
Brick7: server2:/exp3/brick3
Brick8: server2:/exp4/brick4 
Options Reconfigured:
cluster.watermark-low: 70
cluster.watermark-hi: 90
cluster.tier-demote-frequency: 45
cluster.tier-mode: cache
features.ctr-enabled: on
performance.readdir-ahead: on
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
The tier start command is triggered automatically after the tier has been attached. In some cases, if the tier process has not started you must start it manually using the gluster volume tier VOLNAME start force command.
You can attach a tier volume to the master volume of the geo-replication session for better performance.

Important

A crash has been observed in the Slave mounts when performance.quick-read option is enabled and geo-replicated from a tiered master volume. If the master volume is a tiered volume, you must disable the performance.quick-read option in the Slave Volume using the following command: 
# gluster volume set Slavevol performance.quick-read off
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  1. Stop geo-replication between the master and slave, using the following command:
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL stop
    For example: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication Volume1 example.com::slave-vol stop
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Attach the tier to the volume using the following command:
    # gluster volume tier VOLNAME attach [replica COUNT] NEW-BRICK...
    For example, to create a distributed-replicated tier volume with replica count two: 
    # gluster volume tier test-volume attach replica 2 server1:/exp1/tier1 server1:/exp2/tier2
server2:/exp3/tier3 server2:/exp4/tier4
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Restart the geo-replication sessions, using the following command:
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL start
    For example 
    # gluster volume geo-replication Volume1 example.com::slave-vol start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Verify whether geo-replication session has started with tier's bricks, using the following command:
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL status
    For example, 
    # gluster volume geo-replication Volume1 example.com::slave-vol status
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

12.5. Configuring a Tiering Volume
Copy link

Tiering volume has several configuration options. You may set tier volume configuration options with the following usage:
# gluster volume set VOLNAME key value

12.5.1. Configuring Watermarks
Copy link

When the tier volume is configured to use the cache mode, the configured watermark values and the percentage of the hot tier that is full determine whether a file will be promoted or demoted. The cluster.watermark-low and cluster.watermark-hi volume options set the lower and upper watermark values respectively for a tier volume.
The promotion and demotion of files is determined by how full the hot tier is. Data accumulates on the hot tier until it reaches the low watermark, even if it is not accessed for a period of time. This prevents files from being demoted unnecessarily when there is plenty on free space on the hot tier. When the hot tier is fuller than the lower watermark but less than the high watermark, data is randomly promoted and demoted where the likelihood of promotion decreases as the tier becomes fuller; the opposite holds for demotion. If the hot tier is fuller than the high watermark, promotions stop and demotions happen more frequently in order to free up space.
The following diagram illustrates how cache mode works and the example values you can set.
Tiering Watermarks
View larger image
Tiering Watermarks

Figure 12.2. Tiering Watermarks

To set the percentage for promotion and demotion of files, run the following commands:
# gluster volume set VOLNAME cluster.watermark-hi value
# gluster volume set VOLNAME cluster.watermark-low value

12.5.2. Configuring Promote and Demote Frequency
Copy link

You can configure how frequently the files are to be checked for promotion and demotion of files. The check is based on whether the file was accessed or not in the last n seconds. If the promote/demote frequency is not set, then the default value for promote frequency is 120 seconds and demote frequency is 3600 seconds.
To set the frequency for the promotion and demotion of files, run the following command:
# gluster volume set VOLNAME cluster.tier-demote-frequency value_in_seconds
# gluster volume set VOLNAME cluster.tier-promote-frequency value_in_seconds

12.5.3. Configuring Read and Write Frequency
Copy link

You can configure the number of reads and writes in a promotion/demotion cycle, that would mark a file HOT for promotion. Any file that has read or write hits less than this value will be considered as COLD and will be demoted. If the read/write access count is not set, then the default count is set to 0.
Set the read and write frequency threshold by executing the following command:
# gluster volume set VOLNAME cluster.write-freq-threshold value

Note

The value of 0 indicates that the threshold value is not considered. Any value in the range of 1-1000 denotes the number of times the contents of file must be modified to consider for promotion or demotion...
# gluster volume set VOLNAME cluster.read-freq-threshold value

Note

The value of 0 indicates that the threshold value is not considered. Any value in the range of 1-1000 denotes the number of times the contents of file contents have been accessed to consider for promotion or demotion.

12.5.4. Configuring Target Data Size
Copy link

The maximum amount of data that may be migrated in any direction in one promotion/demotion cycle from each node can be configured using the following command:
# gluster volume set VOLNAME cluster.tier-max-mb value_in_mb
If the cluster.tier-max-mb count is not set, then the default data size is set to 4000 MB.

12.5.5. Configuring the File Count per Cycle
Copy link

The maximum number of files that may be migrated in any direction in one promotion/demotion cycle from each node can be configured using the following command:
# gluster volume set VOLNAME cluster.tier-max-files count
If the cluster.tier-max-files count is not set, then the default count is set to 10000.

12.6. Displaying Tiering Status Information
Copy link

The status command displays the tiering volume information.
# gluster volume tier VOLNAME status
For example, 
# gluster volume tier test-volume status
Node                 Promoted files       Demoted files        Status              
---------            ---------            ---------            ---------           
localhost            1                    5                    in progress         
server1              0                    2                    in progress         
Tiering Migration Functionality: test-volume: success
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

12.7. Detaching a Tier from a Volume
Copy link

To detach a tier, perform the following steps:
  1. Start the detach tier by executing the following command:
    # gluster volume tier VOLNAME detach start
    For example, 
    # gluster volume tier test-volume detach start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Monitor the status of detach tier until the status displays the status as complete.
    # gluster volume tier VOLNAME detach status
    For example, 
    # gluster volume tier test-volume detach status
Node Rebalanced-files          size       scanned      failures       skipped               status       run time in secs
--------      -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------         ------------     --------------
localhost           0        0Bytes             0             0             0            completed               0.00
server1             0        0Bytes             0             0             0            completed               1.00
server1             0        0Bytes             0             0             0            completed               0.00
server2             0        0Bytes             0             0             0            completed  
server2             0        0Bytes             0             0             0            completed
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    It is possible that some files are not migrated to the cold tier on a detach operation for various reasons like POSIX locks being held on them. Check for files on the hot tier bricks and you can either manually move the files, or turn off applications (which would presumably unlock the files) and stop/start detach tier, to retry.
  3. When the tier is detached successfully as shown in the previous status command, run the following command to commit the tier detach:
    # gluster volume tier VOLNAME detach commit
    For example, 
    # gluster volume tier test-volume detach commit 
Removing tier can result in data loss. Do you want to Continue? (y/n) 
y
volume detach-tier commit: success
Check the detached bricks to ensure all files are migrated.
If files with data are found on the brick path, copy them via a gluster mount point before re-purposing the removed brick.
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
After the detach tier commit is completed, you can verify that the volume is no longer a tier volume by running gluster volume info command.
  1. Start the detach tier by executing the following command:
    # gluster volume tier VOLNAME detach start
    For example, 
    # gluster volume tier test-volume detach start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Monitor the status of detach tier until the status displays the status as complete.
    # gluster volume tier VOLNAME detach status
    For example, 
    # gluster volume tier test-volume detach status
Node Rebalanced-files          size       scanned      failures       skipped               status       run time in secs
--------      -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------         ------------     --------------
localhost           0        0Bytes             0             0             0            completed               0.00
server1             0        0Bytes             0             0             0            completed               1.00
server1             0        0Bytes             0             0             0            completed               0.00
server2             0        0Bytes             0             0             0            completed  
server2             0        0Bytes             0             0             0            completed
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    There could be some number of files that were not moved. Such files may have been locked by the user, and that prevented them from moving to the cold tier on the detach operation. You must check for such files. If you find any such files, you can either manually move the files, or turn off applications (which would presumably unlock the files) and stop/start detach tier, to retry.
  3. Set a checkpoint on a geo-replication session to ensure that all the data in that cold-tier is synced to the slave. For more information on geo-replication checkpoints, see Section 14.4.4.1, “Geo-replication Checkpoints”.
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL config checkpoint now
    For example, 
    # gluster volume geo-replication Volume1 example.com::slave-vol config checkpoint now
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Use the following command to verify the checkpoint completion for the geo-replication session
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL status detail
  5. Stop geo-replication between the master and slave, using the following command:
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL stop
    For example: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication Volume1 example.com::slave-vol stop
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  6. Commit the detach tier operation using the following command:
    # gluster volume tier VOLNAME detach commit
    For example, 
    # gluster volume tier test-volume detach commit 
Removing tier can result in data loss. Do you want to Continue? (y/n) 
y
volume detach-tier commit: success
Check the detached bricks to ensure all files are migrated.
If files with data are found on the brick path, copy them via a gluster mount point before re-purposing the removed brick.
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    After the detach tier commit is completed, you can verify that the volume is no longer a tier volume by running gluster volume info command.
  7. Restart the geo-replication sessions, using the following command:
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL start
    For example, 
    # gluster volume geo-replication Volume1 example.com::slave-vol start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
This chapter provides information on configuring Red Hat Gluster Storage and explains clear and simple activities that can improve system performance. A script that encodes the best-practice recommendations in this section is located at /usr/lib/glusterfs/.unsupported/rhs-system-init.sh. You can refer the same for more information.

13.1. Disk Configuration
Copy link

Red Hat Gluster Storage includes support for JBOD (Just a Bunch of Disks). In the JBOD configuration, a single physical disk serves as storage for a Red Hat Gluster Storage brick. JBOD is supported with three-way replication. Red Hat Gluster Storage in JBOD configuration is recommended for highly multi-threaded workloads with sequential reads to large files. For such workloads, JBOD results in more efficient use of disk bandwidth by reducing disk head movement from concurrent accesses. For other workloads, two-way replication with hardware RAID is recommended.

13.1.1. Hardware RAID
Copy link

The RAID levels that are most commonly recommended are RAID 6 and RAID 10. RAID 6 provides better space efficiency, good read performance and good performance for sequential writes to large files.
When configured across 12 disks, RAID 6 can provide ~40% more storage space in comparison to RAID 10, which has a 50% reduction in capacity. However, RAID 6 performance for small file writes and random writes tends to be lower than RAID 10. If the workload is strictly small files, then RAID 10 is the optimal configuration.
An important parameter in hardware RAID configuration is the stripe unit size. With thin provisioned disks, the choice of RAID stripe unit size is closely related to the choice of thin-provisioning chunk size.
For RAID 10, a stripe unit size of 256 KiB is recommended.
For RAID 6, the stripe unit size must be chosen such that the full stripe size (stripe unit * number of data disks) is between 1 MiB and 2 MiB, preferably in the lower end of the range. Hardware RAID controllers usually allow stripe unit sizes that are a power of 2. For RAID 6 with 12 disks (10 data disks), the recommended stripe unit size is 128KiB.

13.1.2. JBOD
Copy link

Support for JBOD has the following limitations:
  • Each server in the JBOD configuration can have a maximum of 24 disks.
  • Three-way replication must be used when using JBOD.
In the JBOD configuration, physical disks are not aggregated into RAID devices, but are visible as separate disks to the operating system. This simplifies system configuration by not requiring a hardware RAID controller.
If disks on the system are connected through a hardware RAID controller, refer to the RAID controller documentation on how to create a JBOD configuration; typically, JBOD is realized by exposing raw drives to the operating system using a pass-through mode.

13.2. Brick Configuration
Copy link

Format bricks using the following configurations to enhance performance:

Procedure 13.1. Brick Configuration

  1. LVM layer

    • Creating the Physical Volume
      The pvcreate command is used to create the physical volume. The Logical Volume Manager can use a portion of the physical volume for storing its metadata while the rest is used as the data portion.Align the I/O at the Logical Volume Manager (LVM) layer using --dataalignment option while creating the physical volume.
      The command is used in the following format: 
      pvcreate --dataalignment alignment_value disk
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      For JBOD, use an alignment value of 256K.
      In case of hardware RAID, the alignment_value should be obtained by multiplying the RAID stripe unit size with the number of data disks. If 12 disks are used in a RAID 6 configuration, the number of data disks is 10; on the other hand, if 12 disks are used in a RAID 10 configuration, the number of data disks is 6.
      For example, the following command is appropriate for 12 disks in a RAID 6 configuration with a stripe unit size of 128 KiB: 
      # pvcreate --dataalignment 1280k disk
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      The following command is appropriate for 12 disks in a RAID 10 configuration with a stripe unit size of 256 KiB: 
      # pvcreate --dataalignment 1536k disk
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      To view the previously configured physical volume settings for --dataalignment, run the following command: 
      # pvs -o +pe_start disk
  PV         VG   Fmt  Attr PSize PFree 1st PE 
  /dev/sdb        lvm2 a--  9.09t 9.09t   1.25m
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    • Creating the Volume Group
      The volume group is created using the vgcreate command.
      For hardware RAID, in order to ensure that logical volumes created in the volume group are aligned with the underlying RAID geometry, it is important to use the -- physicalextentsize option. Execute the vgcreate command in the following format: 
      # vgcreate --physicalextentsize extent_size VOLGROUP physical_volume
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      The extent_size should be obtained by multiplying the RAID stripe unit size with the number of data disks. If 12 disks are used in a RAID 6 configuration, the number of data disks is 10; on the other hand, if 12 disks are used in a RAID 10 configuration, the number of data disks is 6.
      For example, run the following command for RAID-6 storage with a stripe unit size of 128 KB, and 12 disks (10 data disks): 
      # vgcreate --physicalextentsize 1280k VOLGROUP physical_volume
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      In the case of JBOD, use the vgcreate command in the following format: 
      # vgcreate VOLGROUP physical_volume
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    • Creating the Thin Pool
      A thin pool provides a common pool of storage for thin logical volumes (LVs) and their snapshot volumes, if any.
      Execute the following command to create a thin-pool: 
      # lvcreate --thinpool VOLGROUP/thin_pool --size <pool_size> --chunksize <chunk_size> --poolmetadatasize <meta_size> --zero n
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

      Recommended parameter values for thin pool creation

      poolmetadatasize
      Internally, a thin pool contains a separate metadata device that is used to track the (dynamically) allocated regions of the thin LVs and snapshots. The poolmetadatasize option in the above command refers to the size of the pool meta data device.
      The maximum possible size for a metadata LV is 16 GiB. Red Hat Gluster Storage recommends creating the metadata device of the maximum supported size. You can allocate less than the maximum if space is a concern, but in this case you should allocate a minimum of 0.5% of the pool size.
      chunksize
      An important parameter to be specified while creating a thin pool is the chunk size,which is the unit of allocation. For good performance, the chunk size for the thin pool and the parameters of the underlying hardware RAID storage should be chosen so that they work well together.
      For RAID-6 storage, the striping parameters should be chosen so that the full stripe size (stripe_unit size * number of data disks) is between 1 MiB and 2 MiB, preferably in the low end of the range. The thin pool chunk size should be chosen to match the RAID 6 full stripe size. Matching the chunk size to the full stripe size aligns thin pool allocations with RAID 6 stripes, which can lead to better performance. Limiting the chunk size to below 2 MiB helps reduce performance problems due to excessive copy-on-write when snapshots are used.
      For example, for RAID 6 with 12 disks (10 data disks), stripe unit size should be chosen as 128 KiB. This leads to a full stripe size of 1280 KiB (1.25 MiB). The thin pool should then be created with the chunk size of 1280 KiB.
      For RAID 10 storage, the preferred stripe unit size is 256 KiB. This can also serve as the thin pool chunk size. Note that RAID 10 is recommended when the workload has a large proportion of small file writes or random writes. In this case, a small thin pool chunk size is more appropriate, as it reduces copy-on-write overhead with snapshots.
      For JBOD, use a thin pool chunk size of 256 KiB.
      block zeroing
      By default, the newly provisioned chunks in a thin pool are zeroed to prevent data leaking between different block devices. In the case of Red Hat Gluster Storage, where data is accessed via a file system, this option can be turned off for better performance with the --zero n option. Note that n does not need to be replaced.
      The following example shows how to create the thin pool: 
      lvcreate --thinpool VOLGROUP/thin_pool --size 800g --chunksize 1280k --poolmetadatasize 16G --zero n
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    • Creating a Thin Logical Volume
      After the thin pool has been created as mentioned above, a thinly provisioned logical volume can be created in the thin pool to serve as storage for a brick of a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume.
      LVM allows multiple thinly-provisioned LVs to share a thin pool; this allows a common pool of physical storage to be used for multiple Red Hat Gluster Storage bricks and simplifies provisioning. However, such sharing of the thin pool metadata and data devices can impact performance in a number of ways.

      Note

      To avoid performance problems resulting from the sharing of the same thin pool, Red Hat Gluster Storage recommends that the LV for each Red Hat Gluster Storage brick have a dedicated thin pool of its own. As Red Hat Gluster Storage volume snapshots are created, snapshot LVs will get created and share the thin pool with the brick LV 
      lvcreate --thin --name LV_name --virtualsize LV_size VOLGROUP/thin_pool
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

  2. XFS Inode Size

    As Red Hat Gluster Storage makes extensive use of extended attributes, an XFS inode size of 512 bytes works better with Red Hat Gluster Storage than the default XFS inode size of 256 bytes. So, inode size for XFS must be set to 512 bytes while formatting the Red Hat Gluster Storage bricks. To set the inode size, you have to use -i size option with the mkfs.xfs command as shown in the following Logical Block Size for the Directory section.

  3. XFS RAID Alignment

    When creating an XFS file system, you can explicitly specify the striping parameters of the underlying storage in the following format: 
    mkfs.xfs other_options -d su=stripe_unit_size,sw=stripe_width_in_number_of_disks device
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For RAID 6, ensure that I/O is aligned at the file system layer by providing the striping parameters. For RAID 6 storage with 12 disks, if the recommendations above have been followed, the values must be as following: 
    # mkfs.xfs other_options -d su=128k,sw=10 device
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For RAID 10 and JBOD, the -d su=<>,sw=<> option can be omitted. By default, XFS will use the thin-p chunk size and other parameters to make layout decisions.

  4. Logical Block Size for the Directory

    An XFS file system allows to select a logical block size for the file system directory that is greater than the logical block size of the file system. Increasing the logical block size for the directories from the default 4 K, decreases the directory I/O, which in turn improves the performance of directory operations. To set the block size, you need to use -n size option with the mkfs.xfs command as shown in the following example output.
    Following is the example output of RAID 6 configuration along with inode and block size options: 
    # mkfs.xfs -f -i size=512 -n size=8192 -d su=128k,sw=10 logical volume
meta-data=/dev/mapper/gluster-brick1 isize=512    agcount=32, agsize=37748736 blks
         =    sectsz=512   attr=2, projid32bit=0
data     =     bsize=4096   blocks=1207959552, imaxpct=5
         =    sunit=32     swidth=320 blks
naming   = version 2   bsize=8192   ascii-ci=0
log      =internal log   bsize=4096   blocks=521728, version=2
         =    sectsz=512   sunit=32 blks, lazy-count=1
realtime =none    extsz=4096   blocks=0, rtextents=0
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

  5. Allocation Strategy

    inode32 and inode64 are two most common allocation strategies for XFS. With inode32 allocation strategy, XFS places all the inodes in the first 1 TiB of disk. With larger disk, all the inodes would be stuck in first 1 TiB. inode32 allocation strategy is used by default.
    With inode64 mount option inodes would be replaced near to the data which would be minimize the disk seeks.
    To set the allocation strategy to inode64 when file system is being mounted, you need to use -o inode64 option with the mkfs.xfs command as shown in the following Access Time section.

  6. Access Time

    If the application does not require to update the access time on files, than file system must always be mounted with noatime mount option. For example: 
    # mount -t xfs -o inode64,noatime <logical volume> <mount point>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    This optimization improves performance of small-file reads by avoiding updates to the XFS inodes when files are read. 
    /etc/fstab entry for option E + F
 <logical volume> <mount point>xfs     inode64,noatime   0 0
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

  7. Performance tuning option in Red Hat Gluster Storage

    A tuned profile is designed to improve performance for a specific use case by tuning system parameters appropriately. Red Hat Gluster Storage includes tuned profiles tailored for its workloads. These profiles are available in both Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 and Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.
    Expand
    Table 13.1. Recommended Profiles for Different Workloads
    WorkloadProfile Name
    Large-file, sequential I/O workloads rhgs-sequential-io
    Small-file workloads rhgs-random-io
    Random I/O workloads rhgs-random-io
    Earlier versions of Red Hat Gluster Storage on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 recommended tuned profiles rhs-high-throughput and rhs-virtualization. These profiles are still available on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6. However, switching to the new profiles is recommended.
    To apply tunings contained in the tuned profile, run the following command after creating a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume. 
    tuned-adm profile profile-name
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    tuned-adm profile rhgs-sequential-io
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

  8. Writeback caching

    For small-file and random write performance, we strongly recommend writeback cache, that is, non-volatile random-access memory (NVRAM) in your storage controller. For example, normal Dell and HP storage controllers have it. Ensure that NVRAM is enabled, that is, the battery is working. Refer your hardware documentation for details on enabling NVRAM.
    Do not enable writeback caching in the disk drives, this is a policy where the disk drive considers the write is complete before the write actually made it to the magnetic media (platter). As a result, the disk write cache might lose its data during a power failure or even loss of metadata leading to file system corruption.

  9. Allocation groups

    Each XFS file system is partitioned into regions called allocation groups. Allocation groups are similar to the block groups in ext3, but allocation groups are much larger than block groups and are used for scalability and parallelism rather than disk locality. The default allocation for an allocation group is 1 TiB.
    Allocation group count must be large enough to sustain the concurrent allocation workload. In most of the cases allocation group count chosen by mkfs.xfs command would give the optimal performance. Do not change the allocation group count chosen by mkfs.xfs, while formatting the file system.

  10. Percentage of space allocation to inodes

    If the workload is very small files (average file size is less than 10 KB ), then it is recommended to set maxpct value to 10, while formatting the file system.

13.3. Network
Copy link

Data traffic Network becomes a bottleneck as and when number of storage nodes increase. By adding a 10GbE or faster network for data traffic, you can achieve faster per node performance. Jumbo frames must be enabled at all levels, that is, client , Red Hat Gluster Storage node, and ethernet switch levels. MTU of size N+208 must be supported by ethernet switch where N=9000. We recommend you to have a separate network for management and data traffic when protocols like NFS /CIFS are used instead of native client. Preferred bonding mode for Red Hat Gluster Storage client is mode 6 (balance-alb), this allows client to transmit writes in parallel on separate NICs much of the time.

13.4. Memory
Copy link

Red Hat Gluster Storage does not consume significant compute resources from the storage nodes themselves. However, read intensive workloads can benefit greatly from additional RAM.

13.4.1. Virtual Memory Parameters
Copy link

The data written by the applications is aggregated in the operating system page cache before being flushed to the disk. The aggregation and writeback of dirty data is governed by the Virtual Memory parameters. The following parameters may have a significant performance impact:
  • vm.dirty_ratio
  • vm.dirty_background_ratio
The appropriate values of these parameters vary with the type of workload:
  • Large-file sequential I/O workloads benefit from higher values for these parameters.
  • For small-file and random I/O workloads it is recommended to keep these parameter values low.
The Red Hat Gluster Storage tuned profiles set the values for these parameters appropriately. Hence, it is important to select and activate the appropriate Red Hat Gluster Storage profile based on the workload.

13.5. Small File Performance Enhancements
Copy link

The ratio of the time taken to perform operations on the metadata of a file to performing operations on its data determines the difference between large files and small files. Metadata-intensive workload is the term used to identify such workloads. A few performance enhancements can be made to optimize the network and storage performance and minimize the effect of slow throughput and response time for small files in a Red Hat Gluster Storage trusted storage pool.

Note

For a small-file workload, activate the rhgs-random-io tuned profile.
Configuring Threads for Event Processing

You can set the client.event-thread and server.event-thread values for the client and server components. Setting the value to 3, for example, would enable handling three network connections simultaneously.

Setting the event threads value for a client
You can tune the Red Hat Gluster Storage Server performance by tuning the event thread values. 
# gluster volume set VOLNAME client.event-threads <value>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Example 13.1. Tuning the event threads for a client accessing a volume

# gluster volume set test-vol client.event-threads 3
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Setting the event thread value for a server
You can tune the Red Hat Gluster Storage Server performance using event thread values. 
# gluster volume set VOLNAME server.event-threads <value>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Example 13.2. Tuning the event threads for a server accessing a volume

# gluster volume set test-vol server.event-threads 3
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Verifying the event thread values
You can verify the event thread values that are set for the client and server components by executing the following command: 
# gluster volume info VOLNAME
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
See topic, Configuring Volume Options for information on the minimum, maximum, and default values for setting these volume options.
Best practices to tune event threads

It is possible to see performance gains with the Red Hat Gluster Storage stack by tuning the number of threads processing events from network connections.The following are the recommended best practices to tune the event thread values.

  1. As each thread processes a connection at a time, having more threads than connections to either the brick processes (glusterfsd) or the client processes (glusterfs or gfapi) is not recommended. Due to this reason, monitor the connection counts (using the netstat command) on the clients and on the bricks to arrive at an appropriate number for the event thread count.
  2. Configuring a higher event threads value than the available processing units could again cause context switches on these threads. As a result reducing the number deduced from the previous step to a number that is less that the available processing units is recommended.
  3. If a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume has a high number of brick processes running on a single node, then reducing the event threads number deduced in the previous step would help the competing processes to gain enough concurrency and avoid context switches across the threads.
  4. If a specific thread consumes more number of CPU cycles than needed, increasing the event thread count would enhance the performance of the Red Hat Gluster Storage Server.
  5. In addition to the deducing the appropriate event-thread count, increasing the server.outstanding-rpc-limit on the storage nodes can also help to queue the requests for the brick processes and not let the requests idle on the network queue.
  6. Another parameter that could improve the performance when tuning the event-threads value is to set the performance.io-thread-count (and its related thread-counts) to higher values, as these threads perform the actual IO operations on the underlying file system.

13.5.1. Enabling Lookup Optimization
Copy link

Distribute xlator (DHT) has a performance penalty when it deals with negative lookups. Negative lookups are lookup operations for entries that does not exist in the volume. A lookup for a file/directory that does not exist is a negative lookup.
Negative lookups are expensive and typically slows down file creation, as DHT attempts to find the file in all sub-volumes. This especially impacts small file performance, where a large number of files are being added/created in quick succession to the volume.
The negative lookup fan-out behavior can be optimized by not performing the same in a balanced volume.
The cluster.lookup-optimize configuration option enables DHT lookup optimization. To enable this option run the following command: 
# gluster volume set VOLNAME cluster.lookup-optimize <on/off>\
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Note

The configuration takes effect for newly created directories immediately post setting the above option. For existing directories, a rebalance is required to ensure the volume is in balance before DHT applies the optimization on older directories.

13.6. Replication
Copy link

If a system is configured for two ways, active-active replication, write throughput will generally be half of what it would be in a non-replicated configuration. However, read throughput is generally improved by replication, as reads can be delivered from either storage node.

Chapter 14. Managing Geo-replication
Copy link

This section introduces geo-replication, illustrates the various deployment scenarios, and explains how to configure geo-replication and mirroring.

14.1. About Geo-replication
Copy link

Geo-replication provides a distributed, continuous, asynchronous, and incremental replication service from one site to another over Local Area Networks (LANs), Wide Area Networks (WANs), and the Internet.
Geo-replication uses a master–slave model, where replication and mirroring occurs between the following partners:
  • Master – a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume.
  • Slave – a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume. A slave volume can be either a local volume, such as localhost::volname, or a volume on a remote host, such as remote-host::volname.

14.2. Replicated Volumes vs Geo-replication
Copy link

The following table lists the differences between replicated volumes and geo-replication:
Expand
Replicated Volumes Geo-replication
Mirrors data across bricks within one trusted storage pool. Mirrors data across geographically distributed trusted storage pools.
Provides high-availability. Provides back-ups of data for disaster recovery.
Synchronous replication: each and every file operation is applied to all the bricks. Asynchronous replication: checks for changes in files periodically, and syncs them on detecting differences.

14.3. Preparing to Deploy Geo-replication
Copy link

This section provides an overview of geo-replication deployment scenarios, lists prerequisites, and describes how to setup the environment for geo-replication session.
Geo-replication provides an incremental replication service over Local Area Networks (LANs), Wide Area Network (WANs), and the Internet. This section illustrates the most common deployment scenarios for geo-replication, including the following:
  • Geo-replication over LAN
  • Geo-replication over WAN
  • Geo-replication over the Internet
  • Multi-site cascading geo-replication
Geo-replication over LAN
Geo-replication over LAN
View larger image
Geo-replication over LAN
Geo-replication over WAN
Geo-replication over WAN
View larger image
Geo-replication over WAN
Geo-replication over Internet
Geo-replication over Internet
View larger image
Geo-replication over Internet
Multi-site cascading Geo-replication
Multi-site cascading geo-replication
View larger image
Multi-site cascading geo-replication

14.3.2. Geo-replication Deployment Overview
Copy link

Deploying geo-replication involves the following steps:
  1. Verify that your environment matches the minimum system requirements. See Section 14.3.3, “Prerequisites”.
  2. Determine the appropriate deployment scenario. See Section 14.3.1, “Exploring Geo-replication Deployment Scenarios”.
  3. Start geo-replication on the master and slave systems. See Section 14.4, “Starting Geo-replication”.

14.3.3. Prerequisites
Copy link

The following are prerequisites for deploying geo-replication:
  • The master and slave volumes must be of same version of Red Hat Gluster Storage instances.
  • Slave node must not be a peer of the any of the nodes of the Master trusted storage pool.
  • Passwordless SSH access is required between one node of the master volume (the node from which the geo-replication create command will be executed), and one node of the slave volume (the node whose IP/hostname will be mentioned in the slave name when running the geo-replication create command).
    Create the public and private keys using ssh-keygen (without passphrase) on the master node: 
    # ssh-keygen
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Copy the public key to the slave node using the following command: 
    # ssh-copy-id -i identity_file root@slave_node_IPaddress/Hostname
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    If you are setting up a non-root geo-replicaton session, then copy the public key to the respective user location.

    Note

    - Passwordless SSH access is required from the master node to slave node, whereas passwordless SSH access is not required from the slave node to master node.
    - ssh-copy-id command does not work if ssh authorized_keys file is configured in the custom location. You must copy the contents of .ssh/id_rsa.pub file from the Master and paste it to authorized_keys file in the custom location on the Slave node.
    A passwordless SSH connection is also required for gsyncd between every node in the master to every node in the slave. The gluster system:: execute gsec_create command creates secret-pem files on all the nodes in the master, and is used to implement the passwordless SSH connection. The push-pem option in the geo-replication create command pushes these keys to all the nodes in the slave.
    For more information on the gluster system::execute gsec_create and push-pem commands, see Section 14.3.4.1, “Setting Up your Environment for Geo-replication Session”.

14.3.4. Setting Up your Environment
Copy link

You can set up your environment for a geo-replication session in the following ways:
Time Synchronization
Before configuring the geo-replication environment, ensure that the time on all the servers are synchronized.
  • All the servers' time must be uniform on bricks of a geo-replicated master volume. It is recommended to set up a NTP (Network Time Protocol) service to keep the bricks' time synchronized, and avoid out-of-time sync effects.
    For example: In a replicated volume where brick1 of the master has the time 12:20, and brick2 of the master has the time 12:10 with a 10 minute time lag, all the changes on brick2 between in this period may go unnoticed during synchronization of files with a Slave.
    For more information on configuring NTP, see https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/6/html/Deployment_Guide/ch-Configuring_NTP_Using_ntpd.html.

Creating Geo-replication Sessions

  1. To create a common pem pub file, run the following command on the master node where the passwordless SSH connection is configured: 
    # gluster system:: execute gsec_create
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Create the geo-replication session using the following command. The push-pem option is needed to perform the necessary pem-file setup on the slave nodes. 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL create push-pem [force]
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication Volume1 example.com::slave-vol create push-pem
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    There must be passwordless SSH access between the node from which this command is run, and the slave host specified in the above command. This command performs the slave verification, which includes checking for a valid slave URL, valid slave volume, and available space on the slave. If the verification fails, you can use the force option which will ignore the failed verification and create a geo-replication session.
  3. Configure the meta-volume for geo-replication: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL config use_meta_volume true
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication Volume1 example.com::slave-vol config use_meta_volume true
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For more information on configuring meta-volume, see Section 14.3.5, “Configuring a Meta-Volume”.
  4. Start the geo-replication by running the following command on the master node:
    For example, 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL start [force]
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  5. Verify the status of the created session by running the following command: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL status
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Geo-replication supports access to Red Hat Gluster Storage slaves through SSH using an unprivileged account (user account with non-zero UID). This method is more secure and it reduces the master's capabilities over slave to the minimum. This feature relies on mountbroker, an internal service of glusterd which manages the mounts for unprivileged slave accounts. You must perform additional steps to configure glusterd with the appropriate mountbroker's access control directives. The following example demonstrates this process:
Perform the following steps on all the Slave nodes to setup an auxiliary glusterFS mount for the unprivileged account:
  1. Create a new group. For example, geogroup.
  2. Create a unprivileged account. For example, geoaccount. Add geoaccount as a member of geogroup group.
  3. As a root, create a new directory with permissions 0711 and with correct SELinux context. Ensure that the location where this directory is created is writeable only by root but geoaccount is able to access it.
    For example, 
    # mkdir /var/mountbroker-root
# chmod 0711 /var/mountbroker-root
# semanage fcontext -a -e /home /var/mountbroker-root
# restorecon -Rv /var/mountbroker-root
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Run the following commands in any one of the Slave node: 
    # gluster system:: execute mountbroker opt mountbroker-root /var/mountbroker-root
# gluster system:: execute mountbroker user geoaccount slavevol
# gluster system:: execute mountbroker opt geo-replication-log-group geogroup
# gluster system:: execute mountbroker opt rpc-auth-allow-insecure on
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    See Section 2.4, “Storage Concepts” for information on glusterd.vol volume file of a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume.
    If the above commands fails, check if the glusterd.vol file is available at /etc/glusterfs/ directory. If not found, create a glusterd.vol file containing the default configuration and save it at /etc/glusterfs/ directory. Now re-run the above commands listed above to get all the required geo-replication options.
    The following is the sample glusterd.vol file along with default options: 
    volume management
    type mgmt/glusterd
    option working-directory /var/lib/glusterd
    option transport-type socket,rdma
    option transport.socket.keepalive-time 10
    option transport.socket.keepalive-interval 2
    option transport.socket.read-fail-log off
    option rpc-auth-allow-insecure on
    
    option mountbroker-root /var/mountbroker-root 
    option mountbroker-geo-replication.geoaccount slavevol
    option geo-replication-log-group geogroup
end-volume
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    • If you have multiple slave volumes on Slave, repeat Step 2 for each of them and run the following commands to update the vol file: 
      # gluster system:: execute mountbroker user geoaccount2 slavevol2
# gluster system:: execute mountbroker user geoaccount3 slavevol3
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      You can use gluster system:: execute mountbroker info command to view the configured mountbroker options.
    • You can add multiple slave volumes within the same account (geoaccount) by providing comma-separated list (without spaces) as the argument of mountbroker-geo-replication.geogroup. You can also have multiple options of the form mountbroker-geo-replication.*. It is recommended to use one service account per Master machine. For example, if there are multiple slave volumes on Slave for the master machines Master1, Master2, and Master3, then create a dedicated service user on Slave for them by repeating Step 2. for each (like geogroup1, geogroup2, and geogroup3), and then run the following commands to add the corresponding options to the volfile: 
      # gluster system:: execute mountbroker user geoaccount1 slavevol11,slavevol12,slavevol13
# gluster system:: execute mountbroker user geoaccount2 slavevol21,slavevol22
# gluster system:: execute mountbroker user geoaccount3 slavevol31
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  5. Restart glusterd service on all the Slave nodes.
    After you setup an auxiliary glusterFS mount for the unprivileged account on all the Slave nodes, perform the following steps to setup a non-root geo-replication session.:
  6. Setup a passwordless SSH from one of the master node to the user on one of the slave node.
    For example, to setup a passwordless SSH to the user geoaccount. 
    # ssh-keygen
# ssh-copy-id -i identity_file geoaccount@slave_node_IPaddress/Hostname
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  7. Create a common pem pub file by running the following command on the master node where the passwordless SSH connection is configured to the user on the slave node: 
    # gluster system:: execute gsec_create
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  8. Create a geo-replication relationship between master and slave to the user by running the following command on the master node:
    For example, 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTERVOL geoaccount@SLAVENODE::slavevol create push-pem
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    If you have multiple slave volumes and/or multiple accounts, create a geo-replication session with that particular user and volume.
    For example, 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTERVOL geoaccount2@SLAVENODE::slavevol2 create push-pem
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  9. In the slavenode, which is used to create relationship, run /usr/libexec/glusterfs/set_geo_rep_pem_keys.sh as a root with user name, master volume name, and slave volume names as the arguments.
    For example, 
     # /usr/libexec/glusterfs/set_geo_rep_pem_keys.sh geoaccount MASTERVOL SLAVEVOL_NAME
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  10. Configure the meta-volume for geo-replication: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL config use_meta_volume true
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication Volume1 example.com::slave-vol config use_meta_volume true
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For more information on configuring meta-volume, see Section 14.3.5, “Configuring a Meta-Volume”.
  11. Start the geo-replication with slave user by running the following command on the master node:
    For example, 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTERVOL geoaccount@SLAVENODE::slavevol start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  12. Verify the status of geo-replication session by running the following command on the master node: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTERVOL geoaccount@SLAVENODE::slavevol status
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Deleting a mountbroker geo-replication options after deleting session

When mountbroker geo-replicaton session is deleted, use the following command to remove volumes per mountbroker user. If the volume to be removed is the last one for the mountbroker user, the user is also removed.

  • To delete a volumes per mountbroker user: 
    # gluster system:: execute mountbroker volumedel geoaccount2 slavevol2
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    You can delete multiple volumes per mountbroker user by providing comma-separated list (without spaces) as the argument of this command. 
    # gluster system:: execute mountbroker volumedel geoaccount2 slavevol2,slavevol3
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Important

If you have a secured geo-replication setup, you must ensure to prefix the unprivileged user account to the slave volume in the command. For example, to execute a geo-replication status command, run the following: 
# gluster volume geo-replication MASTERVOL geoaccount@SLAVENODE::slavevol status
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
In this command, geoaccount is the name of the unprivileged user account.

14.3.5. Configuring a Meta-Volume
Copy link

For effective handling of node fail-overs in Master volume, geo-replication requires a shared storage to be available across all nodes of the cluster. Hence, you must ensure that a gluster volume named gluster_shared_storage is created in the cluster, and is mounted at /var/run/gluster/shared_storage on all the nodes in the cluster. For more information on setting up shared storage volume, see Section 10.8, “Setting up Shared Storage Volume”.
  • Configure the meta-volume for geo-replication: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL config use_meta_volume true
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication Volume1 example.com::slave-vol config use_meta_volume true
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

14.4. Starting Geo-replication
Copy link

This section describes how to and start geo-replication in your storage environment, and verify that it is functioning correctly.

14.4.1. Starting a Geo-replication Session
Copy link

Important

You must create the geo-replication session before starting geo-replication. For more information, see Section 14.3.4.1, “Setting Up your Environment for Geo-replication Session”.
To start geo-replication, use one of the following commands:
  • To start the geo-replication session between the hosts: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication Volume1 example.com::slave-vol start
Starting geo-replication session between Volume1 & example.com::slave-vol has been successful
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    This command will start distributed geo-replication on all the nodes that are part of the master volume. If a node that is part of the master volume is down, the command will still be successful. In a replica pair, the geo-replication session will be active on any of the replica nodes, but remain passive on the others.
    After executing the command, it may take a few minutes for the session to initialize and become stable.

    Note

    If you attempt to create a geo-replication session and the slave already has data, the following error message will be displayed: 
    slave-node::slave is not empty. Please delete existing files in slave-node::slave and retry, or use force to continue without deleting the existing files. geo-replication command failed
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • To start the geo-replication session forcefully between the hosts: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL start force
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication Volume1 example.com::slave-vol start force
Starting geo-replication session between Volume1 & example.com::slave-vol has been successful
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    This command will force start geo-replication sessions on the nodes that are part of the master volume. If it is unable to successfully start the geo-replication session on any node which is online and part of the master volume, the command will still start the geo-replication sessions on as many nodes as it can. This command can also be used to re-start geo-replication sessions on the nodes where the session has died, or has not started.
You can use the status command to verify the status of geo-replication in your environment: 
# gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL status
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example: 
# gluster volume geo-replication Volume1 example.com::slave-vol status
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
The status command can be used to display information about a specific geo-replication master session, master-slave session, or all geo-replication sessions. The status output provides both node and brick level information.
  • To display information on all geo-replication sessions from a particular master volume, use the following command: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL status
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • To display information of a particular master-slave session, use the following command: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL status
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • To display the details of a master-slave session, use the following command: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL status detail
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Important

    There will be a mismatch between the outputs of the df command (including -h and -k) and inode of the master and slave volumes when the data is in full sync. This is due to the extra inode and size consumption by the changelog journaling data, which keeps track of the changes done on the file system on the master volume. Instead of running the df command to verify the status of synchronization, use # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL status detail instead.
    The geo-replication status command output provides the following information:
    • Master Node: Master node and Hostname as listed in the gluster volume info command output
    • Master Vol: Master volume name
    • Master Brick: The path of the brick
    • Status: The status of the geo-replication worker can be one of the following:
      • Initializing: This is the initial phase of the Geo-replication session; it remains in this state for a minute in order to make sure no abnormalities are present.
      • Created: The geo-replication session is created, but not started.
      • Active: The gsync daemon in this node is active and syncing the data.
      • Passive: A replica pair of the active node. The data synchronization is handled by the active node. Hence, this node does not sync any data.
      • Faulty: The geo-replication session has experienced a problem, and the issue needs to be investigated further. For more information, see Section 14.10, “Troubleshooting Geo-replication” section.
      • Stopped: The geo-replication session has stopped, but has not been deleted.
    • Crawl Status : Crawl status can be on of the following:
      • Changelog Crawl: The changelog translator has produced the changelog and that is being consumed by gsyncd daemon to sync data.
      • Hybrid Crawl: The gsyncd daemon is crawling the glusterFS file system and generating pseudo changelog to sync data.
      • History Crawl: The gsyncd daemon consumes the history changelogs produced by the changelog translator to sync data.
    • Last Synced: The last synced time.
    • Entry: The number of pending entry (CREATE, MKDIR, RENAME, UNLINK etc) operations per session.
    • Data: The number of Data operations pending per session.
    • Meta: The number of Meta operations pending per session.
    • Failures: The number of failures. If the failure count is more than zero, view the log files for errors in the Master bricks.
    • Checkpoint Time: Displays the date and time of the checkpoint, if set. Otherwise, it displays as N/A.
    • Checkpoint Completed: Displays the status of the checkpoint.
    • Checkpoint Completion Time: Displays the cCompletion time if Checkpoint is completed. Otherwise, it displays as N/A.

14.4.4. Configuring a Geo-replication Session
Copy link

To configure a geo-replication session, use the following command: 
# gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL config [options]
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example, to view the list of all option/value pairs: 
# gluster volume geo-replication Volume1 example.com::slave-vol config
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To delete a setting for a geo-replication config option, prefix the option with ! (exclamation mark). For example, to reset log-level to the default value: 
# gluster volume geo-replication Volume1 example.com::slave-vol config '!log-level'
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Configurable Options

The following table provides an overview of the configurable options for a geo-replication setting:

Expand
Option Description
gluster-log-file LOGFILE The path to the geo-replication glusterfs log file.
gluster-log-level LOGFILELEVEL The log level for glusterfs processes.
log-file LOGFILE The path to the geo-replication log file.
log-level LOGFILELEVEL The log level for geo-replication.
ssh-command COMMAND The SSH command to connect to the remote machine (the default is SSH).
rsync-command COMMAND The rsync command to use for synchronizing the files (the default is rsync).
use-tarssh [true | false] The use-tarssh command allows tar over Secure Shell protocol. Use this option to handle workloads of files that have not undergone edits.
volume_id=UID The command to delete the existing master UID for the intermediate/slave node.
timeout SECONDS The timeout period in seconds.
sync-jobs N The number of simultaneous files/directories that can be synchronized.
ignore-deletes If this option is set to 1, a file deleted on the master will not trigger a delete operation on the slave. As a result, the slave will remain as a superset of the master and can be used to recover the master in the event of a crash and/or accidental delete.
checkpoint [LABEL|now] Sets a checkpoint with the given option LABEL. If the option is set as now, then the current time will be used as the label.
sync-acls [true | false]Syncs acls to the Slave cluster. By default, this option is enabled.

Note

Geo-replication can sync acls only with rsync as the sync engine and not with tarssh as the sync engine.
sync-xattrs [true | false]Syncs extended attributes to the Slave cluster. By default, this option is enabled.

Note

Geo-replication can sync extended attributes only with rsync as the sync engine and not with tarssh as the sync engine.
log-rsync-performance [true | false]If this option is set to enable, geo-replication starts recording the rsync performance in log files. By default, this option is disabled.
rsync-optionsAdditional options to rsync. For example, you can limit the rsync bandwidth usage "--bwlimit=<value>".
use-meta-volume [true | false]Set this option to enable, to use meta volume in Geo-replicaiton. By default, this option is disabled.

Note

More more information on meta-volume, see Section 14.3.5, “Configuring a Meta-Volume”.
meta-volume-mnt PATHThe path of the meta volume mount point.
14.4.4.1. Geo-replication Checkpoints
Copy link
14.4.4.1.1. About Geo-replication Checkpoints
Copy link
Geo-replication data synchronization is an asynchronous process, so changes made on the master may take time to be replicated to the slaves. Data replication to a slave may also be interrupted by various issues, such network outages.
Red Hat Gluster Storage provides the ability to set geo-replication checkpoints. By setting a checkpoint, synchronization information is available on whether the data that was on the master at that point in time has been replicated to the slaves.
  • To set a checkpoint on a geo-replication session, use the following command: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL config checkpoint [now|LABEL]
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example, to set checkpoint between Volume1 and example.com:/data/remote_dir: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication Volume1 example.com::slave-vol config checkpoint now
geo-replication config updated successfully
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    The label for a checkpoint can be set as the current time using now, or a particular label can be specified, as shown below: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication Volume1 example.com::slave-vol config checkpoint NEW_ACCOUNTS_CREATED
geo-replication config updated successfully.
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • To display the status of a checkpoint for a geo-replication session, use the following command: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL status detail
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • To delete checkpoints for a geo-replication session, use the following command: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL config '!checkpoint'
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example, to delete the checkpoint set between Volume1 and example.com::slave-vol: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication Volume1 example.com::slave-vol config '!checkpoint' 
geo-replication config updated successfully
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

14.4.5. Stopping a Geo-replication Session
Copy link

To stop a geo-replication session, use one of the following commands:
  • To stop a geo-replication session between the hosts: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL stop
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication Volume1 example.com::slave-vol stop
Stopping geo-replication session between Volume1 & example.com::slave-vol has been successful
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    The stop command will fail if:
    • any node that is a part of the volume is offline.
    • if it is unable to stop the geo-replication session on any particular node.
    • if the geo-replication session between the master and slave is not active.
  • To stop a geo-replication session forcefully between the hosts: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL stop force
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication Volume1 example.com::slave-vol stop force
Stopping geo-replication session between Volume1 & example.com::slave-vol has been successful
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Using force will stop the geo-replication session between the master and slave even if any node that is a part of the volume is offline. If it is unable to stop the geo-replication session on any particular node, the command will still stop the geo-replication sessions on as many nodes as it can. Using force will also stop inactive geo-replication sessions.

14.4.6. Deleting a Geo-replication Session
Copy link

Important

You must first stop a geo-replication session before it can be deleted. For more information, see Section 14.4.5, “Stopping a Geo-replication Session”.
To delete a geo-replication session, use the following command: 
# gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL delete
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example: 
# gluster volume geo-replication Volume1 example.com::slave-vol delete
geo-replication command executed successfully
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Note

The delete command will fail if:
  • any node that is a part of the volume is offline.
  • if it is unable to delete the geo-replication session on any particular node.
  • if the geo-replication session between the master and slave is still active.

Important

The SSH keys will not removed from the master and slave nodes when the geo-replication session is deleted. You can manually remove the pem files which contain the SSH keys from the /var/lib/glusterd/geo-replication/ directory.
If a geo-replication session is running, and a new node is added to the trusted storage pool or a brick is added to the volume from a newly added node in the trusted storage pool, then you must perform the following steps to start the geo-replication daemon on the new node:
  1. Run the following command on the master node where passwordless SSH connection is configured, in order to create a common pem pub file. 
    # gluster system:: execute gsec_create
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Create the geo-replication session using the following command. The push-pem and force options are required to perform the necessary pem-file setup on the slave nodes. 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL create push-pem force
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication Volume1 example.com::slave-vol create push-pem force
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    There must be passwordless SSH access between the node from which this command is run, and the slave host specified in the above command. This command performs the slave verification, which includes checking for a valid slave URL, valid slave volume, and available space on the slave.
  3. After successfully setting up the shared storage volume, when a new node is added to the cluster, the shared storage is not mounted automatically on this node. Neither is the /etc/fstab entry added for the shared storage on this node. To make use of shared storage on this node, execute the following commands: 
    # mount -t glusterfs <local node's ip>:gluster_shared_storage
/var/run/gluster/shared_storage
# cp /etc/fstab /var/run/gluster/fstab.tmp
# echo "<local node's ip>:/gluster_shared_storage
/var/run/gluster/shared_storage/ glusterfs defaults 0 0" >> /etc/fstab
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For more information on setting up shared storage volume, see Section 10.8, “Setting up Shared Storage Volume”.
  4. Configure the meta-volume for geo-replication: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL config use_meta_volume true
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication Volume1 example.com::slave-vol config use_meta_volume true
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For more information on configuring meta-volume, see Section 14.3.5, “Configuring a Meta-Volume”.
  5. If a node is added at slave, stop the geo-replication session using the following command: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL stop
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  6. Start the geo-replication session between the slave and master forcefully, using the following command: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL start force
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  7. Verify the status of the created session, using the following command: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL status
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
When adding a brick to the volume on an existing node in the trusted storage pool with a geo-replication session running, the geo-replication daemon on that particular node will automatically be restarted. The new brick will then be recognized by the geo-replication daemon. This is an automated process and no configuration changes are required.

14.6. Disaster Recovery
Copy link

When the master volume goes offline, you can perform the following disaster recovery procedures to minimize the interruption of service:

14.6.1. Promoting a Slave to Master
Copy link

If the master volume goes offline, you can promote a slave volume to be the master, and start using that volume for data access.
Run the following commands on the slave machine to promote it to be the master: 
# gluster volume set VOLNAME geo-replication.indexing on
# gluster volume set VOLNAME changelog on
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
You can now configure applications to use the slave volume for I/O operations.

14.6.2. Failover and Failback
Copy link

Red Hat Gluster Storage provides geo-replication failover and failback capabilities for disaster recovery. If the master goes offline, you can perform a failover procedure so that a slave can replace the master. When this happens, all the I/O operations, including reads and writes, are done on the slave which is now acting as the master. When the original master is back online, you can perform a failback procedure on the original slave so that it synchronizes the differences back to the original master.

Performing a Failover and Failback

  1. Create a new geo-replication session with the original slave as the new master, and the original master as the new slave. For more information on setting and creating geo-replication session, see Section 14.3.4.1, “Setting Up your Environment for Geo-replication Session”.
  2. Start the special synchronization mode to speed up the recovery of data from slave. 
    # gluster volume geo-replication ORIGINAL_SLAVE_VOL ORIGINAL_MASTER_HOST::ORIGINAL_MASTER_VOL config special-sync-mode recover
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Set a checkpoint to help verify the status of the data synchronization. 
    # gluster volume geo-replication ORIGINAL_SLAVE_VOL ORIGINAL_MASTER_HOST::ORIGINAL_MASTER_VOL config checkpoint now
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Start the new geo-replication session using the following command: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication ORIGINAL_SLAVE_VOL ORIGINAL_MASTER_HOST::ORIGINAL_MASTER_VOL start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  5. Verify the checkpoint completion for the geo-replication session using the following command: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication ORIGINAL_SLAVE_VOL ORIGINAL_MASTER_HOST::ORIGINAL_MASTER_VOL status detail
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  6. To resume the original master and original slave back to their previous roles, stop the I/O operations on the original slave, and using steps 3 and 5, ensure that all the data from the original slave is restored back to the original master. After the data from the original slave is restored back to the original master, stop the current geo-replication session (the failover session) between the original slave and original master, and resume the previous roles.
  7. Reset the options that were set for promoting the slave volume as the master volume by running the following commands: 
    # gluster volume reset ORIGINAL_SLAVE_VOL geo-replication.indexing force
# gluster volume reset ORIGINAL_SLAVE_VOL changelog
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For more information on promoting slave volume to be the master volume, see Section 14.6.1, “Promoting a Slave to Master”.

14.7. Creating a Snapshot of Geo-replicated Volume
Copy link

The Red Hat Gluster Storage Snapshot feature enables you to create point-in-time copies of Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes, which you can use to protect data. You can create snapshots of Geo-replicated volumes.
For information on prerequisites, creating, and restoring snapshots of geo-replicated volume, see Chapter 16, Managing Snapshots. Creation of a snapshot when geo-replication session is live is not supported and creation of snapshot in this scenario will display the following error: 
# gluster snapshot create snap1 master
snapshot create: failed: geo-replication session is running for the volume master. Session needs to be stopped before taking a snapshot.
Snapshot command failed
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
.
You must ensure to pause the geo-replication session before creating snapshot and resume geo-replication session after creating the snapshot. Information on restoring geo-replicated volume is also available in the Managing Snapshots chapter.
This section provides step by step instructions to set up a cascading geo-replication session. The configuration of this example has three volumes and the volume names are master-vol, interimmaster-vol, and slave-vol.
  1. Verify that your environment matches the minimum system requirements listed in Section 14.3.3, “Prerequisites”.
  2. Determine the appropriate deployment scenario. For more information on deployment scenarios, see Section 14.3.1, “Exploring Geo-replication Deployment Scenarios”.
  3. Configure the environment and create a geo-replication session between master-vol and interimmaster-vol.
    1. Create a common pem pub file, run the following command on the master node where the passwordless SSH connection is configured: 
      # gluster system:: execute gsec_create
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. Create the geo-replication session using the following command. The push-pem option is needed to perform the necessary pem-file setup on the interimmaster nodes. 
      # gluster volume geo-replication master-vol interimhost.com::interimmaster-vol create
push-pem
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    3. Verify the status of the created session by running the following command: 
      # gluster volume geo-replication master-vol interimhost::interimmaster-vol status
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Start a Geo-replication session between the hosts: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication master-vol interimhost.com::interimmaster-vol start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    This command will start distributed geo-replication on all the nodes that are part of the master volume. If a node that is part of the master volume is down, the command will still be successful. In a replica pair, the geo-replication session will be active on any of the replica nodes, but remain passive on the others. After executing the command, it may take a few minutes for the session to initialize and become stable.
  5. Verifying the status of geo-replication session by running the following command: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication master-vol interimhost.com::interimmaster-vol status
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  6. Create a geo-replication session between interimmaster-vol and slave-vol.
    1. Create a common pem pub file by running the following command on the interimmaster master node where the passwordless SSH connection is configured: 
      # gluster system:: execute gsec_create
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. On interimmaster node, create the geo-replication session using the following command. The push-pem option is needed to perform the necessary pem-file setup on the slave nodes. 
      # gluster volume geo-replication interimmaster-vol slave_host.com::slave-vol create push-pem
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    3. Verify the status of the created session by running the following command: 
      # gluster volume geo-replication interrimmaster-vol slave_host::slave-vol status
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  7. Start a geo-replication session between interrimaster-vol and slave-vol by running the following command: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication interrimmaster-vol slave_host.com::slave-vol start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  8. Verify the status of geo-replication session by running the following: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication interrimmaster-vol slave_host.com::slave-vol status
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

14.10. Troubleshooting Geo-replication
Copy link

This section describes the most common troubleshooting scenarios related to geo-replication.
There are options for the change log that can be configured to give better performance in a geo-replication environment.
The rollover-time option sets the rate at which the change log is consumed. The default rollover time is 60 seconds, but it can be configured to a faster rate. A recommended rollover-time for geo-replication is 10-15 seconds. To change the rollover-time option, use following the command: 
# gluster volume set VOLNAME rollover-time 15
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
The fsync-interval option determines the frequency that updates to the change log are written to disk. The default interval is 0, which means that updates to the change log are written synchronously as they occur, and this may negatively impact performance in a geo-replication environment. Configuring fsync-interval to a non-zero value will write updates to disk asynchronously at the specified interval. To change the fsync-interval option, use following the command: 
# gluster volume set VOLNAME fsync-interval 3
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

14.10.2. Triggering Explicit Sync on Entries
Copy link

Geo-replication provides an option to explicitly trigger the sync operation of files and directories. A virtual extended attribute glusterfs.geo-rep.trigger-sync is provided to accomplish the same. 
# setfattr -n glusterfs.geo-rep.trigger-sync -v "1" <file-path>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
The support of explicit trigger of sync is supported only for directories and regular files.

14.10.3. Synchronization Is Not Complete
Copy link

Situation

The geo-replication status is displayed as Stable, but the data has not been completely synchronized.

Solution

A full synchronization of the data can be performed by erasing the index and restarting geo-replication. After restarting geo-replication, it will begin a synchronization of the data using checksums. This may be a long and resource intensive process on large data sets. If the issue persists, contact Red Hat Support.

For more information about erasing the index, see Section 10.1, “Configuring Volume Options”.

14.10.4. Issues with File Synchronization
Copy link

Situation

The geo-replication status is displayed as Stable, but only directories and symlinks are synchronized. Error messages similar to the following are in the logs: 

[2011-05-02 13:42:13.467644] E [master:288:regjob] GMaster: failed to sync ./some_file`
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Solution

Geo-replication requires rsync v3.0.0 or higher on the host and the remote machines. Verify if you have installed the required version of rsync.

14.10.5. Geo-replication Status is Often Faulty
Copy link

Situation

The geo-replication status is often displayed as Faulty, with a backtrace similar to the following: 

012-09-28 14:06:18.378859] E [syncdutils:131:log_raise_exception] <top>: FAIL: Traceback (most recent call last): File "/usr/local/libexec/glusterfs/python/syncdaemon/syncdutils.py", line 152, in twraptf(*aa) File "/usr/local/libexec/glusterfs/python/syncdaemon/repce.py", line 118, in listen rid, exc, res = recv(self.inf) File "/usr/local/libexec/glusterfs/python/syncdaemon/repce.py", line 42, in recv return pickle.load(inf) EOFError
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Solution

This usually indicates that RPC communication between the master gsyncd module and slave gsyncd module is broken. Make sure that the following pre-requisites are met:

  • Passwordless SSH is set up properly between the host and remote machines.
  • FUSE is installed on the machines. The geo-replication module mounts Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes using FUSE to sync data.

14.10.6. Intermediate Master is in a Faulty State
Copy link

Situation

In a cascading environment, the intermediate master is in a faulty state, and messages similar to the following are in the log: 

raise RuntimeError ("aborting on uuid change from %s to %s" % \ RuntimeError: aborting on uuid change from af07e07c-427f-4586-ab9f- 4bf7d299be81 to de6b5040-8f4e-4575-8831-c4f55bd41154
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Solution

In a cascading configuration, an intermediate master is loyal to its original primary master. The above log message indicates that the geo-replication module has detected that the primary master has changed. If this change was deliberate, delete the volume-id configuration option in the session that was initiated from the intermediate master.

14.10.7. Remote gsyncd Not Found
Copy link

Situation

The master is in a faulty state, and messages similar to the following are in the log: 

[2012-04-04 03:41:40.324496] E [resource:169:errfail] Popen: ssh> bash: /usr/local/libexec/glusterfs/gsyncd: No such file or directory
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Solution

The steps to configure a SSH connection for geo-replication have been updated. Use the steps as described in Section 14.3.4.1, “Setting Up your Environment for Geo-replication Session”

Chapter 15. Managing Directory Quotas
Copy link

Directory quotas allow you to set limits on disk space used by directories or the volume. Storage administrators can control the disk space utilization at the directory or the volume level, or both. This is particularly useful in cloud deployments to facilitate the use of utility billing models.

15.1. Enabling Quotas
Copy link

You must enable directory quotas to set disk limits.
Enable quotas on a volume using the following command:
# gluster volume quota VOLNAME enable
For example, to enable quota on test-volume: 
# gluster volume quota test-volume enable 
volume quota : success
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Important

  • Do not enable quota using the volume-set command. This option is no longer supported.
  • Do not enable quota while quota-remove-xattr.sh is still running.

15.2. Setting Limits
Copy link

Note

  • Before setting quota limits on any directory, ensure that there is at least one brick available per replica set.
    To see the current status of bricks of a volume, run the following command: 
    # gluster volume status VOLNAME status
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • If the Red Hat Gluster Storage volume is mounted at /mntglusterfs and you want to perform a certain function pertaining to Quota on /mntglusterfs/dir, then the path to be provided in any corresponding command should be /dir, where /dir is the absolute path relative to the Red Hat Gluster Storage volume mount point.
A Hard Limit is the maximum disk space you can utilize on a volume or directory.
Set the hard limit for a directory in the volume with the following command, specifying the hard limit size in MB, GB, TB or PB:
# gluster volume quota VOLNAME limit-usage path hard_limit
For example:
  • To set a hard limit of 100GB on /dir: 
    # gluster volume quota VOLNAME limit-usage /dir 100GB
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • To set a hard limit of 1TB for the volume: 
    # gluster volume quota VOLNAME limit-usage / 1TB
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
A Soft Limit is an attribute of a directory that is specified as a percentage of the hard limit. When disk usage reaches the soft limit of a given directory, the system begins to log this information in the logs of the brick on which data is written. The brick logs can be fount at: 
/var/log/glusterfs/bricks/<path-to-brick.log>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
By default, the soft limit is 80% of the hard limit.
Set the soft limit for a volume with the following command, specifying the soft limit size as a percentage of the hard limit:
# gluster volume quota VOLNAME limit-usage path hard_limit soft_limit
For example:
  • To set the soft limit to 76% of the hard limit on /dir: 
    # gluster volume quota VOLNAME limit-usage /dir 100GB 76%
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • To set the soft limit to 68% of the hard limit on the volume: 
    # gluster volume quota VOLNAME limit-usage / 1TB 68%
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Note

When setting the soft limit, ensure you retain the hard limit value previously created.

15.3. Setting the Default Soft Limit
Copy link

The default soft limit is an attribute of the volume that is specified as a percentage. The default soft limit for any volume is 80%.
When you do not specify the soft limit along with the hard limit, the default soft limit is applied to the directory or volume.
Configure the default soft limit value using the following command:
# gluster volume quota VOLNAME default-soft-limit soft_limit
For example, to set the default soft limit to 90% on test-volume run the following command: 
# gluster volume quota test-volume default-soft-limit 90%
volume quota : success
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Ensure that the value is set using the following command: 
# gluster volume quota test-volume list
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Note

If you change the soft limit at the directory level and then change the volume's default soft limit, the directory-level soft limit previously configured will remain the same.

15.4. Displaying Quota Limit Information
Copy link

You can display quota limit information on all of the directories on which a limit is set.
To display quota limit information on all of the directories on which a limit is set, use the following command:
# gluster volume quota VOLNAME list
For example, to view the quota limits set on test-volume: 
# gluster volume quota test-volume list
Path       Hard-limit  Soft-limit   Used    Available
------------------------------------------------------
/           50GB        75%       0Bytes    50.0GB
/dir        10GB        75%       0Bytes    10.0GB
/dir/dir2   20GB        90%       0Bytes    20.0GB
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To display disk limit information on a particular directory on which limit is set, use the following command:
# gluster volume quota VOLNAME list /<directory_name>
For example, to view limits set on /dir directory of the volume /test-volume : 
# gluster volume quota test-volume list /dir
Path  Hard-limit   Soft-limit   Used   Available
-------------------------------------------------
/dir   10.0GB          75%       0Bytes  10.0GB
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To display disk limit information on multiple directories on which a limit is set, using the following command:
# gluster volume quota VOLNAME list /<directory_name1> /<directory_name2>
For example, to view quota limits set on directories /dir and /dir/dir2 of volume test-volume : 
# gluster volume quota test-volume list /dir /dir/dir2
Path    Hard-limit   Soft-limit   Used     Available
------------------------------------------------------
/dir       10.0GB        75%        0Bytes     10.0GB
/dir/dir2  20.0GB        90%        0Bytes     20.0GB
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To report the disk usage using the df utility, taking quota limits into consideration, run the following command: 
# gluster volume set VOLNAME quota-deem-statfs on
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
In this case, the total disk space of the directory is taken as the quota hard limit set on the directory of the volume.
The following example displays the disk usage when quota-deem-statfs is off: 
# gluster volume set test-volume features.quota-deem-statfs off
volume set: success
# gluster volume quota test-volume list
Path        Hard-limit    Soft-limit     Used     Available
-----------------------------------------------------------
/              300.0GB        90%        11.5GB     288.5GB
/John/Downloads 77.0GB        75%        11.5GB     65.5GB
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Disk usage for volume test-volume as seen on client1: 
# df -hT /home
Filesystem           Type            Size  Used Avail Use% Mounted on
server1:/test-volume fuse.glusterfs  400G   12G  389G   3% /home
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
The following example displays the disk usage when quota-deem-statfs is on: 
# gluster volume set test-volume features.quota-deem-statfs on
volume set: success
# gluster vol quota test-volume list
Path        Hard-limit    Soft-limit     Used     Available
-----------------------------------------------------------
/              300.0GB        90%        11.5GB     288.5GB
/John/Downloads 77.0GB        75%        11.5GB     65.5GB
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Disk usage for volume test-volume as seen on client1: 
# df -hT /home
Filesystem            Type            Size  Used Avail Use% Mounted on
server1:/test-volume  fuse.glusterfs  300G   12G  289G   4% /home
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
The quota-deem-statfs option when set to on, allows the administrator to make the user view the total disk space available on the directory as the hard limit set on it.

15.5. Setting Timeout
Copy link

There are two types of timeouts that you can configure for a volume quota:
  • Soft timeout is the frequency at which the quota server-side translator checks the volume usage when the usage is below the soft limit. The soft timeout is in effect when the disk usage is less than the soft limit.
    To set the soft timeout, use the following command:
    # gluster volume quota VOLNAME soft-timeout time

    Note

    The default soft timeout is 60 seconds.
    For example, to set the soft timeout on test-volume to 1 minute: 
    # gluster volume quota test-volume soft-timeout 1min
volume quota : success
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Hard timeout is the frequency at which the quota server-side translator checks the volume usage when the usage is above the soft limit. The hard timeout is in effect when the disk usage is between the soft limit and the hard limit.
    To set the hard timeout, use the following command:
    # gluster volume quota VOLNAME hard-timeout time

    Note

    The default hard timeout is 5 seconds.
    For example, to set the hard timeout for 30 seconds: 
    # gluster volume quota test-volume hard-timeout 30s
volume quota : success
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    As the margin of error for disk usage is proportional to the workload of the applications running on the volume, ensure that you set the hard-timeout and soft-timeout taking the workload into account.

15.6. Setting Alert Time
Copy link

Alert time is the frequency at which you want your usage information to be logged after you reach the soft limit.
To set the alert time, use the following command:
# gluster volume quota VOLNAME alert-time time

Note

The default alert-time is 1 week.
For example, to set the alert time to 1 day: 
# gluster volume quota test-volume alert-time 1d
volume quota : success
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

15.7. Removing Disk Limits
Copy link

You can remove disk limit usage settings on a given directory, if quota set is not required.
Remove disk limit usage set on a particular directory using the following command:
# gluster volume quota VOLNAME remove /<directory-name>
For example, to remove the disk limit usage on /data directory of test-volume: 
# gluster volume quota test-volume remove /data
volume quota : success
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example, to remove quota from volume: 
# gluster vol quota test-volume remove /
volume quota : success
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Note

Removing quota limit from the volume ("/" in the above example) does not impact quota limit usage on directories.

15.8. Disabling Quotas
Copy link

You can disable directory quotas using the following command:
# gluster volume quota VOLNAME disable
For example, to disable directory quotas on test-volume: 
# gluster volume quota test-volume disable
Disabling quota will delete all the quota configuration. Do you want to continue? (y/n) y
volume quota : success
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Note

  • When you disable quotas, all previously configured limits are removed from the volume.

Chapter 16. Managing Snapshots
Copy link

Red Hat Gluster Storage Snapshot feature enables you to create point-in-time copies of Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes, which you can use to protect data. Users can directly access Snapshot copies which are read-only to recover from accidental deletion, corruption, or modification of the data.
Description
View larger image
Description

Figure 16.1. Snapshot Architecture

In the Snapshot Architecture diagram, Red Hat Gluster Storage volume consists of multiple bricks (Brick1 Brick2 etc) which is spread across one or more nodes and each brick is made up of independent thin Logical Volumes (LV). When a snapshot of a volume is taken, it takes the snapshot of the LV and creates another brick. Brick1_s1 is an identical image of Brick1. Similarly, identical images of each brick is created and these newly created bricks combine together to form a snapshot volume.
Some features of snapshot are:
  • Crash Consistency

    A crash consistent snapshot is captured at a particular point-in-time. When a crash consistent snapshot is restored, the data is identical as it was at the time of taking a snapshot.

    Note

    Currently, application level consistency is not supported.
  • Online Snapshot

    Snapshot is an online snapshot hence the file system and its associated data continue to be available for the clients even while the snapshot is being taken.

  • Quorum Based

    The quorum feature ensures that the volume is in a good condition while the bricks are down. If any brick that is down for a n way replication, where n <= 2 , quorum is not met. In a n-way replication where n >= 3, quorum is met when m bricks are up, where m >= (n/2 +1) where n is odd and m >= n/2 and the first brick is up where n is even. If quorum is not met snapshot creation fails.

    Note

    The quorum check feature in snapshot is in technology preview. Snapshot delete and restore feature checks node level quorum instead of brick level quorum. Snapshot delete and restore is successful only when m number of nodes of a n node cluster is up, where m >= (n/2+1).
  • Barrier

    To guarantee crash consistency some of the fops are blocked during a snapshot operation.

    These fops are blocked till the snapshot is complete. All other fops is passed through. There is a default time-out of 2 minutes, within that time if snapshot is not complete then these fops are unbarriered. If the barrier is unbarriered before the snapshot is complete then the snapshot operation fails. This is to ensure that the snapshot is in a consistent state.

Note

Taking a snapshot of a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume that is hosting the Virtual Machine Images is not recommended. Taking a Hypervisor assisted snapshot of a virtual machine would be more suitable in this use case.

16.1. Prerequisites
Copy link

Before using this feature, ensure that the following prerequisites are met:
  • Snapshot is based on thinly provisioned LVM. Ensure the volume is based on LVM2. Red Hat Gluster Storage is supported on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.7, 7.1 and 7.2. Both these versions of Red Hat Enterprise Linux is based on LVM2 by default. For more information, see https://access.redhat.com/site/documentation/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/6/html/Logical_Volume_Manager_Administration/thinprovisioned_volumes.html
  • Each brick must be independent thinly provisioned logical volume(LV).
  • The logical volume which contains the brick must not contain any data other than the brick.
  • Only linear LVM is supported with Red Hat Gluster Storage. For more information, see https://access.redhat.com/site/documentation/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/4/html-single/Cluster_Logical_Volume_Manager/#lv_overview
  • Each snapshot creates as many bricks as in the original Red Hat Gluster Storage volume. Bricks, by default, use privileged ports to communicate. The total number of privileged ports in a system is restricted to 1024. Hence, for supporting 256 snapshots per volume, the following options must be set on Gluster volume. These changes will allow bricks and glusterd to communicate using non-privileged ports.
    1. Run the following command to permit insecure ports: 
      # gluster volume set VOLNAME server.allow-insecure on
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. Edit the /etc/glusterfs/glusterd.vol in each Red Hat Gluster Storage node, and add the following setting: 
      option rpc-auth-allow-insecure on
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    3. Restart glusterd service on each Red Hat Server node using the following command: 
      # service glusterd restart
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Recommended Setup

The recommended setup for using Snapshot is described below. In addition, you must ensure to read Chapter 13, Configuring Red Hat Gluster Storage for Enhancing Performance for enhancing snapshot performance:
  • For each volume brick, create a dedicated thin pool that contains the brick of the volume and its (thin) brick snapshots. With the current thin-p design, avoid placing the bricks of different Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes in the same thin pool, as this reduces the performance of snapshot operations, such as snapshot delete, on other unrelated volumes.
  • The recommended thin pool chunk size is 256KB. There might be exceptions to this in cases where we have a detailed information of the customer's workload.
  • The recommended pool metadata size is 0.1% of the thin pool size for a chunk size of 256KB or larger. In special cases, where we recommend a chunk size less than 256KB, use a pool metadata size of 0.5% of thin pool size.
For Example

To create a brick from device /dev/sda1.
  1. Create a physical volume(PV) by using the pvcreate command. 
    pvcreate /dev/sda1
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Use the correct dataalignment option based on your device. For more information, Section 13.2, “Brick Configuration”
  2. Create a Volume Group (VG) from the PV using the following command: 
    vgcreate dummyvg /dev/sda1
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Create a thin-pool using the following command: 
    lvcreate -L 1T -T dummyvg/dummypool -c 256k --poolmetadatasize 16G
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    A thin pool of size 1 TB is created, using a chunksize of 256 KB. Maximum pool metadata size of 16 G is used.
  4. Create a thinly provisioned volume from the previously created pool using the following command: 
    lvcreate -V 1G -T dummyvg/dummypool -n dummylv
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  5. Create a file system (XFS) on this. Use the recommended options to create the XFS file system on the thin LV.
    For example, 
    mkfs.xfs -f -i size=512 -n size=8192 /dev/dummyvg/dummylv
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  6. Mount this logical volume and use the mount path as the brick. 
    mount/dev/dummyvg/dummylv /mnt/brick1
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

16.2. Creating Snapshots
Copy link

Before creating a snapshot ensure that the following prerequisites are met:
  • Red Hat Gluster Storage volume has to be present and the volume has to be in the Started state.
  • All the bricks of the volume have to be on an independent thin logical volume(LV).
  • Snapshot names must be unique in the cluster.
  • All the bricks of the volume should be up and running, unless it is a n-way replication where n >= 3. In such case quorum must be met. For more information see Chapter 16, Managing Snapshots
  • No other volume operation, like rebalance, add-brick, etc, should be running on the volume.
  • Total number of snapshots in the volume should not be equal to Effective snap-max-hard-limit. For more information see Configuring Snapshot Behavior.
  • If you have a geo-replication setup, then pause the geo-replication session if it is running, by executing the following command: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL pause
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example, 
    # gluster volume geo-replication master-vol example.com::slave-vol pause 
Pausing geo-replication session between master-vol example.com::slave-vol has been successful
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Ensure that you take the snapshot of the master volume and then take snapshot of the slave volume.
  • If you have a Hadoop enabled Red Hat Gluster Storage volume, you must ensure to stop all the Hadoop Services in Ambari.
To create a snapshot of the volume, run the following command: 
# gluster snapshot create <snapname> <volname> [no-timestamp] [description <description>] [force]
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
where,
  • snapname - Name of the snapshot that will be created.
  • VOLNAME(S) - Name of the volume for which the snapshot will be created. We only support creating snapshot of single volume.
  • description - This is an optional field that can be used to provide a description of the snap that will be saved along with the snap.
  • force - Snapshot creation will fail if any brick is down. In a n-way replicated Red Hat Gluster Storage volume where n >= 3 snapshot is allowed even if some of the bricks are down. In such case quorum is checked. Quorum is checked only when the force option is provided, else by-default the snapshot create will fail if any brick is down. Refer the Overview section for more details on quorum.
  • no-timestamp: By default a timestamp is appended to the snapshot name. If you do not want to append timestamp then pass no-timestamp as an argument.
For Example 1: 
# gluster snapshot create snap1 vol1 no-timestamp
snapshot create: success: Snap snap1 created successfully
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For Example 2: 
# gluster snapshot create snap1 vol1
snapshot create: success: Snap snap1_GMT-2015.07.20-10.02.33 created successfully
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Snapshot of a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume creates a read-only Red Hat Gluster Storage volume. This volume will have identical configuration as of the original / parent volume. Bricks of this newly created snapshot is mounted as /var/run/gluster/snaps/<snap-volume-name>/brick<bricknumber>.
For example, a snapshot with snap volume name 0888649a92ea45db8c00a615dfc5ea35 and having two bricks will have the following two mount points: 
/var/run/gluster/snaps/0888649a92ea45db8c00a615dfc5ea35/brick1
/var/run/gluster/snaps/0888649a92ea45db8c00a615dfc5ea35/brick2
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
These mounts can also be viewed using the df or mount command.

Note

If you have a geo-replication setup, after creating the snapshot, resume the geo-replication session by running the following command: 
# gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL resume
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example, 
# gluster volume geo-replication master-vol example.com::slave-vol resume
Resuming geo-replication session between master-vol example.com::slave-vol has been successful
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Execute the following command 
./ganesha-ha.sh --refresh-config <HA_CONFDIR> <volname>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

16.3. Cloning a Snapshot
Copy link

A clone or a writable snapshot is a new volume, which is created from a particular snapshot.
To clone a snapshot, execute the following command. 
# gluster snapshot clone <clonename> <snapname>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
where,
clonename: It is the name of the clone, ie, the new volume that will be created.
snapname: It is the name of the snapshot that is being cloned.

Note

  • Unlike restoring a snapshot, the original snapshot is still retained, after it has been cloned.
  • The snapshot should be in activated state and all the snapshot bricks should be in running state before taking clone. Also the server nodes should be in quorum.
  • This is a space efficient clone therefore both the Clone (new volume) and the snapshot LVM share the same LVM backend. The space consumption of the LVM grow as the new volume (clone) diverge from the snapshot.
For example: 
# gluster snapshot clone clone_vol snap1
snapshot clone: success: Clone clone_vol created successfully
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To check the status of the newly cloned snapshot execute the following command 
# gluster vol info <clonename>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example: 
# gluster vol info clone_vol

Volume Name: clone_vol
Type: Distribute
Volume ID: cdd59995-9811-4348-8e8d-988720db3ab9
Status: Created
Number of Bricks: 1
Transport-type: tcp
Bricks:
Brick1: 10.00.00.01:/var/run/gluster/snaps/clone_vol/brick1/brick3
Options Reconfigured:
performance.readdir-ahead: on
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
In the example it is observed that clone is in Created state, similar to a newly created volume. This volume should be explicitly started to use this volume.

16.4. Listing of Available Snapshots
Copy link

To list all the snapshots that are taken for a specific volume, run the following command: 
# gluster snapshot list [VOLNAME]
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
where,
  • VOLNAME - This is an optional field and if provided lists the snapshot names of all snapshots present in the volume.
For Example: 
# gluster snapshot list
snap3
# gluster snapshot list test_vol
No snapshots present
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
The following command provides the basic information of all the snapshots taken. By default the information of all the snapshots in the cluster is displayed: 
# gluster snapshot info [(<snapname> | volume VOLNAME)]
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
where,
  • snapname - This is an optional field. If the snapname is provided then the information about the specified snap is displayed.
  • VOLNAME - This is an optional field. If the VOLNAME is provided the information about all the snaps in the specified volume is displayed.
For Example: 
# gluster snapshot info snap3
Snapshot                  : snap3
Snap UUID                 : b2a391ce-f511-478f-83b7-1f6ae80612c8
Created                   : 2014-06-13 09:40:57
Snap Volumes:

     Snap Volume Name          : e4a8f4b70a0b44e6a8bff5da7df48a4d
     Origin Volume name        : test_vol1
     Snaps taken for test_vol1      : 1
     Snaps available for test_vol1  : 255
     Status                    : Started
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

16.6. Getting the Status of Available Snapshots
Copy link

This command displays the running status of the snapshot. By default the status of all the snapshots in the cluster is displayed. To check the status of all the snapshots that are taken for a particular volume, specify a volume name: 
# gluster snapshot status [(<snapname> | volume VOLNAME)]
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
where,
  • snapname - This is an optional field. If the snapname is provided then the status about the specified snap is displayed.
  • VOLNAME - This is an optional field. If the VOLNAME is provided the status about all the snaps in the specified volume is displayed.
For Example: 
# gluster snapshot status snap3

Snap Name : snap3
Snap UUID : b2a391ce-f511-478f-83b7-1f6ae80612c8

     Brick Path        :
10.70.42.248:/var/run/gluster/snaps/e4a8f4b70a0b44e6a8bff5da7df48a4d/brick1/brick1
     Volume Group      :   snap_lvgrp1
     Brick Running     :   Yes
     Brick PID         :   1640
     Data Percentage   :   1.54
     LV Size           :   616.00m


     Brick Path        :
10.70.43.139:/var/run/gluster/snaps/e4a8f4b70a0b44e6a8bff5da7df48a4d/brick2/brick3
     Volume Group      :   snap_lvgrp1
     Brick Running     :   Yes
     Brick PID         :   3900
     Data Percentage   :   1.80
     LV Size           :   616.00m


     Brick Path        :
10.70.43.34:/var/run/gluster/snaps/e4a8f4b70a0b44e6a8bff5da7df48a4d/brick3/brick4
     Volume Group      :   snap_lvgrp1
     Brick Running     :   Yes
     Brick PID         :   3507
     Data Percentage   :   1.80
     LV Size           :   616.00m
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

16.7. Configuring Snapshot Behavior
Copy link

The configurable parameters for snapshot are:
  • snap-max-hard-limit: If the snapshot count in a volume reaches this limit then no further snapshot creation is allowed. The range is from 1 to 256. Once this limit is reached you have to remove the snapshots to create further snapshots. This limit can be set for the system or per volume. If both system limit and volume limit is configured then the effective max limit would be the lowest of the two value.
  • snap-max-soft-limit: This is a percentage value. The default value is 90%. This configuration works along with auto-delete feature. If auto-delete is enabled then it will delete the oldest snapshot when snapshot count in a volume crosses this limit. When auto-delete is disabled it will not delete any snapshot, but it will display a warning message to the user.
  • auto-delete: This will enable or disable auto-delete feature. By default auto-delete is disabled. When enabled it will delete the oldest snapshot when snapshot count in a volume crosses the snap-max-soft-limit. When disabled it will not delete any snapshot, but it will display a warning message to the user
  • Displaying the Configuration Values

    To display the existing configuration values for a volume or the entire cluster, run the following command: 

    # gluster snapshot config [VOLNAME]
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    where:
    • VOLNAME: This is an optional field. The name of the volume for which the configuration values are to be displayed.
    If the volume name is not provided then the configuration values of all the volume is displayed. System configuration details are displayed irrespective of whether the volume name is specified or not.
    For Example: 
    # gluster snapshot config

Snapshot System Configuration:
snap-max-hard-limit : 256
snap-max-soft-limit : 90%
auto-delete : disable

Snapshot Volume Configuration:

Volume : test_vol
snap-max-hard-limit : 256
Effective snap-max-hard-limit : 256
Effective snap-max-soft-limit : 230 (90%)

Volume : test_vol1
snap-max-hard-limit : 256
Effective snap-max-hard-limit : 256
Effective snap-max-soft-limit : 230 (90%)
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Changing the Configuration Values

    To change the existing configuration values, run the following command: 

    # gluster snapshot config [VOLNAME] ([snap-max-hard-limit <count>] [snap-max-soft-limit <percent>]) | ([auto-delete <enable|disable>])
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    where:
    • VOLNAME: This is an optional field. The name of the volume for which the configuration values are to be changed. If the volume name is not provided, then running the command will set or change the system limit.
    • snap-max-hard-limit: Maximum hard limit for the system or the specified volume.
    • snap-max-soft-limit: Soft limit mark for the system.
    • auto-delete: This will enable or disable auto-delete feature. By default auto-delete is disabled.
    For Example: 
    # gluster snapshot config test_vol snap-max-hard-limit 100
Changing snapshot-max-hard-limit will lead to deletion of snapshots if
they exceed the new limit.
Do you want to continue? (y/n) y
snapshot config: snap-max-hard-limit for test_vol set successfully
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

16.8. Activating and Deactivating a Snapshot
Copy link

Only activated snapshots are accessible. Check the Accessing Snapshot section for more details. Since each snapshot is a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume it consumes some resources hence if the snapshots are not needed it would be good to deactivate them and activate them when required. To activate a snapshot run the following command: 
# gluster snapshot activate <snapname> [force]
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
where:
  • snapname: Name of the snap to be activated.
  • force: If some of the bricks of the snapshot volume are down then use the force command to start them.
For Example: 
# gluster snapshot activate snap1
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To deactivate a snapshot, run the following command: 
# gluster snapshot deactivate <snapname>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
where:
  • snapname: Name of the snap to be deactivated.
For example: 
# gluster snapshot deactivate snap1
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

16.9. Deleting Snapshot
Copy link

Before deleting a snapshot ensure that the following prerequisites are met:
  • Snapshot with the specified name should be present.
  • Red Hat Gluster Storage nodes should be in quorum.
  • No volume operation (e.g. add-brick, rebalance, etc) should be running on the original / parent volume of the snapshot.
To delete a snapshot run the following command: 
# gluster snapshot delete <snapname>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
where,
  • snapname - The name of the snapshot to be deleted.
For Example: 
# gluster snapshot delete snap2
Deleting snap will erase all the information about the snap. Do you still want to continue? (y/n) y
snapshot delete: snap2: snap removed successfully
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Note

Red Hat Gluster Storage volume cannot be deleted if any snapshot is associated with the volume. You must delete all the snapshots before issuing a volume delete.

16.9.1. Deleting Multiple Snapshots
Copy link

Multiple snapshots can be deleted using either of the following two commands.
To delete all the snapshots present in a system, execute the following command: 
# gluster snapshot delete all
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To delete all the snapshot present in a specified volume, execute the following command: 
# gluster snapshot delete volume <volname>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

16.10. Restoring Snapshot
Copy link

Before restoring a snapshot ensure that the following prerequisites are met
  • The specified snapshot has to be present
  • The original / parent volume of the snapshot has to be in a stopped state.
  • Red Hat Gluster Storage nodes have to be in quorum.
  • If you have a Hadoop enabled Red Hat Gluster Storage volume, you must ensure to stop all the Hadoop Services in Ambari.
  • No volume operation (e.g. add-brick, rebalance, etc) should be running on the origin or parent volume of the snapshot. 
    # gluster snapshot restore <snapname>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    where,
    • snapname - The name of the snapshot to be restored.
    For Example: 
    # gluster snapshot restore snap1
Snapshot restore: snap1: Snap restored successfully
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    After snapshot is restored and the volume is started, trigger a self-heal by running the following command: 
    # gluster volume heal VOLNAME full
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    If you have a Hadoop enabled Red Hat Gluster Storage volume, you must start all the Hadoop Services in Ambari.

    Note

  • In the cluster, identify the nodes participating in the snapshot with the snapshot status command. For example: 
     # gluster snapshot status snapname
       
    Snap Name : snapname
    Snap UUID : bded7c02-8119-491b-a7e1-cc8177a5a1cd

     Brick Path        :   10.70.43.46:/var/run/gluster/snaps/816e8403874f43a78296decd7c127205/brick2/brick2
     Volume Group      :   snap_lvgrp
     Brick Running     :   Yes
     Brick PID         :   8303
     Data Percentage   :   0.43
     LV Size           :   2.60g


     Brick Path        :   10.70.42.33:/var/run/gluster/snaps/816e8403874f43a78296decd7c127205/brick3/brick3
     Volume Group      :   snap_lvgrp
     Brick Running     :   Yes
     Brick PID         :   4594
     Data Percentage   :   42.63
     LV Size           :   2.60g


     Brick Path        :   10.70.42.34:/var/run/gluster/snaps/816e8403874f43a78296decd7c127205/brick4/brick4
     Volume Group      :   snap_lvgrp
     Brick Running     :   Yes
     Brick PID         :   23557
     Data Percentage   :   12.41
     LV Size           :   2.60g
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    • In the nodes identified above, check if the geo-replication repository is present in /var/lib/glusterd/snaps/snapname. If the repository is present in any of the nodes, ensure that the same is present in /var/lib/glusterd/snaps/snapname throughout the cluster. If the geo-replication repository is missing in any of the nodes in the cluster, copy it to /var/lib/glusterd/snaps/snapname in that node.
    • Restore snapshot of the volume using the following command: 
      # gluster snapshot restore snapname
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Restoring Snapshot of a Geo-replication Volume

If you have a geo-replication setup, then perform the following steps to restore snapshot:

  1. Stop the geo-replication session. 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL stop
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Stop the slave volume and then the master volume. 
    # gluster volume stop VOLNAME
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Restore snapshot of the slave volume and the master volume. 
    # gluster snapshot restore snapname
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Start the slave volume first and then the master volume. 
    # gluster volume start VOLNAME
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  5. Start the geo-replication session. 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  6. Resume the geo-replication session. 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL resume
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

16.11. Accessing Snapshots
Copy link

Snapshot of a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume can be accessed only via FUSE mount. Use the following command to mount the snapshot. 
mount -t glusterfs <hostname>:/snaps/<snapname>/parent-VOLNAME /mount_point
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • parent-VOLNAME - Volume name for which we have created the snapshot.
    For example, 
    # mount -t glusterfs myhostname:/snaps/snap1/test_vol /mnt
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Since the Red Hat Gluster Storage snapshot volume is read-only, no write operations are allowed on this mount. After mounting the snapshot the entire snapshot content can then be accessed in a read-only mode.

Note

NFS and CIFS mount of snapshot volume is not supported.
Snapshots can also be accessed via User Serviceable Snapshots. For more information see, Section 16.13, “User Serviceable Snapshots”

Warning

External snapshots, such as snapshots of a virtual machine/instance, where Red Hat Gluster Storage Server is installed as a guest OS or FC/iSCSI SAN snapshots are not supported.

16.12. Scheduling of Snapshots
Copy link

Snapshot scheduler creates snapshots automatically based on the configured scheduled interval of time. The snapshots can be created every hour, a particular day of the month, particular month, or a particular day of the week based on the configured time interval. The following sections describes scheduling of snapshots in detail.

16.12.1. Prerequisites
Copy link

  • To initialize snapshot scheduler on all the nodes of the cluster, execute the following command: 
    snap_scheduler.py init
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    This command initializes the snap_scheduler and interfaces it with the crond running on the local node. This is the first step, before executing any scheduling related commands from a node.

    Note

    This command has to be run on all the nodes participating in the scheduling. Other options can be run independently from any node, where initialization has been successfully completed.
  • A shared storage named gluster_shared_storage is used across nodes to co-ordinate the scheduling operations. This shared storage is mounted at /var/run/gluster/shared_storage on all the nodes. For more information see, Section 10.8, “Setting up Shared Storage Volume”
  • All nodes in the cluster have their times synced using NTP or any other mechanism. This is a hard requirement for this feature to work.

16.12.2. Snapshot Scheduler Options
Copy link

Note

There is a latency of one minute, between providing a command by the helper script and for the command to take effect. Hence, currently, we do not support snapshot schedules with per minute granularity.
Enabling Snapshot Scheduler

To enable snap scheduler, execute the following command: 

snap_scheduler.py enable
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Note

Snapshot scheduler is disabled by default after initialization
For example: 
# snap_scheduler.py enable
snap_scheduler: Snapshot scheduling is enabled
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Disabling Snapshot Scheduler

To enable snap scheduler, execute the following command: 

 snap_scheduler.py disable
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example: 
# snap_scheduler.py disable
snap_scheduler: Snapshot scheduling is disabled
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Displaying the Status of Snapshot Scheduler

To display the the current status(Enabled/Disabled) of the snap scheduler, execute the following command: 

snap_scheduler.py status
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example: 
# snap_scheduler.py status
snap_scheduler: Snapshot scheduling status: Disabled
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Adding a Snapshot Schedule

To add a snapshot schedule, execute the following command: 

snap_scheduler.py add "Job Name" "Schedule" "Volume Name"
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
where,
Job Name: This name uniquely identifies this particular schedule, and can be used to reference this schedule for future events like edit/delete. If a schedule already exists for the specified Job Name, the add command will fail.
Schedule: The schedules are accepted in the format crond understands. For example: 
Example of job definition:
.---------------- minute (0 - 59)
| .------------- hour (0 - 23)
| | .---------- day of month (1 - 31)
| | | .------- month (1 - 12) OR jan,feb,mar,apr ...
| | | | .---- day of week (0 - 6) (Sunday=0 or 7) OR sun,mon,tue,wed,thu,fri,sat
| | | | |
* * * * * user-name command to be executed
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Note

Currently, we support snapshot schedules to a maximum of half-hourly snapshots.
Volume name: The name of the volume on which the scheduled snapshot operation will be performed
For example: 
# snap_scheduler.py add "Job1" "* * * * *" test_vol
snap_scheduler: Successfully added snapshot schedule
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Note

The snapshots taken by the scheduler will have the following naming convention: Scheduler-<Job Name>-<volume name>_<Timestamp>.
For example: 
Scheduled-Job1-test_vol_GMT-2015.06.19-09.47.01
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Editing a Snapshot Schedule

To edit an existing snapshot schedule, execute the following command: 

snap_scheduler.py edit "Job Name" "Schedule" "Volume Name"
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
where,
Job Name: This name uniquely identifies this particular schedule, and can be used to reference this schedule for future events like edit/delete. If a schedule already exists for the specified Job Name, the add command will fail.
Schedule: The schedules are accepted in the format crond understands. For example: 
Example of job definition:
.---------------- minute (0 - 59)
| .------------- hour (0 - 23)
| | .---------- day of month (1 - 31)
| | | .------- month (1 - 12) OR jan,feb,mar,apr ...
| | | | .---- day of week (0 - 6) (Sunday=0 or 7) OR sun,mon,tue,wed,thu,fri,sat
| | | | |
* * * * * user-name command to be executed
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Volume name: The name of the volume on which the snapshot schedule will be edited.
For Example: 
# snap_scheduler.py edit "Job1" "*/5 * * * *" gluster_shared_storage
snap_scheduler: Successfully edited snapshot schedule
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Listing a Snapshot Schedule

To list the existing snapshot schedule, execute the following command: 

snap_scheduler.py list
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example: 
# snap_scheduler.py list
JOB_NAME         SCHEDULE         OPERATION        VOLUME NAME      
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Job0                          * * * * *                Snapshot Create    test_vol
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Deleting a Snapshot Schedule

To delete an existing snapshot schedule, execute the following command: 

snap_scheduler.py delete "Job Name"
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
where,
Job Name: This name uniquely identifies the particular schedule that has to be deleted.
For example: 
# snap_scheduler.py delete Job1
snap_scheduler: Successfully deleted snapshot schedule
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

16.13. User Serviceable Snapshots
Copy link

User Serviceable Snapshot is a quick and easy way to access data stored in snapshotted volumes. This feature is based on the core snapshot feature in Red Hat Gluster Storage. With User Serviceable Snapshot feature, you can access the activated snapshots of the snapshot volume.
Consider a scenario where a user wants to access a file test.txt which was in the Home directory a couple of months earlier and was deleted accidentally. You can now easily go to the virtual .snaps directory that is inside the home directory and recover the test.txt file using the cp command.

Note

  • User Serviceable Snapshot is not the recommended option for bulk data access from an earlier snapshot volume. For such scenarios it is recommended to mount the Snapshot volume and then access the data. For more information see, Chapter 16, Managing Snapshots
  • Each activated snapshot volume when initialized by User Serviceable Snapshots, consumes some memory. Most of the memory is consumed by various house keeping structures of gfapi and xlators like DHT, AFR, etc. Therefore, the total memory consumption by snapshot depends on the number of bricks as well. Each brick consumes approximately 10MB of space, for example, in a 4x2 replica setup the total memory consumed by snapshot is around 50MB and for a 6x2 setup it is roughly 90MB.
    Therefore, as the number of active snapshots grow, the total memory footprint of the snapshot daemon (snapd) also grows. Therefore, in a low memory system, the snapshot daemon can get OOM killed if there are too many active snapshots
To enable user serviceable snapshot, run the following command: 
# gluster volume set VOLNAME features.uss enable
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example: 
# gluster volume set test_vol features.uss enable
volume set: success
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To disable user serviceable snapshot run the following command: 
# gluster volume set VOLNAME features.uss disable
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example: 
# gluster volume set test_vol features.uss disable
volume set: success
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For every snapshot available for a volume, any user who has access to the volume will have a read-only view of the volume. You can recover the files through these read-only views of the volume from different point in time. Each snapshot of the volume will be available in the .snaps directory of every directory of the mounted volume.

Note

To access the snapshot you must first mount the volume.
For NFS mount refer Section 7.2.1.1, “Manually Mounting Volumes Using NFS” for more details. Following command is an example. 
# mount -t nfs -o vers=3 server1:/test-vol /mnt/glusterfs
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For FUSE mount refer Section 7.1.3.2, “Mounting Volumes Manually” for more details. Following command is an example. 
# mount -t glusterfs server1:/test-vol /mnt/glusterfs
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
The .snaps directory is a virtual directory which will not be listed by either the ls command, or the ls -a option. The .snaps directory will contain every snapshot taken for that given volume as individual directories. Each of these snapshot entries will in turn contain the data of the particular directory the user is accessing from when the snapshot was taken.
To view or retrieve a file from a snapshot follow these steps:
  1. Go to the folder where the file was present when the snapshot was taken. For example, if you had a test.txt file in the root directory of the mount that has to be recovered, then go to that directory. 
    # cd /mnt/glusterfs
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    Since every directory has a virtual .snaps directory, you can enter the .snaps directory from here. Since .snaps is a virtual directory, ls and ls -a command will not list the .snaps directory. For example: 
    # ls -a
      ....Bob  John  test1.txt  test2.txt
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Go to the .snaps folder 
    # cd .snaps
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Run the ls command to list all the snaps
    For example: 
     # ls -p
 snapshot_Dec2014/    snapshot_Nov2014/    snapshot_Oct2014/    snapshot_Sept2014/
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Go to the snapshot directory from where the file has to be retrieved.
    For example: 
    cd snapshot_Nov2014
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap 
    # ls -p
    John/  test1.txt  test2.txt
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  5. Copy the file/directory to the desired location. 
    # cp -p test2.txt  $HOME
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For every snapshot available for a volume, any user who has access to the volume will have a read-only view of the volume. You can recover the files through these read-only views of the volume from different point in time. Each snapshot of the volume will be available in the .snaps folder of every folder in the root of the CIFS share. The .snaps folder is a hidden folder which will be displayed only when the following option is set to ON on the volume using the following command: 
# gluster volume set volname features.show-snapshot-directory on
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
After the option is set to ON, every Windows client can access the .snaps folder by following these steps:
  1. In the Folder options, enable the Show hidden files, folders, and drives option.
  2. Go to the root of the CIFS share to view the .snaps folder.

    Note

    The .snaps folder is accessible only in the root of the CIFS share and not in any sub folders.
  3. The list of snapshots are available in the .snaps folder. You can now access the required file and retrieve it.

16.14. Troubleshooting
Copy link

  • Situation

    Snapshot creation fails.

    Step 1

    Check if the bricks are thinly provisioned by following these steps:

    1. Execute the mount command and check the device name mounted on the brick path. For example: 
      # mount
/dev/mapper/snap_lvgrp-snap_lgvol on /brick/brick-dirs type xfs (rw)
/dev/mapper/snap_lvgrp1-snap_lgvol1 on /brick/brick-dirs1 type xfs (rw)
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. Run the following command to check if the device has a LV pool name. 
      lvs device-name
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      For example: 
      #  lvs -o pool_lv /dev/mapper/snap_lvgrp-snap_lgvol
   Pool
   snap_thnpool
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      If the Pool field is empty, then the brick is not thinly provisioned.
    3. Ensure that the brick is thinly provisioned, and retry the snapshot create command.
    Step 2

    Check if the bricks are down by following these steps:

    1. Execute the following command to check the status of the volume: 
      # gluster volume status VOLNAME
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. If any bricks are down, then start the bricks by executing the following command: 
      # gluster volume start VOLNAME force
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    3. To verify if the bricks are up, execute the following command: 
      # gluster volume status VOLNAME
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    4. Retry the snapshot create command.
    Step 3

    Check if the node is down by following these steps:

    1. Execute the following command to check the status of the nodes: 
      # gluster volume status VOLNAME
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. If a brick is not listed in the status, then execute the following command: 
      # gluster pool list
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    3. If the status of the node hosting the missing brick is Disconnected, then power-up the node.
    4. Retry the snapshot create command.
    Step 4

    Check if rebalance is in progress by following these steps:

    1. Execute the following command to check the rebalance status: 
      gluster volume rebalance VOLNAME status
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. If rebalance is in progress, wait for it to finish.
    3. Retry the snapshot create command.
  • Situation

    Snapshot delete fails.

    Step 1

    Check if the server quorum is met by following these steps:

    1. Execute the following command to check the peer status: 
      # gluster pool list
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. If nodes are down, and the cluster is not in quorum, then power up the nodes.
    3. To verify if the cluster is in quorum, execute the following command: 
      # gluster pool list
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    4. Retry the snapshot delete command.
  • Situation

    Snapshot delete command fails on some node(s) during commit phase, leaving the system inconsistent.

    Solution

    1. Identify the node(s) where the delete command failed. This information is available in the delete command's error output. For example: 
      # gluster snapshot delete snapshot1
Deleting snap will erase all the information about the snap. Do you still want to continue? (y/n) y
snapshot delete: failed: Commit failed on 10.00.00.02. Please check log file for details.
Snapshot command failed
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. On the node where the delete command failed, bring down glusterd using the following command: 
      # service glusterd stop
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    3. Delete that particular snaps repository in /var/lib/glusterd/snaps/ from that node. For example: 
      # rm -rf /var/lib/glusterd/snaps/snapshot1
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    4. Start glusterd on that node using the following command: 
      # service glusterd start.
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    5. Repeat the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th steps on all the nodes where the commit failed as identified in the 1st step.
    6. Retry deleting the snapshot. For example: 
      # gluster snapshot delete snapshot1
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Situation

    Snapshot restore fails.

    Step 1

    Check if the server quorum is met by following these steps:

    1. Execute the following command to check the peer status: 
      # gluster pool list
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. If nodes are down, and the cluster is not in quorum, then power up the nodes.
    3. To verify if the cluster is in quorum, execute the following command: 
      # gluster pool list
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    4. Retry the snapshot restore command.
    Step 2

    Check if the volume is in Stop state by following these steps:

    1. Execute the following command to check the volume info: 
      # gluster volume info VOLNAME
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. If the volume is in Started state, then stop the volume using the following command: 
      gluster volume stop VOLNAME
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    3. Retry the snapshot restore command.
  • Situation

    The brick process is hung.

    Solution

    Check if the LVM data / metadata utilization had reached 100% by following these steps:

    1. Execute the mount command and check the device name mounted on the brick path. For example: 
      # mount 
      /dev/mapper/snap_lvgrp-snap_lgvol on /brick/brick-dirs type xfs (rw)
      /dev/mapper/snap_lvgrp1-snap_lgvol1 on /brick/brick-dirs1 type xfs (rw)
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. Execute the following command to check if the data/metadatautilization has reached 100%: 
      lvs -v device-name
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      For example: 
      #  lvs -o data_percent,metadata_percent -v /dev/mapper/snap_lvgrp-snap_lgvol
     Using logical volume(s) on command line
   Data%  Meta%
     0.40
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    Ensure that the data and metadata does not reach the maximum limit. Usage of monitoring tools like Nagios, will ensure you do not come across such situations. For more information about Nagios, see Chapter 17, Monitoring Red Hat Gluster Storage
  • Situation

    Snapshot commands fail.

    Step 1

    Check if there is a mismatch in the operating versions by following these steps:

    1. Open the following file and check for the operating version: 
      /var/lib/glusterd/glusterd.info
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      If the operating-version is lesser than 30000, then the snapshot commands are not supported in the version the cluster is operating on.
    2. Upgrade all nodes in the cluster to Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1.
    3. Retry the snapshot command.
  • Situation

    After rolling upgrade, snapshot feature does not work.

    Solution

    You must ensure to make the following changes on the cluster to enable snapshot:

    1. Restart the volume using the following commands. 
      # gluster volume stop VOLNAME
# gluster volume start VOLNAME
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. Restart glusterd services on all nodes. 
      # service glusterd restart
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Chapter 17. Monitoring Red Hat Gluster Storage
Copy link

Monitoring of Red Hat Gluster Storage servers is built on Nagios platform to monitor Red Hat Gluster Storage trusted storage pool, hosts, volumes, and services. You can monitor utilization, status, alerts and notifications for status and utilization changes.
For more information on Nagios software, refer Nagios Documentation.
Using Nagios, the physical resources, logical resources, and processes (CPU, Memory, Disk, Network, Swap, cluster, volume, brick, Host, Volumes, Brick, nfs, shd, quotad, ctdb, smb, glusterd, quota, geo-replication, self-heal,and server quorum) can be monitored. You can view the utilization and status through Nagios Server GUI.
Red Hat Gluster Storage trusted storage pool monitoring can be setup in one of the three deployment scenarios listed below:
  • Nagios deployed on Red Hat Gluster Storage node.
  • Nagios deployed on Red Hat Gluster Storage Console node.
  • Nagios deployed on Red Hat Enterprise Linux node.
This chapter describes the procedures for deploying Nagios on Red Hat Gluster Storage node and Red Hat Enterprise Linux node. For information on deploying Nagios on Red Hat Gluster Storage Console node, see Red Hat Gluster Storage Console Administration Guide.
The following diagram illustrates deployment of Nagios on Red Hat Gluster Storage node.
Nagios deployed on Red Hat Gluster Storage node
View larger image
Nagios deployed on Red Hat Gluster Storage node

Figure 17.1. Nagios deployed on Red Hat Gluster Storage node

The following diagram illustrates deployment of Nagios on Red Hat Enterprise Linux node.
Nagios deployed on Red Hat Enterprise Linux node
View larger image
Nagios deployed on Red Hat Enterprise Linux node

Figure 17.2. Nagios deployed on Red Hat Enterprise Linux node

17.1. Prerequisites
Copy link

Ensure that you register using Subscription Manager or Red Hat Network Classic (RHN) and enable the Nagios repositories before installing the Nagios Server.

Note

Register using Red Hat Network (RHN) Classic only if you are a Red Hat Satellite user.
  • Registering using Subscription Manager and enabling Nagios repositories
    • To install Nagios on Red Hat Gluster Storage node, subscribe to rhs-nagios-3-for-rhel-6-server-rpms repository.
    • To install Nagios on Red Hat Enterprise Linux node, subscribe to rhel-6-server-rpms, rhs-nagios-3-for-rhel-6-server-rpms repositories.
    • To install Nagios on Red Hat Gluster Storage node based on RHEL7, subscribe to rh-gluster-3-nagios-for-rhel-7-server-rpms repository.
    • To install Nagios on Red Hat Enterprise Linux node, subscribe to rhel-7-server-rpms, rh-gluster-3-nagios-for-rhel-7-server-rpms repositories.
  • Registering using Red Hat Network (RHN) Classic and subscribing to Nagios channels
    • To install Nagios on Red Hat Gluster Storage node, subscribe to rhel-x86_64-server-6-rhs-nagios-3 channel.
    • To install Nagios on Red Hat Gluster Storage node, subscribe to rhel-x86_64-server-7-rh-gluster-3-nagios channel.
    • To install Nagios on Red Hat Enterprise Linux node, subscribe to rhel-x86_64-server-6, rhel-x86_64-server-6-rhs-nagios-3 channels.
    • To install Nagios on Red Hat Enterprise Linux node, subscribe to rhel-x86_64-server-7, rhel-x86_64-server-7-rh-gluster-3-nagios channels.

Note

Once nagios is installed on Red Hat Gluster Storage or RHEL node, verify that the following booleans are ON by running the getsebool -a | grep nagios command:
  • nagios_run_sudo --> on
  • nagios_run_pnp4nagios --> on

17.2. Installing Nagios
Copy link

The Nagios monitoring system is used to provide monitoring and alerts for the Red Hat Gluster Storage network and infrastructure. Installing Nagios installs the following components.
nagios
Core program, web interface and configuration files for Nagios server.
python-cpopen
Python package for creating sub-process in simple and safe manner.
python-argparse
Command line parser for python.
libmcrypt
Encryptions algorithm library.
rrdtool
Round Robin Database Tool to store and display time-series data.
pynag
Python modules and utilities for Nagios plugins and configuration.
check-mk
General purpose Nagios-plugin for retrieving data.
mod_python
An embedded Python interpreter for the Apache HTTP Server.
nrpe
Monitoring agent for Nagios.
nsca
Nagios service check acceptor.
nagios-plugins
Common monitoring plug-ins for nagios.
gluster-nagios-common
Common libraries, tools, configurations for Gluster node and Nagios server add-ons.
nagios-server-addons
Gluster node management add-ons for Nagios.

17.2.1. Installing Nagios Server
Copy link

Use the following command to install Nagios server: 
# yum install nagios-server-addons
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
You must install Nagios on the node which would be used as the Nagios server.
Configure all the Red Hat Gluster Storage nodes, including the node on which the Nagios server is installed.

Note

If SELinux is configured, the sebooleans must be enabled on all Red Hat Gluster Storage nodes and the node on which Nagios server is installed.
Enable the following sebooleans on Red Hat Enterprise Linux node if Nagios server is installed. 
# setsebool -P logging_syslogd_run_nagios_plugins on
# setsebool -P nagios_run_sudo on
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To configure the nodes, follow the steps given below:
  1. In /etc/nagios/nrpe.cfg file, add the central Nagios server IP address as shown below: 
    allowed_hosts=127.0.0.1, NagiosServer-HostName-or-IPaddress
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Restart the NRPE service using the following command: 
    # service nrpe restart
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    • The host name of the node is used while configuring Nagios server using auto-discovery. To view the host name, run hostname command.
    • Ensure that the host names are unique.
  3. Start the glusterpmd service using the following command: 
    # service glusterpmd start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    To start glusterpmd service automatically when the system reboots, run chkconfig --add glusterpmd command.
    You can start the glusterpmd service using service glusterpmd start command and stop the service using service glusterpmd stop command.
    The glusterpmd service is a Red Hat Gluster Storage process monitoring service running in every Red Hat Gluster Storage node to monitor glusterd, self heal, smb, quotad, ctdbd and brick services and to alert the user when the services go down. The glusterpmd service sends its managing services detailed status to the Nagios server whenever there is a state change on any of its managing services.
    This service uses /etc/nagios/nagios_server.conf file to get the Nagios server name and the local host name given in the Nagios server. The nagios_server.conf is configured by auto-discovery.
This section describes how you can monitor Gluster storage trusted pool.

17.3.1. Configuring Nagios
Copy link

Auto-Discovery is a python script which automatically discovers all the nodes and volumes in the cluster. It also creates Nagios configuration to monitor them. By default, it runs once in 24 hours to synchronize the Nagios configuration from Red Hat Gluster Storage Trusted Storage Pool configuration.
For more information on Nagios Configuration files, see Chapter 29, Nagios Configuration Files

Note

Before configuring Nagios using configure-gluster-nagios command, ensure that all the Red Hat Gluster Storage nodes are configured as mentioned in Section 17.2.2, “Configuring Red Hat Gluster Storage Nodes for Nagios”.
  1. Execute the configure-gluster-nagios command manually on the Nagios server using the following command: 
     # configure-gluster-nagios -c cluster-name -H HostName-or-IP-address
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For -c, provide a cluster name (a logical name for the cluster) and for -H, provide the host name or ip address of a node in the Red Hat Gluster Storage trusted storage pool.
  2. Perform the steps given below when configure-gluster-nagios command runs:
    1. Confirm the configuration when prompted.
    2. Enter the current Nagios server host name or IP address to be configured all the nodes.
    3. Confirm restarting Nagios server when prompted. 
      # configure-gluster-nagios -c demo-cluster -H HostName-or-IP-address
Cluster configurations changed
Changes :
Hostgroup demo-cluster - ADD
Host demo-cluster - ADD
  Service - Volume Utilization - vol-1 -ADD 
  Service - Volume Split-Brain - vol-1 -ADD
  Service - Volume Status - vol-1 -ADD 
  Service - Volume Utilization - vol-2 -ADD 
  Service - Volume Status - vol-2 -ADD 
  Service - Cluster Utilization -ADD 
  Service - Cluster - Quorum -ADD 
  Service - Cluster Auto Config -ADD 
Host Host_Name - ADD
  Service - Brick Utilization - /bricks/vol-1-5 -ADD 
  Service - Brick - /bricks/vol-1-5 -ADD 
  Service - Brick Utilization - /bricks/vol-1-6 -ADD 
  Service - Brick - /bricks/vol-1-6 -ADD 
  Service - Brick Utilization - /bricks/vol-2-3 -ADD 
  Service - Brick - /bricks/vol-2-3 -ADD 
Are you sure, you want to commit the changes? (Yes, No) [Yes]: 
Enter Nagios server address [Nagios_Server_Address]: 
Cluster configurations synced successfully from host ip-address
Do you want to restart Nagios to start monitoring newly discovered entities? (Yes, No) [Yes]: 
Nagios re-started successfully
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      All the hosts, volumes and bricks are added and displayed.
  3. Login to the Nagios server GUI using the following URL. 
    https://NagiosServer-HostName-or-IPaddress/nagios
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    • The default Nagios user name and password is nagiosadmin / nagiosadmin.
    • You can manually update/discover the services by executing the configure-gluster-nagios command or by running Cluster Auto Config service through Nagios Server GUI.
    • If the node with which auto-discovery was performed is down or removed from the cluster, run the configure-gluster-nagios command with a different node address to continue discovering or monitoring the nodes and services.
    • If new nodes or services are added, removed, or if snapshot restore was performed on Red Hat Gluster Storage node, run configure-gluster-nagios command.

17.3.2. Verifying the Configuration
Copy link

  1. Verify the updated configurations using the following command: 
    # nagios -v /etc/nagios/nagios.cfg
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    If error occurs, verify the parameters set in /etc/nagios/nagios.cfg and update the configuration files.
  2. Restart Nagios server using the following command: 
    # service nagios restart
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Log into the Nagios server GUI using the following URL with the Nagios Administrator user name and password. 
    https://NagiosServer-HostName-or-IPaddress/nagios
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    To change the default password, see Changing Nagios Password section in Red Hat Gluster Storage Administration Guide.
  4. Click Services in the left pane of the Nagios server GUI and verify the list of hosts and services displayed.
    Nagios Services
    View larger image
    Nagios Services

    Figure 17.3. Nagios Services

17.3.3. Using Nagios Server GUI
Copy link

You can monitor Red Hat Gluster Storage trusted storage pool through Nagios Server GUI.
To view the details, log into the Nagios Server GUI by using the following URL. 
https://NagiosServer-HostName-or-IPaddress/nagios
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Description
View larger image
Description

Figure 17.4. Nagios Login

Cluster Overview

To view the overview of the hosts and services being monitored, click Tactical Overview in the left pane. The overview of Network Outages, Hosts, Services, and Monitoring Features are displayed.

Description
View larger image
Description

Figure 17.5. Tactical Overview

Host Status

To view the status summary of all the hosts, click Summary under Host Groups in the left pane.

Description
View larger image
Description

Figure 17.6. Host Groups Summary

To view the list of all hosts and their status, click Hosts in the left pane.
Host Status
View larger image
Host Status

Figure 17.7. Host Status

Note

Cluster also will be shown as Host in Nagios and it will have all the volume services.
Service Status

To view the list of all hosts and their service status click Services in the left pane.

Service Status
View larger image
Service Status

Figure 17.8. Service Status

Note

In the left pane of Nagios Server GUI, click Availability and Trends under the Reports field to view the Host and Services Availability and Trends.

Host Services

  1. Click Hosts in the left pane. The list of hosts are displayed.
  2. Click corresponding to the host name to view the host details.
  3. Select the service name to view the Service State Information. You can view the utilization of the following services:
    • Memory
    • Swap
    • CPU
    • Network
    • Brick
    • Disk
      The Brick/Disk Utilization Performance data has four sets of information for every mount point which are brick/disk space detail, inode detail of a brick/disk, thin pool utilization and thin pool metadata utilization if brick/disk is made up of thin LV.
      The Performance data for services is displayed in the following format: value[UnitOfMeasurement];warningthreshold;criticalthreshold;min;max.
      For Example,
      Performance Data: /bricks/brick2=31.596%;80;90;0;0.990 /bricks/brick2.inode=0.003%;80;90;0;1048064 /bricks/brick2.thinpool=19.500%;80;90;0;1.500 /bricks/brick2.thinpool-metadata=4.100%;80;90;0;0.004
      As part of disk utilization service, the following mount points will be monitored: / , /boot, /home, /var and /usr if available.
  4. To view the utilization graph, click corresponding to the service name. The utilization graph is displayed.
    CPU Utilization
    View larger image
    CPU Utilization

    Figure 17.9. CPU Utilization

  5. To monitor status, click on the service name. You can monitor the status for the following resources:
    • Disk
    • Network
  6. To monitor process, click on the process name. You can monitor the following processes:
    • Gluster NFS (Network File System)
    • Self-Heal (Self-Heal)
    • Gluster Management (glusterd)
    • Quota (Quota daemon)
    • CTDB
    • SMB

    Note

    Monitoring Openstack Swift operations is not supported.

Cluster Services

  1. Click Hosts in the left pane. The list of hosts and clusters are displayed.
  2. Click corresponding to the cluster name to view the cluster details.
  3. To view utilization graph, click corresponding to the service name. You can monitor the following utilizations:
  4. To monitor status, click on the service name. You can monitor the status for the following resources:
    • Host
    • Volume
    • Brick
  5. To monitor cluster services, click on the service name. You can monitor the following:
    • Volume Quota
    • Volume Geo-replication
    • Volume Split-Brain
    • Cluster Quorum (A cluster quorum service would be present only when there are volumes in the cluster.)

Rescheduling Cluster Auto config using Nagios Server GUI

If new nodes or services are added or removed, or if snapshot restore is performed on Red Hat Gluster Storage node, reschedule the Cluster Auto config service using Nagios Server GUI or execute the configure-gluster-nagios command. To synchronize the configurations using Nagios Server GUI, perform the steps given below:

  1. Login to the Nagios Server GUI using the following URL in your browser with nagiosadmin user name and password. 
    https://NagiosServer-HostName-or-IPaddress/nagios
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Click Services in left pane of Nagios server GUI and click Cluster Auto Config.
    Nagios Services
    View larger image
    Nagios Services

    Figure 17.11. Nagios Services

  3. In Service Commands, click Re-schedule the next check of this service. The Command Options window is displayed.
    Service Commands
    View larger image
    Service Commands

    Figure 17.12. Service Commands

  4. In Command Options window, click Commit.
    Command Options
    View larger image
    Command Options

    Figure 17.13. Command Options

Enabling and Disabling Notifications using Nagios GUI

You can enable or disable Host and Service notifications through Nagios GUI.

  • To enable and disable Host Notifcations:
    1. Login to the Nagios Server GUI using the following URL in your browser with nagiosadmin user name and password. 
      https://NagiosServer-HostName-or-IPaddress/nagios
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. Click Hosts in left pane of Nagios server GUI and select the host.
    3. Click Enable notifications for this host or Disable notifications for this host in Host Commands section.
    4. Click Commit to enable or disable notification for the selected host.
  • To enable and disable Service Notification:
    1. Login to the Nagios Server GUI.
    2. Click Services in left pane of Nagios server GUI and select the service to enable or disable.
    3. Click Enable notifications for this service or Disable notifications for this service from the Service Commands section.
    4. Click Commit to enable or disable the selected service notification.
  • To enable and disable all Service Notifications for a host:
    1. Login to the Nagios Server GUI.
    2. Click Hosts in left pane of Nagios server GUI and select the host to enable or disable all services notifications.
    3. Click Enable notifications for all services on this host or Disable notifications for all services on this host from the Service Commands section.
    4. Click Commit to enable or disable all service notifications for the selected host.
  • To enable or disable all Notifications:
    1. Login to the Nagios Server GUI.
    2. Click Process Info under Systems section from left pane of Nagios server GUI.
    3. Click Enable notifications or Disable notifications in Process Commands section.
    4. Click Commit.

Enabling and Disabling Service Monitoring using Nagios GUI

You can enable a service to monitor or disable a service you have been monitoring using the Nagios GUI.

  • To enable Service Monitoring:
    1. Login to the Nagios Server GUI using the following URL in your browser with nagiosadmin user name and password. 
      https://NagiosServer-HostName-or-IPaddress/nagios
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. Click Services in left pane of Nagios server GUI and select the service to enable monitoring.
    3. Click Enable active checks of this service from the Service Commands and click Commit.
    4. Click Start accepting passive checks for this service from the Service Commands and click Commit.
      Monitoring is enabled for the selected service.
  • To disable Service Monitoring:
    1. Login to the Nagios Server GUI using the following URL in your browser with nagiosadmin user name and password. 
      https://NagiosServer-HostName-or-IPaddress/nagios
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. Click Services in left pane of Nagios server GUI and select the service to disable monitoring.
    3. Click Disable active checks of this service from the Service Commands and click Commit.
    4. Click Stop accepting passive checks for this service from the Service Commands and click Commit.
      Monitoring is disabled for the selected service.

Monitoring Services Status and Messages

Note

Nagios sends email and SNMP notifications, once a service status changes. Refer Configuring Nagios Server to Send Mail Notifications section of Red Hat Gluster Storage 3 Console Administation Guide to configure email notification and Configuring Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) Notification section of Red Hat Gluster Storage 3 Administation Guide to configure SNMP notification.
Expand
Table 17.1. 
Service Name Status Messsage Description
SMB OK OK: No gluster volume uses smb When no volumes are exported through smb.
OK Process smb is running When SMB service is running and when volumes are exported using SMB.
CRITICAL CRITICAL: Process smb is not running When SMB service is down and one or more volumes are exported through SMB.
CTDB UNKNOWN CTDB not configured When CTDB service is not running, and smb or nfs service is running.
CRITICAL Node status: BANNED/STOPPED When CTDB service is running but Node status is BANNED/STOPPED.
WARNING Node status: UNHEALTHY/DISABLED/PARTIALLY_ONLINE When CTDB service is running but Node status is UNHEALTHY/DISABLED/PARTIALLY_ONLINE.
OK Node status: OK When CTDB service is running and healthy.
Gluster Management OK Process glusterd is running When glusterd is running as unique.
WARNING PROCS WARNING: 3 processes When there are more then one glusterd is running.
CRITICAL CRITICAL: Process glusterd is not running When there is no glusterd process running.
UNKNOWN NRPE: Unable to read output When unable to communicate or read output
Gluster NFS OK OK: No gluster volume uses nfs When no volumes are configured to be exported through NFS.
OK Process glusterfs-nfs is running When glusterfs-nfs process is running.
CRITICAL CRITICAL: Process glusterfs-nfs is not running When glusterfs-nfs process is down and there are volumes which requires NFS export.
Auto-Config OK Cluster configurations are in sync When auto-config has not detected any change in Gluster configuration. This shows that Nagios configuration is already in synchronization with the Gluster configuration and auto-config service has not made any change in Nagios configuration.
OK Cluster configurations synchronized successfully from host host-address When auto-config has detected change in the Gluster configuration and has successfully updated the Nagios configuration to reflect the change Gluster configuration.
CRITICAL Can't remove all hosts except sync host in 'auto' mode. Run auto discovery manually. When the host used for auto-config itself is removed from the Gluster peer list. Auto-config will detect this as all host except the synchronized host is removed from the cluster. This will not change the Nagios configuration and the user need to manually run the auto-config.
QUOTA OK OK: Quota not enabled When quota is not enabled in any volumes.
OK Process quotad is running When glusterfs-quota service is running.
CRITICAL CRITICAL: Process quotad is not running When glusterfs-quota service is down and quota is enabled for one or more volumes.
CPU Utilization OK CPU Status OK: Total CPU:4.6% Idle CPU:95.40% When CPU usage is less than 80%.
WARNING CPU Status WARNING: Total CPU:82.40% Idle CPU:17.60% When CPU usage is more than 80%.
CRITICAL CPU Status CRITICAL: Total CPU:97.40% Idle CPU:2.6% When CPU usage is more than 90%.
Memory Utilization OK OK- 65.49% used(1.28GB out of 1.96GB) When used memory is below warning threshold. (Default warning threshold is 80%)
WARNING WARNING- 85% used(1.78GB out of 2.10GB) When used memory is below critical threshold (Default critical threshold is 90%) and greater than or equal to warning threshold (Default warning threshold is 80%).
CRITICAL CRITICAL- 92% used(1.93GB out of 2.10GB) When used memory is greater than or equal to critical threshold (Default critical threshold is 90% )
Brick Utilization OK OK When used space of any of the four parameters, space detail, inode detail, thin pool, and thin pool-metadata utilizations, are below threshold of 80%.
WARNING WARNING:mount point /brick/brk1 Space used (0.857 / 1.000) GB If any of the four parameters, space detail, inode detail, thin pool utilization, and thinpool-metadata utilization, crosses warning threshold of 80% (Default is 80%).
CRITICAL CRITICAL : mount point /brick/brk1 (inode used 9980/1000) If any of the four parameters, space detail, inode detail, thin pool utilization, and thinpool-metadata utilizations, crosses critical threshold 90% (Default is 90%).
Disk Utilization OK OK When used space of any of the four parameters, space detail, inode detail, thin pool utilization, and thinpool-metadata utilizations, are below threshold of 80%.
WARNING WARNING:mount point /boot Space used (0.857 / 1.000) GB When used space of any of the four parameters, space detail, inode detail, thin pool utilization, and thinpool-metadata utilizations, are above warning threshold of 80%.
CRITICAL CRITICAL : mount point /home (inode used 9980/1000) If any of the four parameters, space detail, inode detail, thin pool utilization, and thinpool-metadata utilizations, crosses critical threshold 90% (Default is 90%).
Network Utilization OK OK: tun0:UP,wlp3s0:UP,virbr0:UP When all the interfaces are UP.
WARNING WARNING: tun0:UP,wlp3s0:UP,virbr0:DOWN When any of the interfaces is down.
UNKNOWN UNKNOWN When network utilization/status is unknown.
Swap Utilization OK OK- 0.00% used(0.00GB out of 1.00GB) When used memory is below warning threshold (Default warning threshold is 80%).
WARNING WARNING- 83% used(1.24GB out of 1.50GB) When used memory is below critical threshold (Default critical threshold is 90%) and greater than or equal to warning threshold (Default warning threshold is 80%).
CRITICAL CRITICAL- 83% used(1.42GB out of 1.50GB) When used memory is greater than or equal to critical threshold (Default critical threshold is 90%).
Cluster Quorum PENDING   When cluster.quorum-type is not set to server; or when there are no problems in the cluster identified.
OK Quorum regained for volume When quorum is regained for volume.
CRITICAL Quorum lost for volume When quorum is lost for volume.
Volume Geo-replication OK "Session Status: slave_vol1-OK .....slave_voln-OK. When all sessions are active.
OK Session status :No active sessions found When Geo-replication sessions are deleted.
CRITICAL Session Status: slave_vol1-FAULTY slave_vol2-OK If one or more nodes are Faulty and there's no replica pair that's active.
WARNING Session Status: slave_vol1-NOT_STARTED slave_vol2-STOPPED slave_vol3- PARTIAL_FAULTY
  • Partial faulty state occurs with replicated and distributed replicate volume when one node is faulty, but the replica pair is active.
  • STOPPED state occurs when Geo-replication sessions are stopped.
  • NOT_STARTED state occurs when there are multiple Geo-replication sessions and one of them is stopped.
WARNING Geo replication status could not be determined. When there's an error in getting Geo replication status. This error occurs when volfile is locked as another transaction is in progress.
UNKNOWN Geo replication status could not be determined. When glusterd is down.
Volume Quota OK QUOTA: not enabled or configured When quota is not set
OK QUOTA:OK When quota is set and usage is below quota limits.
WARNING QUOTA:Soft limit exceeded on path of directory When quota exceeds soft limit.
CRITICAL QUOTA:hard limit reached on path of directory When quota reaches hard limit.
UNKNOWN QUOTA: Quota status could not be determined as command execution failed When there's an error in getting Quota status. This occurs when
  • Volume is stopped or glusterd service is down.
  • volfile is locked as another transaction in progress.
Volume Status OK Volume : volume type - All bricks are Up When all volumes are up.
WARNING Volume :volume type Brick(s) - list of bricks is|are down, but replica pair(s) are up When bricks in the volume are down but replica pairs are up.
UNKNOWN Command execution failed Failure message When command execution fails.
CRITICAL Volume not found. When volumes are not found.
CRITICAL Volume: volume-type is stopped. When volumes are stopped.
CRITICAL Volume : volume type - All bricks are down. When all bricks are down.
CRITICAL Volume : volume type Bricks - brick list are down, along with one or more replica pairs When bricks are down along with one or more replica pairs.
Volume Self-Heal
(available in Red Hat Gluster Storage version 3.1.0 and earlier)
OK   When volume is not a replicated volume, there is no self-heal to be done.
OK No unsynced entries present When there are no unsynched entries in a replicated volume.
WARNING Unsynched entries present : There are unsynched entries present. If self-heal process is turned on, these entries may be auto healed. If not, self-heal will need to be run manually. If unsynchronized entries persist over time, this could indicate a split brain scenario.
WARNING Self heal status could not be determined as the volume was deleted When self-heal status can not be determined as the volume is deleted.
UNKNOWN  
When there's an error in getting self heal status. This error occurs when:
  • Volume is stopped or glusterd service is down.
  • volfile is locked as another transaction in progress.
Cluster Utilization OK OK : 28.0% used (1.68GB out of 6.0GB) When used % is below the warning threshold (Default warning threshold is 80%).
WARNING WARNING: 82.0% used (4.92GB out of 6.0GB) Used% is above the warning limit. (Default warning threshold is 80%)
CRITICAL CRITICAL : 92.0% used (5.52GB out of 6.0GB) Used% is above the warning limit. (Default critical threshold is 90%)
UNKNOWN Volume utilization data could not be read When volume services are present, but the volume utilization data is not available as it's either not populated yet or there is error in fetching volume utilization data.
Volume Utilization OK OK: Utilization: 40 % When used % is below the warning threshold (Default warning threshold is 80%).
WARNING WARNING - used 84% of available 200 GB When used % is above the warning threshold (Default warning threshold is 80%).
CRITICAL CRITICAL - used 96% of available 200 GB When used % is above the critical threshold (Default critical threshold is 90%).
UNKNOWN UNKNOWN - Volume utilization data could not be read When all the bricks in the volume are killed or if glusterd is stopped in all the nodes in a cluster.

17.4. Monitoring Notifications
Copy link

  1. In the /etc/nagios/gluster/gluster-contacts.cfg file, add contacts to send mail in the format shown below:
    Modify contact_name, alias, and email. 
    define contact {
        contact_name                            Contact1
        alias                                   ContactNameAlias
        email                                   email-address
        service_notification_period             24x7
        service_notification_options            w,u,c,r,f,s
        service_notification_commands           notify-service-by-email
        host_notification_period                24x7
        host_notification_options               d,u,r,f,s
        host_notification_commands              notify-host-by-email
}
define contact {
        contact_name                            Contact2
        alias                                   ContactNameAlias2
        email                                   email-address
        service_notification_period             24x7
        service_notification_options            w,u,c,r,f,s
        service_notification_commands           notify-service-by-email
        host_notification_period                24x7
        host_notification_options               d,u,r,f,s
        host_notification_commands              notify-host-by-email
}
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    The service_notification_options directive is used to define the service states for which notifications can be sent out to this contact. Valid options are a combination of one or more of the following:
    • w: Notify on WARNING service states
    • u: Notify on UNKNOWN service states
    • c: Notify on CRITICAL service states
    • r: Notify on service RECOVERY (OK states)
    • f: Notify when the service starts and stops FLAPPING
    • n (none): Do not notify the contact on any type of service notifications
    The host_notification_options directive is used to define the host states for which notifications can be sent out to this contact. Valid options are a combination of one or more of the following:
    • d: Notify on DOWN host states
    • u: Notify on UNREACHABLE host states
    • r: Notify on host RECOVERY (UP states)
    • f: Notify when the host starts and stops FLAPPING
    • s: Send notifications when host or service scheduled downtime starts and ends
    • n (none): Do not notify the contact on any type of host notifications.

    Note

    By default, a contact and a contact group are defined for administrators in contacts.cfg and all the services and hosts will notify the administrators. Add suitable email id for administrator in contacts.cfg file.
  2. To add a group to which the mail need to be sent, add the details as given below: 
      define contactgroup{
        contactgroup_name                   Group1
        alias                               GroupAlias
        members                             Contact1,Contact2
}
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. In the /etc/nagios/gluster/gluster-templates.cfg file specify the contact name and contact group name for the services for which the notification need to be sent, as shown below:
    Add contact_groups name and contacts name. 
    define host{
   name                         gluster-generic-host
   use                          linux-server
   notifications_enabled        1
   notification_period          24x7
   notification_interval        120
   notification_options         d,u,r,f,s
   register                     0
   contact_groups         Group1
   contacts                     Contact1,Contact2
   } 
   
 define service {
   name                         gluster-service
   use                          generic-service
   notifications_enabled       1
   notification_period          24x7
   notification_options         w,u,c,r,f,s
   notification_interval        120
   register                     0
   _gluster_entity              Service
   contact_groups        Group1
   contacts                 Contact1,Contact2
   
}
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    You can configure notification for individual services by editing the corresponding node configuration file. For example, to configure notification for brick service, edit the corresponding node configuration file as shown below: 
    define service {
  use                            brick-service                 
  _VOL_NAME                      VolumeName                          
  __GENERATED_BY_AUTOCONFIG      1                             
  notes                          Volume : VolumeName                    
  host_name                      RedHatStorageNodeName
  _BRICK_DIR                     brickpath               
  service_description            Brick Utilization - brickpath
  contact_groups          Group1 
    contacts                Contact1,Contact2
}
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. To receive detailed information on every update when Cluster Auto-Config is run, edit /etc/nagios/objects/commands.cfg file add $NOTIFICATIONCOMMENT$\n after $SERVICEOUTPUT$\n option in notify-service-by-email and notify-host-by-emailcommand definition as shown below: 
    # 'notify-service-by-email' command definition
define command{
        command_name    notify-service-by-email
        command_line    /usr/bin/printf "%b" "***** Nagios *****\n\nNotification Type: $NOTIFICATIONTYPE$\n\nService: $SERVICEDESC$\nHost: $HOSTALIAS$\nAddress: $HOSTADDRESS$\nState: $SERVICESTATE$\n\nDate/Time: $LONGDATETIME$\n\nAdditional Info:\n\n$SERVICEOUTPUT$\n $NOTIFICATIONCOMMENT$\n" | /bin/mail -s "** $NOTIFICATIONTYPE$ Service Alert: $HOSTALIAS$/$SERVICEDESC$ is $SERVICESTATE$ **" $CONTACTEMAIL$
        }
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  5. Restart the Nagios server using the following command: 
    # service nagios restart
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
The Nagios server sends notifications during status changes to the mail addresses specified in the file.

Note

  • By default, the system ensures three occurences of the event before sending mail notifications.
  • By default, Nagios Mail notification is sent using /bin/mail command. To change this, modify the definition for notify-host-by-email command and notify-service-by-email command in /etc/nagios/objects/commands.cfg file and configure the mail server accordingly.
  1. Log in as root user.
  2. In the /etc/nagios/gluster/snmpmanagers.conf file, specify the Host Name or IP address and community name of the SNMP managers to whom the SNMP traps need to be sent as shown below: 
    HostName-or-IP-address public
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    In the /etc/nagios/gluster/gluster-contacts.cfg file specify the contacts name as +snmp as shown below: 
    define contact {
       contact_name                  snmp
       alias                         Snmp Traps
       email                         admin@ovirt.com
       service_notification_period   24x7
       service_notification_options  w,u,c,r,f,s
       service_notification_commands gluster-notify-service-by-snmp
       host_notification_period      24x7
       host_notification_options     d,u,r,f,s
       host_notification_commands    gluster-notify-host-by-snmp
}
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    You can download the required Management Information Base (MIB) files from the URLs given below:
  3. Restart Nagios using the following command: 
    # service nagios restart
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

17.5. Nagios Advanced Configuration
Copy link

17.5.1. Creating Nagios User
Copy link

To create a new Nagios user and set permissions for that user, follow the steps given below:
  1. Login as root user.
  2. Run the command given below with the new user name and type the password when prompted. 
    # htpasswd /etc/nagios/passwd newUserName
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Add permissions for the new user in /etc/nagios/cgi.cfg file as shown below: 
    authorized_for_system_information=nagiosadmin,newUserName
authorized_for_configuration_information=nagiosadmin,newUserName
authorized_for_system_commands=nagiosadmin,newUserName
authorized_for_all_services=nagiosadmin,newUserName
authorized_for_all_hosts=nagiosadmin,newUserName
authorized_for_all_service_commands=nagiosadmin,newUserName
authorized_for_all_host_commands=nagiosadmin,newUserName
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Note

    To set read only permission for users, add authorized_for_read_only=username in the /etc/nagios/cgi.cfg file.
  4. Start nagios and httpd services using the following commands: 
    # service httpd restart
# service nagios restart
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  5. Verify Nagios access by using the following URL in your browser, and using the user name and password. 
    https://NagiosServer-HostName-or-IPaddress/nagios
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Description
    View larger image
    Description

    Figure 17.14. Nagios Login

17.5.2. Changing Nagios Password
Copy link

The default Nagios user name and password is nagiosadmin. This value is available in the /etc/nagios/cgi.cfg file.
  1. Login as root user.
  2. To change the default password for the Nagios Administrator user, run the following command with the new password: 
    # htpasswd -c /etc/nagios/passwd nagiosadmin
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Start nagios and httpd services using the following commands: 
    # service httpd restart
# service nagios restart
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Verify Nagios access by using the following URL in your browser, and using the user name and password that was set in Step 2: 
    https://NagiosServer-HostName-or-IPaddress/nagios
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Description
    View larger image
    Description

    Figure 17.15. Nagios Login

17.5.3. Configuring SSL
Copy link

For secure access of Nagios URL, configure SSL:
  1. Create a 1024 bit RSA key using the following command: 
    openssl genrsa -out /etc/ssl/private/{cert-file-name.key} 1024
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Create an SSL certificate for the server using the following command: 
    openssl req -key nagios-ssl.key -new | openssl x509 -out nagios-ssl.crt -days 365 -signkey  nagios-ssl.key -req
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Enter the server's host name which is used to access the Nagios Server GUI as Common Name.
  3. Edit the /etc/httpd/conf.d/ssl.conf file and add path to SSL Certificate and key files correspondingly for SSLCertificateFile and SSLCertificateKeyFile fields as shown below: 
     SSLCertificateFile     /etc/pki/tls/certs/nagios-ssl.crt 
 SSLCertificateKeyFile  /etc/pki/tls/private/nagios-ssl.key
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Edit the /etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf file and comment the port 80 listener as shown below: 
    # Listen 80
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  5. In /etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf file, ensure that the following line is not commented: 
    <Directory "/var/www/html">
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  6. Restart the httpd service on the nagios server using the following command: 
    # service httpd restart
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
You can integrate LDAP authentication with Nagios plug-in. To integrate LDAP authentication, follow the steps given below:
  1. In apache configuration file /etc/httpd/conf/httpd.conf, ensure that LDAP is installed and LDAP apache module is enabled.
    The configurations are displayed as given below if the LDAP apache module is enabled.You can enable the LDAP apache module by deleting the # symbol. 
    LoadModule ldap_module modules/mod_ldap.so 
LoadModule authnz_ldap_module modules/mod_authnz_ldap.so
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Edit the nagios.conf file in /etc/httpd/conf.d/nagios.conf with the corresponding values for the following:
    • AuthBasicProvider
    • AuthLDAPURL
    • AuthLDAPBindDN
    • AuthLDAPBindPassword
  3. Edit the CGI authentication file /etc/nagios/cgi.cfg as given below with the path where Nagios is installed. 
    nagiosinstallationdir = /usr/local/nagios/ or /etc/nagios/
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Uncomment the lines shown below by deleting # and set permissions for specific users:

    Note

    Replace nagiosadmin and user names with * to give any LDAP user full functionality of Nagios. 
    authorized_for_system_information=user1,user2,user3 
 
authorized_for_configuration_information=nagiosadmin,user1,user2,user3 
 
authorized_for_system_commands=nagiosadmin,user1,user2,user3 
 
authorized_for_all_services=nagiosadmin,user1,user2,user3 
 
authorized_for_all_hosts=nagiosadmin,user1,user2,user3 
 
authorized_for_all_service_commands=nagiosadmin,user1,user2,user3 
 
authorized_for_all_host_commands=nagiosadmin,user1,user2,user3
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  5. Restart httpd service and nagios server using the following commands: 
    # service httpd restart
# service nagios restart
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

17.6. Configuring Nagios Manually
Copy link

You can configure the Nagios server and node manually to monitor a Red Hat Gluster Storage trusted storage pool.

Note

It is recommended to configure Nagios using Auto-Discovery. For more information on configuring Nagios using Auto-Discovery, see Section 17.3.1, “Configuring Nagios”
For more information on Nagios Configuration files, see Chapter 29, Nagios Configuration Files
Configuring Nagios Server

  1. In the /etc/nagios/gluster directory, create a directory with the cluster name. All configurations for the cluster are added in this directory.
  2. In the /etc/nagios/gluster/cluster-name directory, create a file with name clustername.cfg to specify the host and hostgroup configurations. The service configurations for all the cluster and volume level services are added in this file.

    Note

    Cluster is configured as host and host group in Nagios.
    In the clustername.cfg file, add the following definitions:
    1. Define a host group with cluster name as shown below: 
      define hostgroup{
             hostgroup_name                 cluster-name
             alias                          cluster-name
    }
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. Define a host with cluster name as shown below: 
       define host{
            host_name                      cluster-name
            alias                          cluster-name
            use                            gluster-cluster
            address                        cluster-name
    }
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    3. Define Cluster-Quorum service to monitor cluster quorum status as shown below: 
      define service {
             service_description            Cluster - Quorum
             use                            gluster-passive-service
        host_name                      cluster-name
    }
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    4. Define the Cluster Utilization service to monitor cluster utilization as shown below: 
      define service {
             service_description              Cluster Utilization
             use gluster-service-with-graph
             check_command     check_cluster_vol_usage!warning-threshold!critcal-threshold;
             host_name                        cluster-name
    }
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    5. Add the following service definitions for each volume in the cluster:
      • Volume Status service to monitor the status of the volume as shown below: 
        define service {
                 service_description             Volume Status - volume-name
                 host_name                       cluster-name
                 use gluster-service-without-graph
                 _VOL_NAME                       volume-name
                 notes                           Volume type : Volume-Type
                 check_command     check_vol_status!cluster-name!volume-name
        }
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      • Volume Utilization service to monitor the volume utilization as shown below: 
        define service {
                 service_description             Volume Utilization - volume-name
                 host_name                       cluster-name
                 use gluster-service-with-graph
                 _VOL_NAME                       volume-name
                 notes                           Volume type : Volume-Type
                 check_command     check_vol_utilization!cluster-name!volume-name!warning-threshold!critcal-threshold
        }
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      • Volume Split-brain service to monitor split brain status as shown below: 
        define service {
                         service_description    Volume Split-brain status - volume-name
                         host_name                 cluster-name
                         use gluster-service-without-graph
                         _VOL_NAME                      volume-name
                        check_command                  check_vol_heal_status!cluster1!vol1
}
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      • Volume Quota service to monitor the volume quota status as shown below: 
        define service {
                 service_description            Volume Quota - volume-name
                 host_name                      cluster-name
                 use gluster-service-without-graph
                 _VOL_NAME                      volume-name
                 check_command    check_vol_quota_status!cluster-name!volume-name
                 notes                          Volume type : Volume-Type
        }
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      • Volume Geo-Replication service to monitor Geo Replication status as shown below: 
        define service {
                 service_description            Volume Geo Replication - volume-name
                 host_name                      cluster-name
                 use gluster-service-without-graph
                 _VOL_NAME                      volume-name
                 check_command    check_vol_georep_status!cluster-name!volume-name
        }
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. In the /etc/nagios/gluster/cluster-name directory, create a file with name host-name.cfg. The host configuration for the node and service configuration for all the brick from the node are added in this file.
    In host-name.cfg file, add following definitions:
    1. Define Host for the node as shown below: 
       define host {
         use                            gluster-host
         hostgroups    gluster_hosts,cluster-name
         alias                          host-name
         host_name                      host-name #Name given by user to identify the node in Nagios
         _HOST_UUID                     host-uuid #Host UUID returned by gluster peer status
         address                        host-address  # This can be FQDN or IP address of the host
      }
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. Create the following services for each brick in the node:
      • Add Brick Utilization service as shown below: 
        define service {
                service_description            Brick Utilization - brick-path
                 host_name                     host-name  # Host name given in host definition
                 use                           brick-service
                 _VOL_NAME                     Volume-Name
                 notes                         Volume : Volume-Name
                 _BRICK_DIR                    brick-path
        }
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      • Add Brick Status service as shown below: 
        define service {
                 service_description           Brick - brick-path
                 host_name                     host-name  # Host name given in host definition
                 use          gluster-brick-status-service
                 _VOL_NAME                     Volume-Name
                 notes                         Volume : Volume-Name
                 _BRICK_DIR                    brick-path
        }
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Add host configurations and service configurations for all nodes in the cluster as shown in Step 3.

Configuring Red Hat Gluster Storage node

  1. In /etc/nagios directory of each Red Hat Gluster Storage node, edit nagios_server.conf file by setting the configurations as shown below: 
    # NAGIOS SERVER 
# The nagios server IP address or FQDN to which the NSCA command 
# needs to be sent 
[NAGIOS-SERVER] 
nagios_server=NagiosServerIPAddress 
 
 
# CLUSTER NAME 
# The host name of the logical cluster configured in Nagios under which 
# the gluster volume services reside 
[NAGIOS-DEFINTIONS] 
cluster_name=cluster_auto 
 
 
# LOCAL HOST NAME 
# Host name given in the nagios server 
[HOST-NAME] 
hostname_in_nagios=NameOfTheHostInNagios

# LOCAL HOST CONFIGURATION
# Process monitoring sleeping intevel
[HOST-CONF]
proc-mon-sleep-time=TimeInSeconds
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    The nagios_server.conf file is used by glusterpmd service to get server name, host name, and the process monitoring interval time.
  2. Start the glusterpmd service using the following command: 
    # service glusterpmd start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Changing Nagios Monitoring time interval

By default, the active Red Hat Gluster Storage services are monitored every 10 minutes. You can change the time interval for monitoring by editing the gluster-templates.cfg file.

  1. In /etc/nagios/gluster/gluster-templates.cfg file, edit the service with gluster-service name.
  2. Add normal_check_interval and set the time interval to 1 to check all Red Hat Gluster Storage services every 1 minute as shown below: 
    define service {
   name                         gluster-service
   use                          generic-service
   notifications_enabled        1
   notification_period          24x7
   notification_options         w,u,c,r,f,s
   notification_interval        120
   register                     0
   contacts                     +ovirt,snmp
   _GLUSTER_ENTITY              HOST_SERVICE
   normal_check_interval        1
}
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. To change this on individual service, add this property to the required service definition as shown below: 
    define service {
   name                    gluster-brick-status-service
   use                     gluster-service
   register                0
   event_handler           brick_status_event_handler
   check_command           check_brick_status
   normal_check_interval   1
}
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    The check_interval is controlled by the global directive interval_length. This defaults to 60 seconds. This can be changed in /etc/nagios/nagios.cfg as shown below: 
    # INTERVAL LENGTH
# This is the seconds per unit interval as used in the
# host/contact/service configuration files.  Setting this to 60 means
# that each interval is one minute long (60 seconds).  Other settings
# have not been tested much, so your mileage is likely to vary...

interval_length=TimeInSeconds
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

17.7. Troubleshooting Nagios
Copy link

The possible errors while configuring Nagios Service Check Acceptor (NSCA) and Nagios Remote Plug-in Executor (NRPE) and the troubleshooting steps are listed in this section.
Troubleshooting NSCA Configuration Issues

  • Check Firewall and Port Settings on Nagios Server
    If port 5667 is not opened on the server host's firewall, a timeout error is displayed. Ensure that port 5667 is opened.

    On Red Hat Gluster Storage based on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6

    1. Log in as root and run the following command on the Red Hat Gluster Storage node to get the list of current iptables rules: 
      # iptables -L
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. The output is displayed as shown below: 
      ACCEPT     tcp  --  anywhere             anywhere            tcp dpt:5667
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    On Red Hat Gluster Storage based on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7:

    1. Run the following command on the Red Hat Gluster Storage node as root to get a listing of the current firewall rules: 
      # firewall-cmd --list-all-zones
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. If the port is open, 5667/tcp is listed beside ports: under one or more zones in your output.
  • If the port is not open, add a firewall rule for the port:

    On Red Hat Gluster Storage based on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6

    1. If the port is not open, add an iptables rule by adding the following line in /etc/sysconfig/iptables file: 
      -A INPUT -m state --state NEW -m tcp -p tcp --dport 5667 -j ACCEPT
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. Restart the iptables service using the following command: 
      # service iptables restart
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    3. Restart the NSCA service using the following command: 
      # service nsca restart
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    On Red Hat Gluster Storage based on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7:

    1. Run the following commands to open the port: 
      # firewall-cmd --zone=public --add-port=5667/tcp
# firewall-cmd --zone=public --add-port=5667/tcp --permanent
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Check the Configuration File on Red Hat Gluster Storage Node
    Messages cannot be sent to the NSCA server, if Nagios server IP or FQDN, cluster name and hostname (as configured in Nagios server) are not configured correctly.
    Open the Nagios server configuration file /etc/nagios/nagios_server.conf and verify if the correct configurations are set as shown below: 
    # NAGIOS SERVER 
# The nagios server IP address or FQDN to which the NSCA command 
# needs to be sent 
[NAGIOS-SERVER] 
nagios_server=NagiosServerIPAddress 
 
 
# CLUSTER NAME 
# The host name of the logical cluster configured in Nagios under which 
# the gluster volume services reside 
[NAGIOS-DEFINTIONS] 
cluster_name=cluster_auto 
 
 
# LOCAL HOST NAME 
# Host name given in the nagios server 
[HOST-NAME] 
hostname_in_nagios=NagiosServerHostName
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    If Host name is updated, restart the NSCA service using the following command: 
    # service nsca restart
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Troubleshooting NRPE Configuration Issues

  • CHECK_NRPE: Error - Could Not Complete SSL Handshake
    This error occurs if the IP address of the Nagios server is not defined in the nrpe.cfg file of the Red Hat Gluster Storage node. To fix this issue, follow the steps given below:
    1. Add the Nagios server IP address in /etc/nagios/nrpe.cfg file in the allowed_hosts line as shown below: 
      allowed_hosts=127.0.0.1, NagiosServerIP
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      The allowed_hosts is the list of IP addresses which can execute NRPE commands.
    2. Save the nrpe.cfg file and restart NRPE service using the following command: 
      # service nrpe restart
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • CHECK_NRPE: Socket Timeout After n Seconds
    To resolve this issue perform the steps given below:
    On Nagios Server:
    The default timeout value for the NRPE calls is 10 seconds and if the server does not respond within 10 seconds, Nagios Server GUI displays an error that the NRPE call has timed out in 10 seconds. To fix this issue, change the timeout value for NRPE calls by modifying the command definition configuration files.
    1. Changing the NRPE timeout for services which directly invoke check_nrpe.
      For the services which directly invoke check_nrpe (check_disk_and_inode, check_cpu_multicore, and check_memory), modify the command definition configuration file /etc/nagios/gluster/gluster-commands.cfg by adding -t Time in Seconds as shown below: 
      define command {
       command_name check_disk_and_inode
       command_line $USER1$/check_nrpe -H $HOSTADDRESS$ -c check_disk_and_inode -t TimeInSeconds
}
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. Changing the NRPE timeout for the services in nagios-server-addons package which invoke NRPE call through code.
      The services which invoke /usr/lib64/nagios/plugins/gluster/check_vol_server.py (check_vol_utilization, check_vol_status, check_vol_quota_status, check_vol_heal_status, and check_vol_georep_status) make NRPE call to the Red Hat Gluster Storage nodes for the details through code. To change the timeout for the NRPE calls, modify the command definition configuration file /etc/nagios/gluster/gluster-commands.cfg by adding -t No of seconds as shown below: 
      define command {
      command_name check_vol_utilization
      command_line $USER1$/gluster/check_vol_server.py $ARG1$ $ARG2$ -w $ARG3$ -c $ARG4$ -o utilization -t TimeInSeconds
}
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      The auto configuration service gluster_auto_discovery makes NRPE calls for the configuration details from the Red Hat Gluster Storage nodes. To change the NRPE timeout value for the auto configuration service, modify the command definition configuration file /etc/nagios/gluster/gluster-commands.cfg by adding -t TimeInSeconds as shown below: 
      define command{
        command_name    gluster_auto_discovery
        command_line    sudo $USER1$/gluster/configure-gluster-nagios.py -H $ARG1$ -c $HOSTNAME$ -m auto -n $ARG2$ -t TimeInSeconds
}
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    3. Restart Nagios service using the following command: 
      # service nagios restart
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    On Red Hat Gluster Storage node:
    1. Add the Nagios server IP address as described in CHECK_NRPE: Error - Could Not Complete SSL Handshake section in Troubleshooting NRPE Configuration Issues section.
    2. Edit the nrpe.cfg file using the following command: 
      # vi /etc/nagios/nrpe.cfg
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    3. Search for the command_timeout and connection_timeout settings and change the value. The command_timeout value must be greater than or equal to the timeout value set in Nagios server.
      The timeout on checks can be set as connection_timeout=300 and the command_timeout=60 seconds.
    4. Restart the NRPE service using the following command: 
      # service nrpe restart
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Check the NRPE Service Status
    This error occurs if the NRPE service is not running. To resolve this issue perform the steps given below:
    1. Log in as root to the Red Hat Gluster Storage node and run the following command to verify the status of NRPE service: 
      # service nrpe status
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. If NRPE is not running, start the service using the following command: 
      # service nrpe start
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Check Firewall and Port Settings
    This error is associated with firewalls and ports. The timeout error is displayed if the NRPE traffic is not traversing a firewall, or if port 5666 is not open on the Red Hat Gluster Storage node.
    Ensure that port 5666 is open on the Red Hat Gluster Storage node.
    1. Run check_nrpe command from the Nagios server to verify if the port is open and if NRPE is running on the Red Hat Gluster Storage Node .
    2. Log into the Nagios server as root and run the following command: 
      # /usr/lib64/nagios/plugins/check_nrpe -H RedHatStorageNodeIP
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    3. The output is displayed as given below: 
      NRPE v2.14
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    If not, ensure the that port 5666 is opened on the Red Hat Gluster Storage node.

    On Red Hat Gluster Storage based on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6:

    1. Run the following command on the Red Hat Gluster Storage node as root to get a listing of the current iptables rules: 
      # iptables -L
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. If the port is open, the following appears in your output. 
      ACCEPT     tcp  --  anywhere             anywhere            tcp dpt:5666
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    On Red Hat Gluster Storage based on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7:

    1. Run the following command on the Red Hat Gluster Storage node as root to get a listing of the current firewall rules: 
      # firewall-cmd --list-all-zones
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. If the port is open, 5666/tcp is listed beside ports: under one or more zones in your output.
  • If the port is not open, add an iptables rule for the port.

    On Red Hat Gluster Storage based on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6:

    1. To add iptables rule, edit the iptables file as shown below: 
      # vi /etc/sysconfig/iptables
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. Add the following line in the file: 
      -A INPUT -m state --state NEW -m tcp -p tcp --dport 5666 -j ACCEPT
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    3. Restart the iptables service using the following command: 
      # service iptables restart
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    4. Save the file and restart the NRPE service: 
      # service nrpe restart
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    On Red Hat Gluster Storage based on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7:

    1. Run the following commands to open the port: 
      # firewall-cmd --zone=public --add-port=5666/tcp
# firewall-cmd --zone=public --add-port=5666/tcp --permanent
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Checking Port 5666 From the Nagios Server with Telnet
    Use telnet to verify the Red Hat Gluster Storage node's ports. To verify the ports of the Red Hat Gluster Storage node, perform the steps given below:
    1. Log in as root on Nagios server.
    2. Test the connection on port 5666 from the Nagios server to the Red Hat Gluster Storage node using the following command: 
      # telnet RedHatStorageNodeIP 5666
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    3. The output displayed is similar to: 
      telnet 10.70.36.49 5666 
Trying 10.70.36.49... 
Connected to 10.70.36.49. 
Escape character is '^]'.
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Connection Refused By Host
    This error is due to port/firewall issues or incorrectly configured allowed_hosts directives. See the sections CHECK_NRPE: Error - Could Not Complete SSL Handshake and CHECK_NRPE: Socket Timeout After n Seconds for troubleshooting steps.

Monitoring storage volumes is helpful when conducting a capacity planning or performance tuning activity on a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume. You can monitor the Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes with different parameters and use those system outputs to identify and troubleshoot issues.
You can use the volume top and volume profile commands to view vital performance information and identify bottlenecks on each brick of a volume.
You can also perform a statedump of the brick processes and NFS server process of a volume, and also view volume status and volume information.

Note

If you restart the server process, the existing profile and top information will be reset.

18.1. Running the Volume Profile Command
Copy link

The volume profile command provides an interface to get the per-brick or NFS server I/O information for each File Operation (FOP) of a volume. This information helps in identifying the bottlenecks in the storage system.
This section describes how to use the volume profile command.

18.1.1. Start Profiling
Copy link

To view the file operation information of each brick, start the profiling command:
# gluster volume profile VOLNAME start
For example, to start profiling on test-volume: 
# gluster volume profile test-volume start
Profiling started on test-volume
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Important

Running profile command can affect system performance while the profile information is being collected. Red Hat recommends that profiling should only be used for debugging.
When profiling is started on the volume, the following additional options are displayed when using the volume info command: 
diagnostics.count-fop-hits: on

diagnostics.latency-measurement: on
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

18.1.2. Displaying the I/O Information
Copy link

To view the I/O information of the bricks on a volume, use the following command:
# gluster volume profile VOLNAME info
For example, to view the I/O information of test-volume: 
# gluster volume profile test-volume info
Brick: Test:/export/2
Cumulative Stats:

Block                     1b+           32b+           64b+
Size:
       Read:                0              0              0
       Write:             908             28              8

Block                   128b+           256b+         512b+
Size:
       Read:                0               6             4
       Write:               5              23            16

Block                  1024b+          2048b+        4096b+
Size:
       Read:                 0              52           17
       Write:               15             120          846

Block                   8192b+         16384b+      32768b+
Size:
       Read:                52               8           34
       Write:              234             134          286

Block                                  65536b+     131072b+
Size:
       Read:                               118          622
       Write:                             1341          594


%-latency  Avg-      Min-       Max-       calls     Fop
          latency   Latency    Latency  
___________________________________________________________
4.82      1132.28   21.00      800970.00   4575    WRITE
5.70       156.47    9.00      665085.00   39163   READDIRP
11.35      315.02    9.00     1433947.00   38698   LOOKUP
11.88     1729.34   21.00     2569638.00    7382   FXATTROP
47.35   104235.02 2485.00     7789367.00     488   FSYNC

------------------

------------------

Duration     : 335

BytesRead    : 94505058

BytesWritten : 195571980
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To view the I/O information of the NFS server on a specified volume, use the following command:
# gluster volume profile VOLNAME info nfs
For example, to view the I/O information of the NFS server on test-volume: 
# gluster volume profile test-volume info nfs
NFS Server : localhost
----------------------
Cumulative Stats:
   Block Size:              32768b+               65536b+ 
 No. of Reads:                    0                     0 
No. of Writes:                 1000                  1000 
 %-latency   Avg-latency   Min-Latency   Max-Latency   No. of calls         Fop
 ---------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ------------        ----
      0.01     410.33 us     194.00 us     641.00 us              3      STATFS
      0.60     465.44 us     346.00 us     867.00 us            147       FSTAT
      1.63     187.21 us      67.00 us    6081.00 us           1000     SETATTR
      1.94     221.40 us      58.00 us   55399.00 us           1002      ACCESS
      2.55     301.39 us      52.00 us   75922.00 us            968        STAT
      2.85     326.18 us      88.00 us   66184.00 us           1000    TRUNCATE
      4.47     511.89 us      60.00 us  101282.00 us           1000       FLUSH
      5.02    3907.40 us    1723.00 us   19508.00 us            147    READDIRP
     25.42    2876.37 us     101.00 us  843209.00 us           1012      LOOKUP
     55.52    3179.16 us     124.00 us  121158.00 us           2000       WRITE
 
    Duration: 7074 seconds
   Data Read: 0 bytes
Data Written: 102400000 bytes
 
Interval 1 Stats:
   Block Size:              32768b+               65536b+ 
 No. of Reads:                    0                     0 
No. of Writes:                 1000                  1000 
 %-latency   Avg-latency   Min-Latency   Max-Latency   No. of calls         Fop
 ---------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ------------        ----
      0.01     410.33 us     194.00 us     641.00 us              3      STATFS
      0.60     465.44 us     346.00 us     867.00 us            147       FSTAT
      1.63     187.21 us      67.00 us    6081.00 us           1000     SETATTR
      1.94     221.40 us      58.00 us   55399.00 us           1002      ACCESS
      2.55     301.39 us      52.00 us   75922.00 us            968        STAT
      2.85     326.18 us      88.00 us   66184.00 us           1000    TRUNCATE
      4.47     511.89 us      60.00 us  101282.00 us           1000       FLUSH
      5.02    3907.40 us    1723.00 us   19508.00 us            147    READDIRP
     25.41    2878.07 us     101.00 us  843209.00 us           1011      LOOKUP
     55.53    3179.16 us     124.00 us  121158.00 us           2000       WRITE
 
    Duration: 330 seconds
   Data Read: 0 bytes
Data Written: 102400000 bytes
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

18.1.3. Stop Profiling
Copy link

To stop profiling on a volume, use the following command:
# gluster volume profile VOLNAME stop
For example, to stop profiling on test-volume: 
# gluster volume profile test-volume stop 
Profiling stopped on test-volume
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

18.2. Running the Volume Top Command
Copy link

The volume top command allows you to view the glusterFS bricks’ performance metrics, including read, write, file open calls, file read calls, file write calls, directory open calls, and directory real calls. The volume top command displays up to 100 results.
This section describes how to use the volume top command.
You can view the current open file descriptor count and the list of files that are currently being accessed on the brick with the volume top command. The volume top command also displays the maximum open file descriptor count of files that are currently open, and the maximum number of files opened at any given point of time since the servers are up and running. If the brick name is not specified, then the open file descriptor metrics of all the bricks belonging to the volume displays.
To view the open file descriptor count and the maximum file descriptor count, use the following command:
# gluster volume top VOLNAME open [nfs | brick BRICK-NAME] [list-cnt cnt]
For example, to view the open file descriptor count and the maximum file descriptor count on brick server:/export on test-volume, and list the top 10 open calls: 
# gluster volume top test-volume open brick server:/export  list-cnt 10 
Brick: server:/export/dir1
Current open fd's: 34 Max open fd's: 209
             ==========Open file stats========

open            file name
call count     

2               /clients/client0/~dmtmp/PARADOX/
                COURSES.DB

11              /clients/client0/~dmtmp/PARADOX/
                ENROLL.DB

11              /clients/client0/~dmtmp/PARADOX/
                STUDENTS.DB

10              /clients/client0/~dmtmp/PWRPNT/
                TIPS.PPT

10              /clients/client0/~dmtmp/PWRPNT/
                PCBENCHM.PPT

9               /clients/client7/~dmtmp/PARADOX/
                STUDENTS.DB

9               /clients/client1/~dmtmp/PARADOX/
                STUDENTS.DB

9               /clients/client2/~dmtmp/PARADOX/
                STUDENTS.DB

9               /clients/client0/~dmtmp/PARADOX/
                STUDENTS.DB

9               /clients/client8/~dmtmp/PARADOX/
                STUDENTS.DB
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

18.2.2. Viewing Highest File Read Calls
Copy link

You can view a list of files with the highest file read calls on each brick with the volume top command. If the brick name is not specified, a list of 100 files are displayed by default.
To view the highest read() calls, use the following command:
# gluster volume top VOLNAME read [nfs | brick BRICK-NAME] [list-cnt cnt]
For example, to view the highest read calls on brick server:/export of test-volume: 
# gluster volume top test-volume read brick server:/export list-cnt 10
Brick: server:/export/dir1
          ==========Read file stats========

read              filename
call count

116              /clients/client0/~dmtmp/SEED/LARGE.FIL

64               /clients/client0/~dmtmp/SEED/MEDIUM.FIL

54               /clients/client2/~dmtmp/SEED/LARGE.FIL

54               /clients/client6/~dmtmp/SEED/LARGE.FIL

54               /clients/client5/~dmtmp/SEED/LARGE.FIL

54               /clients/client0/~dmtmp/SEED/LARGE.FIL

54               /clients/client3/~dmtmp/SEED/LARGE.FIL

54               /clients/client4/~dmtmp/SEED/LARGE.FIL

54               /clients/client9/~dmtmp/SEED/LARGE.FIL

54               /clients/client8/~dmtmp/SEED/LARGE.FIL
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

18.2.3. Viewing Highest File Write Calls
Copy link

You can view a list of files with the highest file write calls on each brick with the volume top command. If the brick name is not specified, a list of 100 files displays by default.
To view the highest write() calls, use the following command:
# gluster volume top VOLNAME write [nfs | brick BRICK-NAME] [list-cnt cnt]
For example, to view the highest write calls on brick server:/export of test-volume: 
# gluster volume top test-volume write brick server:/export/ list-cnt 10
Brick: server:/export/dir1

               ==========Write file stats========
write call count   filename

83                /clients/client0/~dmtmp/SEED/LARGE.FIL

59                /clients/client7/~dmtmp/SEED/LARGE.FIL

59                /clients/client1/~dmtmp/SEED/LARGE.FIL

59                /clients/client2/~dmtmp/SEED/LARGE.FIL

59                /clients/client0/~dmtmp/SEED/LARGE.FIL

59                /clients/client8/~dmtmp/SEED/LARGE.FIL

59                /clients/client5/~dmtmp/SEED/LARGE.FIL

59                /clients/client4/~dmtmp/SEED/LARGE.FIL

59                /clients/client6/~dmtmp/SEED/LARGE.FIL

59                /clients/client3/~dmtmp/SEED/LARGE.FIL
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

18.2.4. Viewing Highest Open Calls on a Directory
Copy link

You can view a list of files with the highest open calls on the directories of each brick with the volume top command. If the brick name is not specified, the metrics of all bricks belonging to that volume displays.
To view the highest open() calls on each directory, use the following command:
# gluster volume top VOLNAME opendir [brick BRICK-NAME] [list-cnt cnt]
For example, to view the highest open calls on brick server:/export/ of test-volume: 
# gluster volume top test-volume opendir brick server:/export/ list-cnt 10
Brick: server:/export/dir1 
         ==========Directory open stats========

Opendir count     directory name

1001              /clients/client0/~dmtmp

454               /clients/client8/~dmtmp

454               /clients/client2/~dmtmp
 
454               /clients/client6/~dmtmp

454               /clients/client5/~dmtmp

454               /clients/client9/~dmtmp

443               /clients/client0/~dmtmp/PARADOX

408               /clients/client1/~dmtmp

408               /clients/client7/~dmtmp

402               /clients/client4/~dmtmp
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

18.2.5. Viewing Highest Read Calls on a Directory
Copy link

You can view a list of files with the highest directory read calls on each brick with the volume top command. If the brick name is not specified, the metrics of all bricks belonging to that volume displays.
To view the highest directory read() calls on each brick, use the following command:
# gluster volume top VOLNAME readdir [nfs | brick BRICK-NAME] [list-cnt cnt]
For example, to view the highest directory read calls on brick server:/export/ of test-volume: 
# gluster volume top test-volume readdir brick server:/export/ list-cnt 10
Brick: server:/export/dir1
==========Directory readdirp stats========

readdirp count           directory name

1996                    /clients/client0/~dmtmp

1083                    /clients/client0/~dmtmp/PARADOX

904                     /clients/client8/~dmtmp

904                     /clients/client2/~dmtmp

904                     /clients/client6/~dmtmp

904                     /clients/client5/~dmtmp

904                     /clients/client9/~dmtmp

812                     /clients/client1/~dmtmp

812                     /clients/client7/~dmtmp

800                     /clients/client4/~dmtmp
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

18.2.6. Viewing Read Performance
Copy link

You can view the read throughput of files on each brick with the volume top command. If the brick name is not specified, the metrics of all the bricks belonging to that volume is displayed. The output is the read throughput.
This command initiates a read() call for the specified count and block size and measures the corresponding throughput directly on the back-end export, bypassing glusterFS processes.
To view the read performance on each brick, use the command, specifying options as needed:
# gluster volume top VOLNAME read-perf [bs blk-size count count] [nfs | brick BRICK-NAME] [list-cnt cnt]
For example, to view the read performance on brick server:/export/ of test-volume, specifying a 256 block size, and list the top 10 results: 
# gluster volume top test-volume read-perf bs 256 count 1 brick server:/export/ list-cnt 10
Brick: server:/export/dir1 256 bytes (256 B) copied, Throughput: 4.1 MB/s 
       ==========Read throughput file stats========

read         filename                         Time
through
put(MBp
s)

2912.00   /clients/client0/~dmtmp/PWRPNT/    -2012-05-09
           TRIDOTS.POT                   15:38:36.896486
                                           
2570.00   /clients/client0/~dmtmp/PWRPNT/    -2012-05-09
           PCBENCHM.PPT                  15:38:39.815310
                                           
2383.00   /clients/client2/~dmtmp/SEED/      -2012-05-09
           MEDIUM.FIL                    15:52:53.631499
                                           
2340.00   /clients/client0/~dmtmp/SEED/      -2012-05-09
           MEDIUM.FIL                    15:38:36.926198

2299.00   /clients/client0/~dmtmp/SEED/      -2012-05-09
           LARGE.FIL                     15:38:36.930445
                                                      
2259.00  /clients/client0/~dmtmp/PARADOX/    -2012-05-09
          COURSES.X04                    15:38:40.549919
                                           
2221.00  /clients/client9/~dmtmp/PARADOX/    -2012-05-09
          STUDENTS.VAL                   15:52:53.298766
                                           
2221.00  /clients/client8/~dmtmp/PARADOX/    -2012-05-09
         COURSES.DB                      15:39:11.776780
                                           
2184.00  /clients/client3/~dmtmp/SEED/       -2012-05-09
          MEDIUM.FIL                     15:39:10.251764
                                           
2184.00  /clients/client5/~dmtmp/WORD/       -2012-05-09
         BASEMACH.DOC                    15:39:09.336572
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

18.2.7. Viewing Write Performance
Copy link

You can view the write throughput of files on each brick or NFS server with the volume top command. If brick name is not specified, then the metrics of all the bricks belonging to that volume will be displayed. The output will be the write throughput.
This command initiates a write operation for the specified count and block size and measures the corresponding throughput directly on back-end export, bypassing glusterFS processes.
To view the write performance on each brick, use the following command, specifying options as needed:
# gluster volume top VOLNAME write-perf [bs blk-size count count] [nfs | brick BRICK-NAME] [list-cnt cnt]
For example, to view the write performance on brick server:/export/ of test-volume, specifying a 256 block size, and list the top 10 results: 
# gluster volume top test-volume write-perf bs 256 count 1 brick server:/export/ list-cnt 10
Brick: server:/export/dir1 256 bytes (256 B) copied, Throughput: 2.8 MB/s
       ==========Write throughput file stats========

write                filename                 Time
throughput
(MBps)
 
1170.00    /clients/client0/~dmtmp/SEED/     -2012-05-09
           SMALL.FIL                     15:39:09.171494

1008.00    /clients/client6/~dmtmp/SEED/     -2012-05-09
           LARGE.FIL                      15:39:09.73189

949.00    /clients/client0/~dmtmp/SEED/      -2012-05-09
          MEDIUM.FIL                     15:38:36.927426

936.00   /clients/client0/~dmtmp/SEED/       -2012-05-09
         LARGE.FIL                        15:38:36.933177    
897.00   /clients/client5/~dmtmp/SEED/       -2012-05-09
         MEDIUM.FIL                       15:39:09.33628

897.00   /clients/client6/~dmtmp/SEED/       -2012-05-09
         MEDIUM.FIL                       15:39:09.27713

885.00   /clients/client0/~dmtmp/SEED/       -2012-05-09
          SMALL.FIL                      15:38:36.924271

528.00   /clients/client5/~dmtmp/SEED/       -2012-05-09
         LARGE.FIL                        15:39:09.81893

516.00   /clients/client6/~dmtmp/ACCESS/    -2012-05-09
         FASTENER.MDB                    15:39:01.797317
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

18.3. gstatus Command
Copy link

18.3.1. gstatus Command
Copy link

A Red Hat Gluster Storage trusted storage pool consists of nodes, volumes, and bricks. A new command called gstatus provides an overview of the health of a Red Hat Gluster Storage trusted storage pool for distributed, replicated, distributed-replicated, dispersed, and distributed-dispersed volumes.
The gstatus command provides an easy-to-use, high-level view of the health of a trusted storage pool with a single command. By executing the glusterFS commands, it gathers information about the statuses of the Red Hat Gluster Storage nodes, volumes, and bricks. The checks are performed across the trusted storage pool and the status is displayed. This data can be analyzed to add further checks and incorporate deployment best-practices and free-space triggers.
A Red Hat Gluster Storage volume is made from individual file systems (glusterFS bricks) across multiple nodes. Although the complexity is abstracted, the status of the individual bricks affects the data availability of the volume. For example, even without replication, the loss of a single brick in the volume will not cause the volume itself to be unavailable, instead this would manifest as inaccessible files in the file system.
18.3.1.1. Prerequisites
Copy link
Package dependencies
  • Python 2.6 or above
To install gstatus, refer to the Deploying gstatus on Red Hat Gluster Storage chapter in the Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1 Installation Guide.

18.3.2. Executing the gstatus command
Copy link

The gstatus command can be invoked in different ways. The table below shows the optional switches that can be used with gstatus. 
# gstatus -h 
Usage: gstatus [options]
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Expand
Table 18.1. gstatus Command Options
Option Description
--version Displays the program's version number and exits.
-h, --help Displays the help message and exits.
-s, --state Displays the high level health of the Red Hat Gluster Storage trusted storage pool.
-v, --volume Displays volume information of all the volumes, by default. Specify a volume name to display the volume information of a specific volume.
-b, --backlog Probes the self heal state.
-a, --all Displays the detailed status of volume health. (This output is aggregation of -s and -v).
-l, --layout Displays the brick layout when used in combination with -v, or -a .
-o OUTPUT_MODE, --output-mode=OUTPUT_MODE Produces outputs in various formats such as - json, keyvalue, or console(default).
-D, --debug Enables the debug mode.
-w, --without-progress Disables progress updates during data gathering.
-u UNITS, --units=UNITS Displays capacity units in decimal or binary format (GB vs GiB).
-t TIMEOUT, --timeout=TIMEOUTSpecify the command timeout value in seconds.
Expand
Table 18.2. Commonly used gstatus Commands
Command Description
gstatus -s An overview of the trusted storage pool.
gstatus -a View detailed status of the volume health.
gstatus -vl VOLNAME View the volume details, including the brick layout.
gstatus -o <keyvalue> View the summary output for Nagios and Logstash.
Interpreting the output with Examples
Each invocation of gstatus provides a header section, which provides a high level view of the state of the Red Hat Gluster Storage trusted storage pool. The Status field within the header offers two states; Healthy and Unhealthy. When problems are detected, the status field changes to Unhealthy(n), where n denotes the total number of issues that have been detected.
The following examples illustrate gstatus command output for both healthy and unhealthy Red Hat Gluster Storage environments.

Example 18.1. Example 1: Trusted Storage Pool is in a healthy state; all nodes, volumes and bricks are online

# gstatus -a 
 
   Product: RHGS Server v3.1.1      Capacity:  36.00 GiB(raw bricks) 
      Status: HEALTHY                        7.00 GiB(raw used) 
   Glusterfs: 3.7.1                        18.00 GiB(usable from volumes) 
  OverCommit: No                Snapshots:   0 

   Nodes    :  4/ 4  Volumes:  1 Up 
   Self Heal:  4/ 4            0 Up(Degraded) 
   Bricks   :  4/ 4            0 Up(Partial) 
   Connections  : 5 / 20       0 Down 

Volume Information 
 splunk       UP - 4/4 bricks up - Distributed-Replicate 
                  Capacity: (18% used) 3.00 GiB/18.00 GiB (used/total) 
                  Snapshots: 0 
                  Self Heal:  4/ 4 
                  Tasks Active: None 
                  Protocols: glusterfs:on  NFS:on  SMB:off 
                  Gluster Connectivty: 5 hosts, 20 tcp connections
 


Status Messages 
- Cluster is HEALTHY, all_bricks checks successful
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Example 18.2. Example 2: A node is down within the trusted pool

# gstatus -al 
 
     Product: RHGS Server v3.1.1      Capacity:  27.00 GiB(raw bricks) 
      Status: UNHEALTHY(4)                   5.00 GiB(raw used) 
   Glusterfs: 3.7.1                      18.00 GiB(usable from volumes) 
  OverCommit: No                Snapshots:   0 

   Nodes    :  3/ 4  Volumes:  0 Up 
   Self Heal:  3/ 4            1 Up(Degraded) 
   Bricks   :  3/ 4            0 Up(Partial) 
   Connections  :  5/ 20       0 Down 

Volume Information 
 splunk           UP(DEGRADED) - 3/4 bricks up - Distributed-Replicate 
                  Capacity: (18% used) 3.00 GiB/18.00 GiB (used/total) 
                  Snapshots: 0 
                  Self Heal:  3/ 4 
                  Tasks Active: None 
                  Protocols: glusterfs:on  NFS:on  SMB:off 
                  Gluster Connectivty: 5 hosts, 20 tcp connections 

 splunk---------- + 
                  | 
                Distribute (dht) 
                         | 
                         +-- Repl Set 0 (afr) 
                         |     | 
                         |     +--splunk-rhs1:/rhs/brick1/splunk(UP) 2.00 GiB/9.00 GiB 
                         |     | 
                         |     +--splunk-rhs2:/rhs/brick1/splunk(UP) 2.00 GiB/9.00 GiB 
                         | 
                         +-- Repl Set 1 (afr) 
                               | 
                               +--splunk-rhs3:/rhs/brick1/splunk(DOWN) 0.00 KiB/0.00 KiB 
                               | 
                               +--splunk-rhs4:/rhs/brick1/splunk(UP) 2.00 GiB/9.00 GiB 
 Status Messages 
  - Cluster is UNHEALTHY 
  - One of the nodes in the cluster is down
  - Brick splunk-rhs3:/rhs/brick1/splunk in volume 'splunk' is down/unavailable
  - INFO -> Not all bricks are online, so capacity provided is NOT accurate
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Example 2, displays the output of the command when the -l option is used. The brick layout mode shows the brick and node relationships. This provides a simple means of checking the replication relationships for bricks across nodes is as intended.
Expand
Table 18.3. Field Descriptions of the gstatus command output
Field Description
Volume StateUp – The volume is started and available, and all the bricks are up .
Up (Degraded) - This state is specific to replicated volumes, where at least one brick is down within a replica set. Data is still 100% available due to the alternate replicas, but the resilience of the volume to further failures within the same replica set flags this volume as degraded.
Up (Partial) - Effectively, this means that all though some bricks in the volume are online, there are others that are down to a point where areas of the file system will be missing. For a distributed volume, this state is seen if any brick is down, whereas for a replicated volume a complete replica set needs to be down before the volume state transitions to PARTIAL.
Down - Bricks are down, or the volume is yet to be started.
Capacity Information This information is derived from the brick information taken from the volume status detail command. The accuracy of this number hence depends on the nodes and bricks all being online - elements missing from the configuration are not considered in the calculation.
Over-commit Status The physical file system used by a brick could be re-used by multiple volumes, this field indicates whether a brick is used by multiple volumes. But this exposes the system to capacity conflicts across different volumes when the quota feature is not in use. Reusing a brick for multiple volumes is not recommended.
Connections Displays a count of connections made to the trusted pool and each of the volumes.
Nodes / Self Heal / Bricks X/Y This indicates that X components of Y total/expected components within the trusted pool are online. In Example 2, note that 3/4 is displayed against all of these fields, indicating 3 nodes are available out of 4 nodes. A node, brick, and the self-heal daemon are also unavailable.
Tasks Active Active background tasks such as rebalance, remove-brick are displayed here against individual volumes.
Protocols Displays which protocols have been enabled for the volume.
Snapshots Displays a count of the number of snapshots taken for the volume. The snapshot count for each volume is rolled up to the trusted storage pool to provide a high level view of the number of snapshots in the environment.
Status Messages After the information is gathered, any errors detected are reported in the Status Messages section. These descriptions provide a view of the problem and the potential impact of the condition.

18.4. Listing Volumes
Copy link

You can list all volumes in the trusted storage pool using the following command:
# gluster volume list
For example, to list all volumes in the trusted storage pool: 
# gluster volume list
test-volume
volume1
volume2
volume3
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

18.5. Displaying Volume Information
Copy link

You can display information about a specific volume, or all volumes, as needed, using the following command:
# gluster volume info VOLNAME
For example, to display information about test-volume: 
# gluster volume info test-volume
Volume Name: test-volume
Type: Distribute
Status: Created
Number of Bricks: 4
Bricks:
Brick1: server1:/exp1
Brick2: server2:/exp2
Brick3: server3:/exp3
Brick4: server4:/exp4
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

18.6. Performing Statedump on a Volume
Copy link

Statedump is a mechanism through which you can get details of all internal variables and state of the glusterFS process at the time of issuing the command. You can perform statedumps of the brick processes and NFS server process of a volume using the statedump command. You can use the following options to determine what information is to be dumped:
  • mem - Dumps the memory usage and memory pool details of the bricks.
  • iobuf - Dumps iobuf details of the bricks.
  • priv - Dumps private information of loaded translators.
  • callpool - Dumps the pending calls of the volume.
  • fd - Dumps the open file descriptor tables of the volume.
  • inode - Dumps the inode tables of the volume.
  • history - Dumps the event history of the volume
To perform a statedump of a volume or NFS server, use the following command, specifying options as needed:
# gluster volume statedump VOLNAME [nfs] [all|mem|iobuf|callpool|priv|fd|inode|history]
For example, to perform a statedump of test-volume: 
# gluster volume statedump test-volume
Volume statedump successful
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
The statedump files are created on the brick servers in the /var/run/gluster/ directory or in the directory set using server.statedump-path volume option. The naming convention of the dump file is brick-path.brick-pid.dump.
You can change the directory of the statedump file using the following command:
# gluster volume set VOLNAME server.statedump-path path
For example, to change the location of the statedump file of test-volume: 
# gluster volume set test-volume server.statedump-path /usr/local/var/log/glusterfs/dumps/
Set volume successful
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
You can view the changed path of the statedump file using the following command:
# gluster volume info VOLNAME
To retrieve the statedump information for client processes:
kill -USR1 process_ID
For example, to retrieve the statedump information for the client process ID 4120: 
kill -USR1 4120
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To obtain the statedump file of the GlusterFS Management Daemon, execute the following command:
# kill -SIGUSR1 PID_of_the_glusterd_process
The glusterd statedump file is found in the, /var/run/gluster/ directory with the name in the format:
glusterdump-<PID_of_the_glusterd_process>.dump.<timestamp>

18.7. Displaying Volume Status
Copy link

You can display the status information about a specific volume, brick, or all volumes, as needed. Status information can be used to understand the current status of the brick, NFS processes, self-heal daemon and overall file system. Status information can also be used to monitor and debug the volume information. You can view status of the volume along with the details:
  • detail - Displays additional information about the bricks.
  • clients - Displays the list of clients connected to the volume.
  • mem - Displays the memory usage and memory pool details of the bricks.
  • inode - Displays the inode tables of the volume.
  • fd - Displays the open file descriptor tables of the volume.
  • callpool - Displays the pending calls of the volume.
Display information about a specific volume using the following command:
# gluster volume status [all|VOLNAME [nfs | shd | BRICKNAME]] [detail |clients | mem | inode | fd |callpool]
For example, to display information about test-volume: 
# gluster volume status test-volume
Status of volume: test-volume
Gluster process                        Port    Online   Pid
------------------------------------------------------------
Brick arch:/export/rep1                24010   Y       18474
Brick arch:/export/rep2                24011   Y       18479
NFS Server on localhost                38467   Y       18486
Self-heal Daemon on localhost          N/A     Y       18491
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
The self-heal daemon status will be displayed only for replicated volumes.
Display information about all volumes using the command:
# gluster volume status all 
# gluster volume status all
Status of volume: test
Gluster process                       Port    Online   Pid
-----------------------------------------------------------
Brick 192.168.56.1:/export/test       24009   Y       29197
NFS Server on localhost               38467   Y       18486

Status of volume: test-volume
Gluster process                       Port    Online   Pid
------------------------------------------------------------
Brick arch:/export/rep1               24010   Y       18474
Brick arch:/export/rep2               24011   Y       18479
NFS Server on localhost               38467   Y       18486
Self-heal Daemon on localhost         N/A     Y       18491
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Display additional information about the bricks using the command:
# gluster volume status VOLNAME detail
For example, to display additional information about the bricks of test-volume: 
# gluster volume status test-volume detail
Status of volume: test-vol
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Brick                : Brick arch:/exp     
Port                 : 24012               
Online               : Y                   
Pid                  : 18649               
File System          : ext4                
Device               : /dev/sda1           
Mount Options        : rw,relatime,user_xattr,acl,commit=600,barrier=1,data=ordered
Inode Size           : 256                 
Disk Space Free      : 22.1GB              
Total Disk Space     : 46.5GB              
Inode Count          : 3055616             
Free Inodes          : 2577164
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Detailed information is not available for NFS and the self-heal daemon.
Display the list of clients accessing the volumes using the command:
# gluster volume status VOLNAME clients
For example, to display the list of clients connected to test-volume: 
# gluster volume status test-volume clients
Brick : arch:/export/1
Clients connected : 2
Hostname          Bytes Read   BytesWritten
--------          ---------    ------------
127.0.0.1:1013    776          676
127.0.0.1:1012    50440        51200
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Client information is not available for the self-heal daemon.
Display the memory usage and memory pool details of the bricks on a volume using the command:
# gluster volume status VOLNAME mem
For example, to display the memory usage and memory pool details for the bricks on test-volume: 
# gluster volume status test-volume mem
Memory status for volume : test-volume
----------------------------------------------
Brick : arch:/export/1
Mallinfo
--------
Arena    : 434176
Ordblks  : 2
Smblks   : 0
Hblks    : 12
Hblkhd   : 40861696
Usmblks  : 0
Fsmblks  : 0
Uordblks : 332416
Fordblks : 101760
Keepcost : 100400

Mempool Stats
-------------
Name                               HotCount ColdCount PaddedSizeof AllocCount MaxAlloc
----                               -------- --------- ------------ ---------- --------
test-volume-server:fd_t                0     16384           92         57        5
test-volume-server:dentry_t           59       965           84         59       59
test-volume-server:inode_t            60       964          148         60       60
test-volume-server:rpcsvc_request_t    0       525         6372        351        2
glusterfs:struct saved_frame           0      4096          124          2        2
glusterfs:struct rpc_req               0      4096         2236          2        2
glusterfs:rpcsvc_request_t             1       524         6372          2        1
glusterfs:call_stub_t                  0      1024         1220        288        1
glusterfs:call_stack_t                 0      8192         2084        290        2
glusterfs:call_frame_t                 0     16384          172       1728        6
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Display the inode tables of the volume using the command:
# gluster volume status VOLNAME inode
For example, to display the inode tables of test-volume: 
# gluster volume status test-volume inode
inode tables for volume test-volume
----------------------------------------------
Brick : arch:/export/1
Active inodes:
GFID                                            Lookups            Ref   IA type
----                                            -------            ---   -------
6f3fe173-e07a-4209-abb6-484091d75499                  1              9         2
370d35d7-657e-44dc-bac4-d6dd800ec3d3                  1              1         2

LRU inodes: 
GFID                                            Lookups            Ref   IA type
----                                            -------            ---   -------
80f98abe-cdcf-4c1d-b917-ae564cf55763                  1              0         1
3a58973d-d549-4ea6-9977-9aa218f233de                  1              0         1
2ce0197d-87a9-451b-9094-9baa38121155                  1              0         2
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Display the open file descriptor tables of the volume using the command:
# gluster volume status VOLNAME fd
For example, to display the open file descriptor tables of test-volume: 
# gluster volume status test-volume fd

FD tables for volume test-volume
----------------------------------------------
Brick : arch:/export/1
Connection 1:
RefCount = 0  MaxFDs = 128  FirstFree = 4
FD Entry            PID                 RefCount            Flags              
--------            ---                 --------            -----              
0                   26311               1                   2                  
1                   26310               3                   2                  
2                   26310               1                   2                  
3                   26311               3                   2                  
 
Connection 2:
RefCount = 0  MaxFDs = 128  FirstFree = 0
No open fds
 
Connection 3:
RefCount = 0  MaxFDs = 128  FirstFree = 0
No open fds
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
FD information is not available for NFS and the self-heal daemon.
Display the pending calls of the volume using the command:
# gluster volume status VOLNAME callpool
Note, each call has a call stack containing call frames.
For example, to display the pending calls of test-volume: 
# gluster volume status test-volume callpool

Pending calls for volume test-volume
----------------------------------------------
Brick : arch:/export/1
Pending calls: 2
Call Stack1
 UID    : 0
 GID    : 0
 PID    : 26338
 Unique : 192138
 Frames : 7
 Frame 1
  Ref Count   = 1
  Translator  = test-volume-server
  Completed   = No
 Frame 2
  Ref Count   = 0
  Translator  = test-volume-posix
  Completed   = No
  Parent      = test-volume-access-control
  Wind From   = default_fsync
  Wind To     = FIRST_CHILD(this)->fops->fsync
 Frame 3
  Ref Count   = 1
  Translator  = test-volume-access-control
  Completed   = No
  Parent      = repl-locks
  Wind From   = default_fsync
  Wind To     = FIRST_CHILD(this)->fops->fsync
 Frame 4
  Ref Count   = 1
  Translator  = test-volume-locks
  Completed   = No
  Parent      = test-volume-io-threads
  Wind From   = iot_fsync_wrapper
  Wind To     = FIRST_CHILD (this)->fops->fsync
 Frame 5
  Ref Count   = 1
  Translator  = test-volume-io-threads
  Completed   = No
  Parent      = test-volume-marker
  Wind From   = default_fsync
  Wind To     = FIRST_CHILD(this)->fops->fsync
 Frame 6
  Ref Count   = 1
  Translator  = test-volume-marker
  Completed   = No
  Parent      = /export/1
  Wind From   = io_stats_fsync
  Wind To     = FIRST_CHILD(this)->fops->fsync
 Frame 7
  Ref Count   = 1
  Translator  = /export/1
  Completed   = No
  Parent      = test-volume-server
  Wind From   = server_fsync_resume
  Wind To     = bound_xl->fops->fsync
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
When enabling the network components to communicate with Jumbo frames in a Red Hat Gluster Storage Trusted Storage Pool, ensure that all the network components such as switches, Red Hat Gluster Storage nodes etc are configured properly. Verify the network configuration by running the ping from one Red Hat Gluster Storage node to another.
If the nodes in the Red Hat Gluster Storage Trusted Storage Pool or any other network components are not configured to fully support Jumbo frames, the ping command times out and displays the following error: 
# ping -s 1600 '-Mdo'
local error: Message too long, mtu=1500
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Chapter 19. Detecting Data Corruption with BitRot
Copy link

BitRot detection is a technique used in Red Hat Gluster Storage to identify when silent corruption of data has occurred. BitRot also helps to identify when a brick's data has been manipulated directly, without using FUSE, NFS or any other access protocols. BitRot detection is particularly useful when using JBOD, since JBOD does not provide other methods of determining when data on a disk has become corrupt.
The gluster volume bitrot command scans all the bricks in a volume for BitRot issues in a process known as scrubbing. The process calculates the checksum for each file or object, and compares that checksum against the actual data of the file. When BitRot is detected in a file, that file is marked as corrupted, and the detected errors are logged in the following files:
  • /var/log/glusterfs/bitd.log
  • /var/log/glusterfs/scrub.log

19.1. Enabling and Disabling the BitRot daemon
Copy link

The BitRot daemon is disabled by default. In order to use or configure the daemon, you first need to enable it.
gluster volume bitrot VOLNAME enable
Enable the BitRot daemon for the specified volume.
gluster volume bitrot VOLNAME disable
Disable the BitRot daemon for the specified volume.

19.2. Modifying BitRot Detection Behavior
Copy link

Once the daemon is enabled, you can pause and resume the detection process, check its status, and modify how often or how quickly it runs.
gluster volume bitrot VOLNAME scrub pause
Pauses the scrubbing process on the specified volume. Note that this does not stop the BitRot daemon; it stops the process that cycles through the volume checking files.
gluster volume bitrot VOLNAME scrub resume
Resumes the scrubbing process on the specified volume. Note that this does not start the BitRot daemon; it restarts the process that cycles through the volume checking files.
gluster volume bitrot VOLNAME scrub status
This command prints a summary of scrub status on the specified volume, including various configuration details and the location of the bitrot and scrubber error logs for this volume. It also prints details each node scanned for errors, along with identifiers for any corrupted objects located.
gluster volume bitrot VOLNAME scrub-throttle rate
Because the BitRot daemon scrubs the entire file system, scrubbing can have a severe performance impact. This command changes the rate at which files and objects are verified. Valid rates are lazy, normal, and aggressive. By default, the scrubber process is started in lazy mode.
gluster volume bitrot VOLNAME scrub-frequency frequency
This command changes how often the scrub operation runs when the BitRot daemon is enabled. Valid options are daily, weekly, biweekly, and monthly.By default, the scrubber process is set to run biweekly.

19.3. Restore a bad file
Copy link

When bad files are revealed by the scrubber, you can perform the following process to heal the file by recovering a copy from a replicate volume.

Important

The following procedure is easier if GFID-to-path translation is enabled.
Mount all volumes using the -oaux-gfid-mount mount option, and enable GFID-to-path translation on each volume by running the following command. 
# gluster volume set VOLNAME build-pgfid on
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Files created before this option was enabled must be looked up with the find command.

Procedure 19.1. Restoring a bad file from a replicate volume

  1. Note the identifiers of bad files

    Check the output of the scrub status command to determine the identifiers of corrupted files. 
    # gluster volume bitrot VOLNAME scrub status
Volume name: VOLNAME
...
Node name: NODENAME
...
Error count: 3
Corrupted objects:
5f61ade8-49fb-4c37-af84-c95041ff4bf5
e8561c6b-f881-499b-808b-7fa2bce190f7
eff2433f-eae9-48ba-bdef-839603c9434c
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

  2. Determine the path of each corrupted object

    For files created after GFID-to-path translation was enabled, use the getfattr command to determine the path of the corrupted files. 
    # getfattr -n glusterfs.ancestry.path -e text
/mnt/VOLNAME/.gfid/GFID
...
glusterfs.ancestry.path="/path/to/corrupted_file"
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For files created before GFID-to-path translation was enabled, use the find command to determine the path of the corrupted file and the index file that match the identifying GFID. 
    # find /rhgs/brick*/.glusterfs -name GFID
/rhgs/brick1/.glusterfs/path/to/GFID
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap 
    # find /rhgs -samefile /rhgs/brick1/.glusterfs/path/to/GFID
/rhgs/brick1/.glusterfs/path/to/GFID
/rhgs/brick1/path/to/corrupted_file
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

  3. Delete the corrupted files

    Delete the corrupted files from the path output by the getfattr or find command.

  4. Delete the GFID file

    Delete the GFID file from the /rhgs/brickN/.glusterfs directory.

  5. Heal the file

    If you have client self-heal enabled, the file is healed the next time that you access it.
    If you do not have client self-heal enabled, you must manually heal the volume with the following command. 
    # gluster volume heal VOLNAME
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    The next time that the bitrot scrubber runs, this GFID is no longer listed (unless it has become corrupted again).

Chapter 20. Managing Red Hat Gluster Storage Logs
Copy link

The log management framework generates log messages for each of the administrative functionalities and the components to increase the user-serviceability aspect of Red Hat Gluster Storage Server. Logs are generated to track the event changes in the system. The feature makes the retrieval, rollover, and archival of log files easier and helps in troubleshooting errors that are user-resolvable with the help of the Red Hat Gluster Storage Error Message Guide. The Red Hat Gluster Storage Component logs are rotated on a weekly basis. Administrators can rotate a log file in a volume, as needed. When a log file is rotated, the contents of the current log file are moved to log-file-name.epoch-time-stamp.The components for which the log messages are generated with message-ids are glusterFS Management Service, Distributed Hash Table (DHT), and Automatic File Replication (AFR).

20.1. Log Rotation
Copy link

Log files are rotated on a weekly basis and the log files are zipped in the gzip format on a fortnightly basis. When the content of the log file is rotated, the current log file is moved to log-file- name.epoch-time-stamp. The archival of the log files is defined in the configuration file. As a policy, log file content worth 52 weeks is retained in the Red Hat Gluster Storage Server.
The table lists the component, services, and functionality based logs in the Red Hat Gluster Storage Server. As per the File System Hierarchy Standards (FHS) all the log files are placed in the /var/log directory.
Expand
Table 20.1. 
Component/Service Name Location of the Log File Remarks
glusterd /var/log/glusterfs/etc-glusterfs-glusterd.vol.log One glusterd log file per server. This log file also contains the snapshot and user logs.
gluster commands /var/log/glusterfs/cmd_history.log Gluster commands executed on a node in a Red Hat Gluster Storage Trusted Storage Pool is logged in this file.
bricks /var/log/glusterfs/bricks/<path extraction of brick path>.log One log file per brick on the server
rebalance /var/log/glusterfs/ VOLNAME- rebalance.log One log file per volume on the server
self heal deamon /var/log/glusterfs/ glustershd.log One log file per server
quota
  • /var/log/glusterfs/ quotad.log Log of the quota daemons running on each node.
  • /var/log/glusterfs/ quota-crawl.log Whenever quota is enabled, a file system crawl is performed and the corresponding log is stored in this file
  • /var/log/glusterfs/ quota-mount- VOLNAME.log An auxiliary FUSE client is mounted in <gluster-run-dir>/VOLNAME of the glusterFS and the corresponding client logs found in this file.
One log file per server (and per volume from quota-mount.
Gluster NFS /var/log/glusterfs/ nfs.log One log file per server
SAMBA Gluster /var/log/samba/glusterfs-VOLNAME-<ClientIP>.log If the client mounts this on a glusterFS server node, the actual log file or the mount point may not be found. In such a case, the mount outputs of all the glusterFS type mount operations need to be considered.
NFS - Ganesha/var/log/ganesha.log, /var/log/ganesha-gfapi.logOne log file per server
FUSE Mount /var/log/ glusterfs/<mountpoint path extraction>.log  
Geo-replication /var/log/glusterfs/geo-replication/<master> /var/log/glusterfs/geo-replication-slaves  
gluster volume heal VOLNAME info command /var/log/glusterfs/glfsheal-VOLNAME.log One log file per server on which the command is executed.
gluster-swift /var/log/messages  
SwiftKrbAuth /var/log/httpd/error_log  
Command Line Interface logs /var/log/glusterfs/cli.log This file captures log entries for every command that is executed on the Command Line Interface(CLI).

20.3. Configuring the Log Format
Copy link

You can configure the Red Hat Gluster Storage Server to generate log messages either with message IDs or without them.
To know more about these options, see topic Configuring Volume Options in the Red Hat Gluster Storage Administration Guide.
To configure the log-format for bricks of a volume: 
gluster volume set VOLNAME diagnostics.brick-log-format <value>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Example 20.1. Generate log files with with-msg-id:

# gluster volume set testvol diagnostics.brick-log-format with-msg-id
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Example 20.2. Generate log files with no-msg-id: 

# gluster volume set testvol diagnostics.brick-log-format no-msg-id
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To configure the log-format for clients of a volume: 
gluster volume set VOLNAME diagnostics.client-log-format <value>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Example 20.3. Generate log files with with-msg-id: 

# gluster volume set testvol diagnostics.client-log-format with-msg-id
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Example 20.4. Generate log files with no-msg-id: 

# gluster volume set testvol diagnostics.client-log-format no-msg-id
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To configure the log format for glusterd: 
# glusterd --log-format=<value>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Example 20.5. Generate log files with with-msg-id: 

# glusterd --log-format=with-msg-id
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Example 20.6. Generate log files with no-msg-id: 

# glusterd --log-format=no-msg-id
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To a list of error messages, see the Red Hat Gluster Storage Error Message Guide.

See Also:

20.4. Configuring the Log Level
Copy link

Every log message has a log level associated with it. The levels, in descending order, are CRITICAL, ERROR, WARNING, INFO, DEBUG, and TRACE. Red Hat Gluster Storage can be configured to generate log messages only for certain log levels. Only those messages that have log levels above or equal to the configured log level are logged.
For example, if the log level is set to INFO, only CRITICAL, ERROR, WARNING, and INFO messages are logged.
The components can be configured to log at one of the following levels:
  • CRITICAL
  • ERROR
  • WARNING
  • INFO
  • DEBUG
  • TRACE

Important

Setting the log level to TRACE or DEBUG generates a very large number of log messages and can lead to disks running out of space very quickly.
To configure the log level on bricks 
# gluster volume set VOLNAME diagnostics.brick-log-level <value>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Example 20.7. Set the log level to warning on a brick

# gluster volume set testvol diagnostics.brick-log-level WARNING
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To configure the syslog level on bricks 
# gluster volume set VOLNAME diagnostics.brick-sys-log-level <value>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Example 20.8. Set the syslog level to warning on a brick

# gluster volume set testvol diagnostics.brick-sys-log-level WARNING
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To configure the log level on clients 
# gluster volume set VOLNAME diagnostics.client-log-level <value>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Example 20.9. Set the log level to error on a client

# gluster volume set testvol diagnostics.client-log-level ERROR
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To configure the syslog level on clients 
# gluster volume set VOLNAME diagnostics.client-sys-log-level <value>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Example 20.10. Set the syslog level to error on a client

# gluster volume set testvol diagnostics.client-sys-log-level ERROR
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To configure the log level for glusterd persistently
Edit the /etc/sysconfig/glusterd file, and set the value of the LOG_LEVEL parameter to the log level that you want glusterd to use. 
## Set custom log file and log level (below are defaults)
#LOG_FILE='/var/log/glusterfs/glusterd.log'
LOG_LEVEL='VALUE'
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
This change does not take effect until glusterd is started or restarted with the service or systemctl command.

Example 20.11. Set the log level to WARNING on glusterd

In the /etc/sysconfig/glusterd file, locate the LOG_LEVEL parameter and set its value to WARNING. 
## Set custom log file and log level (below are defaults)
#LOG_FILE='/var/log/glusterfs/glusterd.log'
LOG_LEVEL='WARNING'
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Then start or restart the glusterd service. On Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, run: 
# systemctl restart glusterd.service
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
On Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6, run: 
# service glusterd restart
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To run a gluster command once with a specified log level 
gluster --log-level=ERROR VOLNAME COMMAND
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Example 20.12. Run volume status with a log level of ERROR

# gluster --log-level=ERROR volume status
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

See Also:

20.5. Suppressing Repetitive Log Messages
Copy link

Repetitive log messages in the Red Hat Gluster Storage Server can be configured by setting a log-flush-timeout period and by defining a log-buf-size buffer size options with the gluster volume set command.
Suppressing Repetitive Log Messages with a Timeout Period

To set the timeout period on the bricks: 
# gluster volume set VOLNAME diagnostics.brick-log-flush-timeout <value>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Example 20.13. Set a timeout period on the bricks

# gluster volume set testvol diagnostics.brick-log-flush-timeout 200
volume set: success
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To set the timeout period on the clients: 
# gluster volume set VOLNAME diagnostics.client-log-flush-timeout <value>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Example 20.14. Set a timeout period on the clients

# gluster volume set testvol diagnostics.client-log-flush-timeout 180
volume set: success
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To set the timeout period on glusterd: 
# glusterd --log-flush-timeout=<value>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Example 20.15. Set a timeout period on the glusterd

# glusterd --log-flush-timeout=60
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Suppressing Repetitive Log Messages by defining a Buffer Size

The maximum number of unique log messages that can be suppressed until the timeout or buffer overflow, whichever occurs first on the bricks.

To set the buffer size on the bricks: 
# gluster volume set VOLNAME diagnostics.brick-log-buf-size <value>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Example 20.16. Set a buffer size on the bricks

# gluster volume set testvol diagnostics.brick-log-buf-size 10
volume set: success
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To set the buffer size on the clients: 
# gluster volume set VOLNAME diagnostics.client-log-buf-size <value>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Example 20.17. Set a buffer size on the clients

# gluster volume set testvol diagnostics.client-log-buf-size 15
volume set: success
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To set the log buffer size on glusterd: 
# glusterd --log-buf-size=<value>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Example 20.18. Set a log buffer size on the glusterd

# glusterd --log-buf-size=10
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Note

To disable suppression of repetitive log messages, set the log-buf-size to zero.

See Also:

20.6. Geo-replication Logs
Copy link

The following log files are used for a geo-replication session:
  • Master-log-file - log file for the process that monitors the master volume.
  • Slave-log-file - log file for process that initiates changes on a slave.
  • Master-gluster-log-file - log file for the maintenance mount point that the geo-replication module uses to monitor the master volume.
  • Slave-gluster-log-file - If the slave is a Red Hat Gluster Storage Volume, this log file is the slave's counterpart of Master-gluster-log-file.
To view the Master-log-file for geo-replication, use the following command: 
# gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL config log-file
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example: 
# gluster volume geo-replication Volume1 example.com::slave-vol config log-file
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To view the log file for geo-replication on a slave, use the following procedure. glusterd must be running on slave machine.
  1. On the master, run the following command to display the session-owner details: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication MASTER_VOL SLAVE_HOST::SLAVE_VOL config session-owner
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication Volume1 example.com::slave-vol config session-owner 5f6e5200-756f-11e0-a1f0-0800200c9a66
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. On the slave, run the following command with the session-owner value from the previous step: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication SLAVE_VOL config log-file /var/log/gluster/SESSION_OWNER:remote-mirror.log
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # gluster volume geo-replication slave-vol config log-file /var/log/gluster/5f6e5200-756f-11e0-a1f0-0800200c9a66:remote-mirror.log
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Red Hat Gluster Storage allows automation of operations by user-written scripts. For every operation, you can execute a pre and a post script.
Pre Scripts: These scripts are run before the occurrence of the event. You can write a script to automate activities like managing system-wide services. For example, you can write a script to stop exporting the SMB share corresponding to the volume before you stop the volume.
Post Scripts: These scripts are run after execution of the event. For example, you can write a script to export the SMB share corresponding to the volume after you start the volume.
You can run scripts for the following events:
  • Creating a volume
  • Starting a volume
  • Adding a brick
  • Removing a brick
  • Tuning volume options
  • Stopping a volume
  • Deleting a volume
Naming Convention
While creating the file names of your scripts, you must follow the naming convention followed in your underlying file system like XFS.

Note

To enable the script, the name of the script must start with an S . Scripts run in lexicographic order of their names.

21.1. Location of Scripts
Copy link

This section provides information on the folders where the scripts must be placed. When you create a trusted storage pool, the following directories are created:
  • /var/lib/glusterd/hooks/1/create/
  • /var/lib/glusterd/hooks/1/delete/
  • /var/lib/glusterd/hooks/1/start/
  • /var/lib/glusterd/hooks/1/stop/
  • /var/lib/glusterd/hooks/1/set/
  • /var/lib/glusterd/hooks/1/add-brick/
  • /var/lib/glusterd/hooks/1/remove-brick/
After creating a script, you must ensure to save the script in its respective folder on all the nodes of the trusted storage pool. The location of the script dictates whether the script must be executed before or after an event. Scripts are provided with the command line argument --volname=VOLNAME to specify the volume. Command-specific additional arguments are provided for the following volume operations:
  • Start volume
    • --first=yes, if the volume is the first to be started
    • --first=no, for otherwise
  • Stop volume
    • --last=yes, if the volume is to be stopped last.
    • --last=no, for otherwise
  • Set volume
    • -o key=value
      For every key, value is specified in volume set command.

21.2. Prepackaged Scripts
Copy link

Red Hat provides scripts to export Samba (SMB) share when you start a volume and to remove the share when you stop the volume. These scripts are available at: /var/lib/glusterd/hooks/1/start/post and /var/lib/glusterd/hooks/1/stop/pre. By default, the scripts are enabled.
When you start a volume using the following command:
# gluster volume start VOLNAME
The S30samba-start.sh script performs the following:
  1. Adds Samba share configuration details of the volume to the smb.conf file
  2. Mounts the volume through FUSE and adds an entry in /etc/fstab for the same.
  3. Restarts Samba to run with updated configuration
When you stop the volume using the following command:
# gluster volume stop VOLNAME
The S30samba-stop.sh script performs the following:
  1. Removes the Samba share details of the volume from the smb.conf file
  2. Unmounts the FUSE mount point and removes the corresponding entry in /etc/fstab
  3. Restarts Samba to run with updated configuration

Chapter 22. Red Hat Gluster Storage Utilities
Copy link

Glusterfind is a utility that provides the list of files that are modified between the previous backup session and the current period. The commands can be executed at regular intervals to retrieve the list. Multiple sessions for the same volume can be present for different use cases. The changes that are recorded are, new file/directories, data/metadata modifications, rename, and deletes.

22.1. Glusterfind Configuration Options
Copy link

The following is the list configuration options available in Glusterfind:
  • Glusterfind Create
  • Glusterfind Pre
  • Glusterfind Post
  • Glusterfind List
  • Glusterfind Delete

Note

All the glusterfind configuration commands such as, glusterfind pre, glusterfind post, glusterfind list, and glusterfind delete for a session have to be executed only on the node on which session is created.
Glusterfind Create

To create a session for a particular instance in the volume, execute the following command: 

glusterfind create [-h] [--debug] [--force] <SessionName> <volname> [--reset-session-time]
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
where,
--force: is executed when a new node/brick is added to the volume .
--reset-session-time: forces reset of the session time. The next incremental run will start from this time.
--help OR -h: Used to display help for the command.
SessionName: Unique name of a session.
volname: Name of the volume for which the create command is executed.
For example: 
# glusterfind create sess_vol1 vol1
Session sess_vol1 created with volume vol1
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Glusterfind Pre

To retrieve the list of modified files and directories and store it in the outfile, execute the following command: 

glusterfind pre [-h] [-N | --only-namespace-changes] [--debug] [--full] [--output-prefix OUTPUT_PREFIX] [--disable-partial] <SessionName> <volname> <outfile>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
where,
OUTPUT_PREFIX: It is the prefix to the path/name that is specified in the outfile.
--only-namespace-changes OR -N: It lists only those files that are detected as New, Rename, Link, Unlink etc. It does not list files/directories which are modified.
--full: It triggers a full crawl of the filesystem
--disable-partial: It is used to disable the partial-find feature that is enabled by default.
--help OR -h: Displays help for the command
outfile: The incremental list of modified files.
SessionName: Unique name of a session.
volname: Name of the volume for which the pre command is executed.
For example: 
# glusterfind pre sess_vol1 vol1 /tmp/outfile.txt
Generated output file /tmp/outfile.txt
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Note

The output format is <TYPE> <PATH1> <PATH2>. Possible type values are, NEW, MODIFY, DELETE and RENAME. PATH2 is applicable only if type is RENAME. For example: 
NEW file1
NEW dir1%2F%2Ffile2
MODIFY dir3%2Fdir4%2Ftest3
RENAME test1 dir1%2F%2Ftest1new
DELETE test2
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Glusterfind Post:

The following command is run to update the session time: 

glusterfind post [-h] [--debug] <SessionName> <volname>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
where,
SessionName: Unique name of a session.
volname: Name of the volume for which the post command is executed.
For example: 
# glusterfind post sess_vol1 vol1
Session sess_vol1 with volume vol1 updated
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Glusterfind List:

To list all the active sessions and the corresponding volumes present in the cluster, execute the following command: 

glusterfind list [-h] [--session SESSION] [--volume VOLUME] [--debug]
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
where,
--session SESSION: Displays the information related to that session
--volume VOLUME: Displays all the active sessions corresponding to that volume
--help OR -h: Displays help for the command
For example: 
# glusterfind list
SESSION VOLUME SESSION TIME
--------------------------------------------------
sess_vol1 vol1 2015-06-22 22:22:53
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Glusterfind Delete:

To clear out all the session information associated with that particular session, execute the following command:

Ensure, no further backups are expected to be taken in a particular session. 
glusterfind delete [-h] [--debug] <SessionName> <volname>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
where,
SessionName: Unique name of a session.
volname: Name of the volume for which the delete command is executed.
For example: 
# glusterfind delete sess_vol1 vol1
Session sess_vol1 with volume vol1 deleted
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
When a new brick is added or an existing brick is replaced, execute the glusterfind create command with force for the existing session to work. For example: 
# glusterfind create existing-session volname --force
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Red Hat Gluster Storage Server for Public Cloud is a pre-integrated, pre-verified and ready to run Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that provides a fully POSIX compatible highly available scale-out NAS and object storage solution for the Amazon Web Services (AWS) public cloud infrastructure.

Important

The following features of Red Hat Gluster Storage Server is not supported on Amazon Web Services:
- Red Hat Gluster Storage Console and Nagios Monitoring
- NFS and CIFS High Availability

Note

For information on obtaining access to AMI, see https://access.redhat.com/knowledge/articles/145693.

23.1. Launching Red Hat Gluster Storage Instances
Copy link

This section describes how to launch Red Hat Gluster Storage instances on Amazon Web Services.
The supported configuration for two-way and three-way replication is up to 24 Amazon EBS volumes of equal size.
Expand
Table 23.1. Supported Configuration on Amazon Web Services
EBS Volume Type Minimum Number of Volumes per Instance Maximum Number of Volumes per Instance EBS Volume Capacity Range Brick Range
Magnetic 1 24 1 GiB - 1 TiB 1 GiB - 24 TiB
General purpose SSD 1 24 1 GiB - 16 TiB 1GiB - 384 TiB
PIOPS SSD 1 24 4 GiB - 16 TiB 128 GiB - 384 TiB
  • There is a limit on the total provisioned IOPS per volume and the limit is 40,000. Hence, while adding 24 PIOPS SSD disks, you must ensure that the total IOPS of all disks does not exceed 40,000.
  • Creation of Red Hat Gluster Storage volume snapshot is supported on magnetic, general purpose SSD and PIOPS EBS volumes. You can also browse the snapshot content using USS. See Chapter 16, Managing Snapshots for information on managing Red Hat Gluster Storage volume snapshots.
  • Tiering feature of Red Hat Gluster Storage is supported in the Amazon Web Service environment. You can attach bricks created out of PIOPS or general purpose SSD volumes as hot tier to an existing or new Red Hat Gluster Storage volume created out of magnetic EBS volumes. See Chapter 12, Managing Tiering for information on creation of tiered volumes.
To launch the Red Hat Gluster Storage Instance
  1. Navigate to the Amazon Web Services home page at http://aws.amazon.com. The Amazon Web Services home page appears.
  2. Login to Amazon Web Services. The Amazon Web Services main screen is displayed.
  3. Click the Amazon EC2 tab. The Amazon EC2 Console Dashboard is displayed.
    View larger image
  4. Click Launch Instance.The Step 1: Choose an AMI screen is displayed.
    View larger image
  5. Click My AMIs and select shared with me checkbox. Click Select for the corresponding AMI and click Next: Choose an Instance Type. The Step 2: Choose an Instance Type screen is displayed.
    View larger image
  6. Select Large as the instance type, and click Next: Configure Instance Details . The Step 3: Configure Instance Details screen displays.
    View larger image
  7. Specify the configuration for your instance or continue with the default settings, and click Next: Add Storage The Step 4: Add Storage screen displays.
    View larger image
  8. In the Add Storage screen, specify the storage details and click Next: Tag Instance. The Step 5: Tag Instance screen is displayed.
    View larger image
  9. Enter a name for the instance in the Value field for Name, and click Next: Configure Security Group. You can use this name later to verify that the instance is operating correctly. The Step 6: Configure Security Group screen is displayed.
    View larger image
  10. Select an existing security group or create a new security group and click Review and Launch.
    You must ensure to open the following TCP port numbers in the selected security group:
    • 22
    • 6000, 6001, 6002, 443, and 8080 ports if Red Hat Gluster Storage for OpenStack Swift is enabled
  11. Choose an existing key pair or create a new key pair, and click Launch Instance.
    View larger image
The Launch Status screen is displayed indicating that the instance is launching.
View larger image
You can verify that Red Hat Gluster Storage instance is running by performing a remote login to the Red Hat Gluster Storage instance and issuing a command.
To verify that Red Hat Gluster Storage instance is running
  1. On the Amazon Web Services home page, click the Amazon EC2 tab. The Amazon EC2 Console Dashboard is displayed.
    View larger image
  2. Click the Instances link from the Instances section on the left. The screen displays your current instances.
    View larger image
  3. Check the Status column and verify that the instance is running. A yellow circle indicates a status of pending while a green circle indicates that the instance is running.
    Click the instance and verify the details displayed in the Description tab.
    View larger image
  4. Note the domain name in the Public DNS field. You can use this domain to perform a remote login to the instance.
  5. Using SSH and the domain from the previous step, login to the Red Hat Amazon Machine Image instance. You must use the key pair that was selected or created when launching the instance.
    Example:
    Enter the following in command line: 
    # ssh -i rhs-aws.pem ec2-user@ec2-23-20-52-123.compute-1.amazonaws.com
# sudo su
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  6. At the command line, enter the following command:
    # service glusterd status
    Verify that the command indicates that the glusterd daemon is running on the instance.

    Note

    Samba and NFS-Ganesha channels are disabled by default. To use standalone Samba and NFS-Ganesha, perform the following steps to enable the repos and install the relevant packages.
    • For enabling the Red Hat Gluster Storage Samba repo, run the following command: 
      yum-config-manager --enable rhui-REGION-rh-gluster-3-samba-for-rhel-6-server-rpms
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    • For enabling the Red Hat Gluster Storage NFS-Ganesha repo, run the following command: 
      yum-config-manager --enable rhui-REGION-rh-gluster-3-nfs-for-rhel-6-server-rpms
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Important

Before using yum update to update the Amazon EC2 Red Hat Gluster Storage AMI, follow the steps listed in https://access.redhat.com/solutions/1556793 Knowledgebase article.

23.3. Provisioning Storage
Copy link

Amazon Elastic Block Storage (EBS) is designed specifically for use with Amazon EC2 instances. Amazon EBS provides storage that behaves like a raw, unformatted, external block device.

Important

External snapshots, such as snapshots of a virtual machine/instance, where Red Hat Gluster Storage Server is installed as a guest OS or FC/iSCSI SAN snapshots are not supported.
The supported configuration for two-way replication is upto 24 Amazon EBS volumes of equal size, attached as a brick, which enables consistent I/O performance.
Single EBS volumes exhibit inconsistent I/O performance. Hence, other configurations are not supported by Red Hat.
To Add Amazon Elastic Block Storage Volumes
  1. Login to Amazon Web Services at http://aws.amazon.com and select the Amazon EC2 tab.
  2. In the Amazon EC2 Dashboard select the Elastic Block Store > Volumes option to add the Amazon Elastic Block Storage Volumes
  3. Create a thinly provisioned logical volume using the following steps:
    1. Create a physical volume (PV) by using the pvcreate command.
      For example: 
      pvcreate --dataalignment 1280K /dev/sdb
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

      Note

      • Here, /dev/sdb is a storage device. This command has to be executed on all the disks if there are multiple volumes. For example: 
        # pvcreate --dataalignment 1280K /dev/sdc /dev/sdd /dev/sde ...
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      • The device name and the alignment value will vary based on the device you are using.
      Use the correct dataalignment option based on your device. For more information, see Section 13.2, “Brick Configuration”
    2. Create a Volume Group (VG) from the PV using the vgcreate command:
      For example: 
      vgcreate --physicalextentsize 128K rhs_vg /dev/sdb
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

      Note

      Here, /dev/sdb is a storage device. This command has to be executed on all the disks if there are multiple volumes. For example: 
      vgcreate --physicalextentsize 128K rhs_vg /dev/sdc /dev/sdd /dev/sde ...
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    3. Create a thin-pool using the following commands:
      1. Create an LV to serve as the metadata device using the following command: 
        lvcreate -L metadev_sz --name metadata_device_name VOLGROUP
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
        For example: 
        lvcreate -L 16776960K --name rhs_pool_meta rhs_vg
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      2. Create an LV to serve as the data device using the following command: 
        lvcreate -L datadev_sz --name thin_pool VOLGROUP
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
        For example: 
        lvcreate -L 536870400K --name rhs_pool rhs_vg
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      3. Create a thin pool from the data LV and the metadata LV using the following command: 
        lvconvert --chunksize STRIPE_WIDTH --thinpool VOLGROUP/thin_pool --poolmetadata VOLGROUP/metadata_device_name
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
        For example: 
        lvconvert --chunksize 1280K --thinpool rhs_vg/rhs_pool --poolmetadata rhs_vg/rhs_pool_meta
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

        Note

        By default, the newly provisioned chunks in a thin pool are zeroed to prevent data leaking between different block devices. In the case of Red Hat Gluster Storage, where data is accessed via a file system, this option can be turned off for better performance. 
        lvchange --zero n VOLGROUP/thin_pool
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
        For example: 
        lvchange --zero n rhs_vg/rhs_pool
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    4. Create a thinly provisioned volume from the previously created pool using the lvcreate command:
      For example: 
      lvcreate -V 1G -T rhs_vg/rhs_pool -n rhs_lv
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      It is recommended that only one LV should be created in a thin pool.
  4. Format the logical volume using the following command: 
    # mkfs.xfs -i size=512 DEVICE
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example, to format /dev/glustervg/glusterlv: 
    # mkfs.xfs -i size=512 /dev/glustervg/glusterlv
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  5. Mount the device using the following commands: 
    # mkdir -p /export/glusterlv
# mount /dev/glustervg/glusterlv /export/glusterlv
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  6. Using the following command, add the device to /etc/fstab so that it mounts automatically when the system reboots: 
    # echo "/dev/glustervg/glusterlv /export/glusterlv xfs defaults 0 2" >> /etc/fstab
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
After adding the EBS volumes, you can use the mount point as a brick with existing and new volumes. For more information on creating volumes, see Chapter 6, Red Hat Gluster Storage Volumes.
Red Hat Gluster Storage supports synchronous three-way replication across three availability zones. The supported configuration for three-way replication is upto 24 Amazon EBS volumes of equal size, attached as a brick, which enables consistent I/O performance.
  1. Login to Amazon Web Services at http://aws.amazon.com and select the Amazon EC2 tab.
  2. Create three AWS instances in three different availability zones. All the bricks of a replica pair must be from different availability zones. For each replica set, select the instances for the bricks from three different availability zones. A replica pair must not have a brick along with its replica from the same availability zone.
  3. Add single EBS volume to each AWS instances
  4. Create a thinly provisioned logical volume using the following steps:
    1. Create a physical volume (PV) by using the pvcreate command.
      For example: 
      pvcreate --dataalignment 1280K /dev/sdb
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

      Note

      • Here, /dev/sdb is a storage device. This command has to be executed on all the disks if there are multiple volumes. For example: 
        pvcreate --dataalignment 1280K /dev/sdc /dev/sdd /dev/sde ...
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      • The device name and the alignment value will vary based on the device you are using.
      Use the correct dataalignment option based on your device. For more information, see Section 13.2, “Brick Configuration”
    2. Create a Volume Group (VG) from the PV using the vgcreate command:
      For example: 
      vgcreate --physicalextentsize 128K rhs_vg /dev/sdb
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

      Note

      Here, /dev/sdb is a storage device. This command has to be executed on all the disks if there are multiple volumes. For example: 
      vgcreate --physicalextentsize 128K rhs_vg /dev/sdc /dev/sdd /dev/sde ...
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    3. Create a thin-pool using the following commands:
      1. Create an LV to serve as the metadata device using the following command: 
        lvcreate -L metadev_sz --name metadata_device_name VOLGROUP
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
        For example: 
        lvcreate -L 16776960K --name rhs_pool_meta rhs_vg
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      2. Create an LV to serve as the data device using the following command: 
        lvcreate -L datadev_sz --name thin_pool VOLGROUP
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
        For example: 
        lvcreate -L 536870400K --name rhs_pool rhs_vg
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      3. Create a thin pool from the data LV and the metadata LV using the following command: 
        lvconvert --chunksize STRIPE_WIDTH --thinpool VOLGROUP/thin_pool --poolmetadata VOLGROUP/metadata_device_name
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
        For example: 
        lvconvert --chunksize 1280K --thinpool rhs_vg/rhs_pool --poolmetadata rhs_vg/rhs_pool_meta
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

        Note

        By default, the newly provisioned chunks in a thin pool are zeroed to prevent data leaking between different block devices. In the case of Red Hat Gluster Storage, where data is accessed via a file system, this option can be turned off for better performance. 
        lvchange --zero n VOLGROUP/thin_pool
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
        For example: 
        lvchange --zero n rhs_vg/rhs_pool
        Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    4. Create a thinly provisioned volume from the previously created pool using the lvcreate command:
      For example: 
      lvcreate -V 1G -T rhs_vg/rhs_pool -n rhs_lv
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
      It is recommended that only one LV should be created in a thin pool.
  5. Format the logical volume using the following command: 
    # mkfs.xfs -i size=512 DEVICE
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example, to format /dev/glustervg/glusterlv: 
    # mkfs.xfs -i size=512 /dev/glustervg/glusterlv
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  6. Mount the device using the following commands: 
    # mkdir -p /export/glusterlv
# mount /dev/glustervg/glusterlv /export/glusterlv
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  7. Using the following command, add the device to /etc/fstab so that it mounts automatically when the system reboots: 
    # echo "/dev/glustervg/glusterlv /export/glusterlv xfs defaults 0 2" >> /etc/fstab
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Client-side Quorum
You must ensure to create each replica set of a volume in three difference zones. With this configuration, there will be no impact on the data availability even if two availability zones have hit an outage. However, when you set client-side quorum to avoid split-brain scenarios, unavailability of two zones would make the access read-only.
For information on creating three-way replicated volumes, see Section 6.7, “Creating Distributed Replicated Volumes”. For more information on configuring client-side quorum, see Section 10.11.1.2, “Configuring Client-Side Quorum”.
When you stop and restart a Red Hat Gluster Storage instance, Amazon Web Services assigns the instance a new IP address and hostname. This results in the instance losing its association with the virtual hardware, causing disruptions to the trusted storage pool. To prevent errors, add the restarted Red Hat Gluster Storage instance to the trusted storage pool. See Section 5.1, “Adding Servers to the Trusted Storage Pool”.
Rebooting the Red Hat Gluster Storage instance preserves the IP address and hostname and does not lose its association with the virtual hardware. This does not cause any disruptions to the trusted storage pool.
Red Hat Gluster Storage for Public Cloud enables customers to build a Virtual Machine (VM) image for deployment within Azure. Red Hat Gluster Storage node in Azure is created by attaching Azure data disks to an Azure VM instance. Two or more such nodes make up the trusted storage pool of storage nodes. This trusted storage pool can live along-side the application/clients within an Azure cloud service or can be located in a separate Azure cloud service connected by a common virtual network (vnet). The Red Hat Gluster Instances exploit Azure’s availability sets, helping to maintain data availability during planned or unplanned outages within the Azure service.
For more information on deploying Red Hat Gluster Storage on Microsoft Azure , see https://access.redhat.com/articles/using-gluster-with-azure.

Part IV. Data Access with Other Interfaces
Copy link

Chapter 25. Managing Object Store
Copy link

Object Store provides a system for data storage that enables users to access the same data, both as an object and as a file, thus simplifying management and controlling storage costs.
Red Hat Gluster Storage is based on glusterFS, an open source distributed file system. Object Store technology is built upon OpenStack Swift. OpenStack Swift allows users to store and retrieve files and content through a simple Web Service REST (Representational State Transfer) interface as objects. Red Hat Gluster Storage uses glusterFS as a back-end file system for OpenStack Swift. It also leverages on OpenStack Swift's REST interface for storing and retrieving files over the web combined with glusterFS features like scalability and high availability, replication, and elastic volume management for data management at disk level.
Object Store technology enables enterprises to adopt and deploy cloud storage solutions. It allows users to access and modify data as objects from a REST interface along with the ability to access and modify files from NAS interfaces. In addition to decreasing cost and making it faster and easier to access object data, it also delivers massive scalability, high availability and replication of object storage. Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) providers can utilize Object Store technology to enable their own cloud storage service. Enterprises can use this technology to accelerate the process of preparing file-based applications for the cloud and simplify new application development for cloud computing environments.
OpenStack Swift is an open source software for creating redundant, scalable object storage using clusters of standardized servers to store petabytes of accessible data. It is not a file system or real-time data storage system, but rather a long-term storage system for a more permanent type of static data that can be retrieved, leveraged, and updated.

25.1. Architecture Overview
Copy link

OpenStack Swift and Red Hat Gluster Storage integration consists of:
The following diagram illustrates OpenStack Object Storage integration with Red Hat Gluster Storage:
Object Store Architecture
View larger image
Object Store Architecture

Figure 25.1. Object Store Architecture

Important

On Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, enable the Object Store firewall service in the active zones for runtime and permanent mode using the following commands:
To get a list of active zones, run the following command: 
# firewall-cmd  --get-active-zones
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To add ports to the active zones, run the following commands: 
# firewall-cmd  --zone=zone_name  --add-port=6010/tcp  --add-port=6011/tcp --add-port=6012/tcp  --add-port=8080/tcp 

# firewall-cmd  --zone=zone_name --add-port=6010/tcp  --add-port=6011/tcp --add-port=6012/tcp  --add-port=8080/tcp   --permanent
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Add the port number 443 only if your swift proxy server is configured with SSL. To add the port number, run the following commands: 
# firewall-cmd --zone=zone_name --add-port=443/tcp
# firewall-cmd --zone=zone_name --add-port=443/tcp --permanent
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

25.2. Components of Object Store
Copy link

The major components of Object Storage are:
Proxy Server
The Proxy Server is responsible for connecting to the rest of the OpenStack Object Storage architecture. For each request, it looks up the location of the account, container, or object in the ring and routes the request accordingly. The public API is also exposed through the proxy server. When objects are streamed to or from an object server, they are streamed directly through the proxy server to or from the user – the proxy server does not spool them.
The Ring
The Ring maps swift accounts to the appropriate Red Hat Gluster Storage volume. When other components need to perform any operation on an object, container, or account, they need to interact with the Ring to determine the correct Red Hat Gluster Storage volume.
Object and Object Server
An object is the basic storage entity and any optional metadata that represents the data you store. When you upload data, the data is stored as-is (with no compression or encryption).
The Object Server is a very simple storage server that can store, retrieve, and delete objects stored on local devices.
Container and Container Server
A container is a storage compartment for your data and provides a way for you to organize your data. Containers can be visualized as directories in a Linux system. However, unlike directories, containers cannot be nested. Data must be stored in a container and hence the objects are created within a container.
The Container Server’s primary job is to handle listings of objects. The listing is done by querying the glusterFS mount point with a path. This query returns a list of all files and directories present under that container.
Accounts and Account Servers
The OpenStack Swift system is designed to be used by many different storage consumers.
The Account Server is very similar to the Container Server, except that it is responsible for listing containers rather than objects. In Object Store, each Red Hat Gluster Storage volume is an account.
Authentication and Access Permissions
Object Store provides an option of using an authentication service to authenticate and authorize user access. Once the authentication service correctly identifies the user, it will provide a token which must be passed to Object Store for all subsequent container and object operations.
Other than using your own authentication services, the following authentication services are supported by Object Store:
  • Authenticate Object Store against an external OpenStack Keystone server.
    Each Red Hat Gluster Storage volume is mapped to a single account. Each account can have multiple users with different privileges based on the group and role they are assigned to. After authenticating using accountname:username and password, user is issued a token which will be used for all subsequent REST requests.
    Integration with Keystone

    When you integrate Red Hat Gluster Storage Object Store with Keystone authentication, you must ensure that the Swift account name and Red Hat Gluster Storage volume name are the same. It is common that Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes are created before exposing them through the Red Hat Gluster Storage Object Store.

    When working with Keystone, account names are defined by Keystone as the tenant id. You must create the Red Hat Gluster Storage volume using the Keystone tenant id as the name of the volume. This means, you must create the Keystone tenant before creating a Red Hat Gluster Storage Volume.

    Important

    Red Hat Gluster Storage does not contain any Keystone server components. It only acts as a Keystone client. After you create a volume for Keystone, ensure to export this volume for accessing it using the object storage interface. For more information on exporting volume, see Section 25.6.8, “Exporting the Red Hat Gluster Storage Volumes”.
    Integration with GSwauth

    GSwauth is a Web Server Gateway Interface (WGSI) middleware that uses a Red Hat Gluster Storage Volume itself as its backing store to maintain its metadata. The benefit in this authentication service is to have the metadata available to all proxy servers and saving the data to a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume.

    To protect the metadata, the Red Hat Gluster Storage volume should only be able to be mounted by the systems running the proxy servers. For more information on mounting volumes, see Chapter 7, Accessing Data - Setting Up Clients.
    Integration with TempAuth

    You can also use the TempAuth authentication service to test Red Hat Gluster Storage Object Store in the data center.

25.3. Advantages of using Object Store
Copy link

The advantages of using Object Store include:
  • Default object size limit of 1 TiB
  • Unified view of data across NAS and Object Storage technologies
  • High availability
  • Scalability
  • Replication
  • Elastic Volume Management

25.4. Limitations
Copy link

This section lists the limitations of using Red Hat Gluster Storage Object Store:
  • Object Name
    Object Store imposes the following constraints on the object name to maintain the compatibility with network file access:
    • Object names must not be prefixed or suffixed by a '/' character. For example, a/b/
    • Object names must not have contiguous multiple '/' characters. For example, a//b
  • Account Management
    • Object Store does not allow account management even though OpenStack Swift allows the management of accounts. This limitation is because Object Store treats accounts equivalent to the Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes.
    • Object Store does not support account names (i.e. Red Hat Gluster Storage volume names) having an underscore.
    • In Object Store, every account must map to a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume.
  • Subdirectory Listing
    Headers X-Content-Type: application/directory and X-Content-Length: 0 can be used to create subdirectory objects under a container, but GET request on a subdirectory would not list all the objects under it.

25.5. Prerequisites
Copy link

Ensure that you do the following before using Red Hat Gluster Storage Object Store.
  • Ensure that the openstack-swift-* and swiftonfile packages have matching version numbers. 
    # rpm -qa | grep swift
openstack-swift-container-1.13.1-6.el7ost.noarch
openstack-swift-object-1.13.1-6.el7ost.noarch
swiftonfile-1.13.1-6.el7rhgs.noarch
openstack-swift-proxy-1.13.1-6.el7ost.noarch
openstack-swift-doc-1.13.1-6.el7ost.noarch
openstack-swift-1.13.1-6.el7ost.noarch
openstack-swift-account-1.13.1-6.el7ost.noarch
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Ensure that SELinux is in permissive mode. 
    # sestatus 
SELinux status:                 enabled
SELinuxfs mount:                /sys/fs/selinux
SELinux root directory:         /etc/selinux
Loaded policy name:             targeted
Current mode:                   permissive
Mode from config file:          permissive
Policy MLS status:              enabled
Policy deny_unknown status:     allowed
Max kernel policy version:      28
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    If the Current mode and Mode from config file fields are not set to permissive, run the following commands to set SELinux into permissive mode persistently, and reboot to ensure that the configuration takes effect. 
    # setenforce 1
# reboot
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Ensure that the gluster-swift services are owned by and run as the root user, not the swift user as in a typical OpenStack installation. 
    # cd /usr/lib/systemd/system
# sed -i s/User=swift/User=root/ openstack-swift-proxy.service openstack-swift-account.service openstack-swift-container.service openstack-swift-object.service openstack-swift-object-expirer.service
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Start the memcached service: 
    # service memcached start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Ensure that the ports for the Object, Container, Account, and Proxy servers are open. Note that the ports used for these servers are configurable. The ports listed in Table 25.1, “Ports required for Red Hat Gluster Storage Object Store” are the default values.
    Expand
    Table 25.1. Ports required for Red Hat Gluster Storage Object Store
    ServerPort
    Object Server6010
    Container Server6011
    Account Server6012
    Proxy Server (HTTPS)443
    Proxy Server (HTTP)8080
  • Create and mount a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume for use as a Swift Account. For information on creating Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes, see Chapter 6, Red Hat Gluster Storage Volumes . For information on mounting Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes, see Chapter 7, Accessing Data - Setting Up Clients .

25.6. Configuring the Object Store
Copy link

This section provides instructions on how to configure Object Store in your storage environment.

Warning

When you install Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1, the /etc/swift directory would contain both *.conf extension and *.conf-gluster files. You must delete the *.conf files and create new configuration files based on *.conf-gluster template. Otherwise, inappropriate python packages will be loaded and the component may not work as expected.
If you are upgrading to Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1, the older configuration files will be retained and new configuration files will be created with .rpmnew extension. You must ensure to delete .conf files and folders (account-server, container-server, and object-server) for better understanding of the loaded configuration.

25.6.1. Configuring a Proxy Server
Copy link

Create a new configuration file /etc/swift/proxy-server.conf by referencing the template file available at /etc/swift/proxy-server.conf-gluster.
25.6.1.1. Configuring a Proxy Server for HTTPS
Copy link
By default, proxy server only handles HTTP requests. To configure the proxy server to process HTTPS requests, perform the following steps:
  1. Create self-signed cert for SSL using the following commands: 
    # cd /etc/swift
# openssl req -new -x509 -nodes -out cert.crt -keyout cert.key
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Add the following lines to /etc/swift/proxy-server.conf under [DEFAULT] 
    bind_port = 443
 cert_file = /etc/swift/cert.crt
 key_file = /etc/swift/cert.key
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Important

When Object Storage is deployed on two or more machines, not all nodes in your trusted storage pool are used. Installing a load balancer enables you to utilize all the nodes in your trusted storage pool by distributing the proxy server requests equally to all storage nodes.
Memcached allows nodes' states to be shared across multiple proxy servers. Edit the memcache_servers configuration option in the proxy-server.conf and list all memcached servers.
Following is an example listing the memcached servers in the proxy-server.conf file. 
[filter:cache]
use = egg:swift#memcache
memcache_servers = 192.168.1.20:11211,192.168.1.21:11211,192.168.1.22:11211
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
The port number on which the memcached server is listening is 11211. You must ensure to use the same sequence for all configuration files.

25.6.2. Configuring the Authentication Service
Copy link

This section provides information on configuring Keystone, GSwauth, and TempAuth authentication services.
  • To configure Keystone, add authtoken and keystoneauth to /etc/swift/proxy-server.conf pipeline as shown below: 
    [pipeline:main]
pipeline = catch_errors healthcheck proxy-logging cache authtoken keystoneauth proxy-logging proxy-server
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Add the following sections to /etc/swift/proxy-server.conf file by referencing the example below as a guideline. You must substitute the values according to your setup: 
    [filter:authtoken]
paste.filter_factory = keystoneclient.middleware.auth_token:filter_factory
signing_dir = /etc/swift
auth_host = keystone.server.com
auth_port = 35357
auth_protocol = http
auth_uri = http://keystone.server.com:5000
# if its defined
admin_tenant_name = services
admin_user = swift
admin_password = adminpassword
delay_auth_decision = 1

[filter:keystoneauth]
use = egg:swift#keystoneauth
operator_roles = admin, SwiftOperator
is_admin = true
cache = swift.cache
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Verify the Integrated Setup

Verify that the Red Hat Gluster Storage Object Store has been configured successfully by running the following command: 

$ swift -V 2 -A http://keystone.server.com:5000/v2.0 -U tenant_name:user -K password stat
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Integrating GSwauth

Perform the following steps to integrate GSwauth:

  1. Create and start a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume to store metadata. 
    # gluster volume create NEW-VOLNAME NEW-BRICK
# gluster volume start NEW-VOLNAME
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example: 
    # gluster volume create gsmetadata server1:/exp1 
# gluster volume start gsmetadata
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. Run gluster-swift-gen-builders tool with all the volumes to be accessed using the Swift client including gsmetadata volume: 
    # gluster-swift-gen-builders gsmetadata other volumes
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Edit the /etc/swift/proxy-server.conf pipeline as shown below: 
    [pipeline:main]
pipeline = catch_errors cache gswauth proxy-server
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Add the following section to /etc/swift/proxy-server.conf file by referencing the example below as a guideline. You must substitute the values according to your setup. 
    [filter:gswauth]
use = egg:gluster_swift#gswauth
set log_name = gswauth
super_admin_key = gswauthkey
metadata_volume = gsmetadata
auth_type = sha1
auth_type_salt = swauthsalt
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

    Important

    You must ensure to secure the proxy-server.conf file and the super_admin_key option to prevent unprivileged access.
  5. Restart the proxy server by running the following command: 
    # swift-init proxy restart
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Advanced Options:

You can set the following advanced options for GSwauth WSGI filter:

  • default-swift-cluster: The default storage-URL for the newly created accounts. When you attempt to authenticate for the first time, the access token and the storage-URL where data for the given account is stored will be returned.
  • token_life: The set default token life. The default value is 86400 (24 hours).
  • max_token_life: The maximum token life. You can set a token lifetime when requesting a new token with header x-auth-token-lifetime. If the passed in value is greater than the max_token_life, then the max_token_life value will be used.
GSwauth Common Options of CLI Tools

GSwauth provides CLI tools to facilitate managing accounts and users. All tools have some options in common:

  • -A, --admin-url: The URL to the auth. The default URL is http://127.0.0.1:8080/auth/.
  • -U, --admin-user: The user with administrator rights to perform action. The default user role is .super_admin.
  • -K, --admin-key: The key for the user with administrator rights to perform the action. There is no default value.
Preparing Red Hat Gluster Storage Volumes to Save Metadata

Prepare the Red Hat Gluster Storage volume for gswauth to save its metadata by running the following command: 

# gswauth-prep [option]
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example: 
# gswauth-prep -A http://10.20.30.40:8080/auth/ -K gswauthkey
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
25.6.2.2.1. Managing Account Services in GSwauth
Copy link
Creating Accounts

Create an account for GSwauth. This account is mapped to a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume. 

# gswauth-add-account [option] <account_name>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example: 
# gswauth-add-account -K gswauthkey <account_name>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Deleting an Account

You must ensure that all users pertaining to this account must be deleted before deleting the account. To delete an account: 

# gswauth-delete-account [option] <account_name>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example: 
# gswauth-delete-account -K gswauthkey test
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Setting the Account Service

Sets a service URL for an account. User with reseller admin role only can set the service URL. This command can be used to change the default storage URL for a given account. All accounts will have the same storage-URL as default value, which is set using default-swift-cluster option. 

# gswauth-set-account-service [options] <account> <service> <name> <value>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example: 
# gswauth-set-account-service -K gswauthkey test storage local http://newhost:8080/v1/AUTH_test
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
25.6.2.2.2. Managing User Services in GSwauth
Copy link
User Roles

The following user roles are supported in GSwauth:

  • A regular user has no rights. Users must be given both read and write privileges using Swift ACLs.
  • The admin user is a super-user at the account level. This user can create and delete users for that account. These members will have both write and read privileges to all stored objects in that account.
  • The reseller admin user is a super-user at the cluster level. This user can create and delete accounts and users and has read and write privileges to all accounts under that cluster.
  • GSwauth maintains its own swift account to store all of its metadata on accounts and users. The .super_admin role provides access to GSwauth own swift account and has all privileges to act on any other account or user.
User Access Matrix

The following table provides user access right information.

Expand
Table 25.2. User Access Matrix
Role/Group get list of accounts get Acccount Details Create Account Delete Account Get User Details Create admin user Create reseller_admin user Create regular user Delete admin user
.super_admin (username) X X X X X X X X X
.reseller_admin (group) X X X X X X   X X
.admin (group)   X    X X   X X
regular user (type)          
Creating Users

You can create an user for an account that does not exist. The account will be created before creating the user.

You must add -r flag to create a reseller admin user and -a flag to create an admin user. To change the password or role of the user, you can run the same command with the new option. 
# gswauth-add-user [option] <account_name> <user> <password>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example 
# gswauth-add-user -K gswauthkey -a test ana anapwd
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Deleting a User

Delete a user by running the following command: 

gswauth-delete-user [option] <account_name> <user>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example 
gwauth-delete-user -K gswauthkey test ana
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Authenticating a User with the Swift Client

There are two methods to access data using the Swift client. The first and simple method is by providing the user name and password everytime. The swift client will acquire the token from gswauth.

For example: 
$ swift -A http://127.0.0.1:8080/auth/v1.0 -U test:ana -K anapwd upload container1 README.md
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
The second method is a two-step process, first you must authenticate with a username and password to obtain a token and the storage URL. Then, you can make the object requests to the storage URL with the given token.
It is important to remember that tokens expires, so the authentication process needs to be repeated very often.
Authenticate a user with the cURL command: 
curl -v -H 'X-Storage-User: test:ana' -H 'X-Storage-Pass: anapwd' -k http://localhost:8080/auth/v1.0
...
< X-Auth-Token: AUTH_tk7e68ef4698f14c7f95af07ab7b298610
< X-Storage-Url: http://127.0.0.1:8080/v1/AUTH_test
...
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Now, you use the given token and storage URL to access the object-storage using the Swift client: 
$ swift --os-auth-token=AUTH_tk7e68ef4698f14c7f95af07ab7b298610 --os-storage-url=http://127.0.0.1:8080/v1/AUTH_test upload container1 README.md
README.md
bash-4.2$ 
bash-4.2$ swift --os-auth-token=AUTH_tk7e68ef4698f14c7f95af07ab7b298610 --os-storage-url=http://127.0.0.1:8080/v1/AUTH_test list container1
README.md
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Important

Reseller admins must always use the second method to acquire a token to get access to other accounts other than his own. The first method of using the username and password will give them access only to their own accounts.
Obtaining Accounts and User Information

You can obtain the accounts and users information including stored password. 

# gswauth-list [options] [account] [user]
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example: 
# gswauth-list -K gswauthkey test ana
+----------+
|  Groups  |
+----------+
| test:ana |
|   test   |
|  .admin  |
+----------+
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • If [account] and [user] are omitted, all the accounts will be listed.
  • If [account] is included but not [user], a list of users within that account will be listed.
  • If [account] and [user] are included, a list of groups that the user belongs to will be listed.
  • If the [user] is .groups, the active groups for that account will be listed.
The default output format is in tabular format. Adding -p option provides the output in plain text format, -j provides the output in JSON format.
Changing User Password

You can change the password of the user, account administrator, and reseller_admin roles.

  • Change the password of a regular user by running the following command: 
    # gswauth-add-user -U account1:user1 -K old_passwd account1 user1 new_passwd
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Change the password of an account administrator by running the following command: 
    # gswauth-add-user -U account1:admin -K old_passwd -a account1 admin new_passwd
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • Change the password of the reseller_admin by running the following command: 
    # gswauth-add-user -U account1:radmin -K old_passwd -r account1 radmin new_passwd
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Cleaning Up Expired Tokens

Users with .super_admin role can delete the expired tokens.

You also have the option to provide the expected life of tokens, delete all tokens or delete all tokens for a given account. 
# gswauth-cleanup-tokens [options]
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example 
# gswauth-cleanup-tokens -K gswauthkey --purge test
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
The tokens will be deleted on the disk but it would still persist in memcached.
You can add the following options while cleaning up the tokens:
  • -t, --token-life: The expected life of tokens. The token objects modified before the give number of seconds will be checked for expiration (default: 86400).
  • --purge: Purges all the tokens for a given account whether the tokens have expired or not.
  • --purge-all: Purges all the tokens for all the accounts and users whether the tokens have expired or not.

Warning

TempAuth authentication service must only be used in test deployments and not for production.
TempAuth is automatically installed when you install Red Hat Gluster Storage. TempAuth stores user and password information as cleartext in a single proxy-server.conf file. In your /etc/swift/proxy-server.conf file, enable TempAuth in pipeline and add user information in TempAuth section by referencing the below example. 
[pipeline:main]
pipeline = catch_errors healthcheck proxy-logging cache tempauth proxy-logging proxy-server

[filter:tempauth]
use = egg:swift#tempauth
user_admin_admin = admin.admin.reseller_admin
user_test_tester = testing .admin
user_test_tester2 = testing2
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
You can add users to the account in the following format: 
user_accountname_username = password [.admin]
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Here the accountname is the Red Hat Gluster Storage volume used to store objects.
You must restart the Object Store services for the configuration changes to take effect. For information on restarting the services, see Section 25.6.9, “Starting and Stopping Server”.

25.6.3. Configuring Object Servers
Copy link

Create a new configuration file /etc/swift/object.server.conf by referencing the template file available at /etc/swift/object-server.conf-gluster.

25.6.4. Configuring Container Servers
Copy link

Create a new configuration file /etc/swift/container-server.conf by referencing the template file available at /etc/swift/container-server.conf-gluster.

25.6.5. Configuring Account Servers
Copy link

Create a new configuration file /etc/swift/account-server.conf by referencing the template file available at /etc/swift/account-server.conf-gluster.
Create a new configuration file /etc/swift/swift.conf by referencing the template file available at /etc/swift/swift.conf-gluster.

25.6.7. Configuring Object Expiration
Copy link

The Object Expiration feature allows you to schedule automatic deletion of objects that are stored in the Red Hat Gluster Storage volume. You can use the object expiration feature to specify a lifetime for specific objects in the volume; when the lifetime of an object expires, the object store would automatically quit serving that object and would shortly thereafter remove the object from the Red Hat Gluster Storage volume. For example, you might upload logs periodically to the volume, and you might need to retain those logs for only a specific amount of time.
The client uses the X-Delete-At or X-Delete-After headers during an object PUT or POST and the Red Hat Gluster Storage volume would automatically quit serving that object.

Note

Expired objects appear in container listings until they are deleted by the object-expirer daemon. This is an expected behavior.
A DELETE object request on an expired object would delete the object from Red Hat Gluster Storage volume (if it is yet to be deleted by the object expirer daemon). However, the client would get a 404 (Not Found) status in return. This is also an expected behavior.
25.6.7.1. Setting Up Object Expiration
Copy link
Object expirer uses a separate account (a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume) named gsexpiring for managing object expiration. Hence, you must create a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume and name it as gsexpiring.
Create a new configuration file /etc/swift/object.expirer.conf by referencing the template file available at /etc/swift/object-expirer.conf-gluster.
25.6.7.2. Using Object Expiration
Copy link
When you use the X-Delete-At or X-Delete-After headers during an object PUT or POST, the object is scheduled for deletion. The Red Hat Gluster Storage volume would automatically quit serving that object at the specified time and will shortly thereafter remove the object from the Red Hat Gluster Storage volume.
Use PUT operation while uploading a new object. To assign expiration headers to existing objects, use the POST operation.
X-Delete-At header

The X-Delete-At header requires a UNIX epoch timestamp, in integer form. For example, 1418884120 represents Thu, 18 Dec 2014 06:27:31 GMT. By setting the header to a specific epoch time, you indicate when you want the object to expire, not be served, and be deleted completely from the Red Hat Gluster Storage volume. The current time in Epoch notation can be found by running this command: 

$ date +%s
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

  • Set the object expiry time during an object PUT with X-Delete-At header using cURL: 
    curl -v -X PUT -H 'X-Delete-At: 1392013619' http://127.0.0.1:8080/v1/AUTH_test/container1/object1 -T ./localfile
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Set the object expiry time during an object PUT with X-Delete-At header using swift client: 
    swift --os-auth-token=AUTH_tk99a39aecc3dd4f80b2b1e801d00df846 --os-storage-url=http://127.0.0.1:8080/v1/AUTH_test upload container1 ./localfile --header 'X-Delete-At: 1392013619'
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
X-Delete-After

The X-Delete-After header takes an integer number of seconds that represents the amount of time from now when you want the object to be deleted.

  • Set the object expiry time with an object PUT with X-Delete-After header using cURL: 
    curl -v -X PUT -H 'X-Delete-After: 3600' http://127.0.0.1:8080/v1/AUTH_test/container1/object1 -T ./localfile
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Set the object expiry time with an object PUT with X-Delete-At header using swift client: 
    swift --os-auth-token=AUTH_tk99a39aecc3dd4f80b2b1e801d00df846 --os-storage-url=http://127.0.0.1:8080/v1/AUTH_test upload container1 ./localfile --header 'X-Delete-After: 3600'
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
25.6.7.3. Running Object Expirer Service
Copy link
The object-expirer service runs once in every 300 seconds, by default. You can modify the duration by configuring interval option in /etc/swift/object-expirer.conf file. For every pass it makes, it queries the gsexpiring account for tracker objects. Based on the timestamp and path present in the name of tracker objects, object-expirer deletes the actual object and the corresponding tracker object.
To start the object-expirer service: 
# swift-init object-expirer start
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
To run the object-expirer once: 
# swift-object-expirer -o -v /etc/swift/object-expirer.conf
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
After creating configuration files, you must now add configuration details for the system to identify the Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes to be accessible as Object Store. These configuration details are added to the ring files. The ring files provide the list of Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes to be accessible using the object storage interface to the Swift on File component.
Create the ring files for the current configurations by running the following command: 
# cd /etc/swift
# gluster-swift-gen-builders VOLUME [VOLUME...]
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
For example, 
# cd /etc/swift
# gluster-swift-gen-builders testvol1 testvol2 testvol3
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Here testvol1, testvol2, and testvol3 are the Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes which will be mounted locally under the directory mentioned in the object, container, and account configuration files (default value is /mnt/gluster-object). The default value can be changed to a different path by changing the devices configurable option across all account, container, and object configuration files. The path must contain Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes mounted under directories having the same names as volume names. For example, if devices option is set to /home, it is expected that the volume named testvol1 be mounted at /home/testvol1.
Note that all the volumes required to be accessed using the Swift interface must be passed to the gluster-swift-gen-builders tool even if it was previously added. The gluster-swift-gen-builders tool creates new ring files every time it runs successfully.
To remove a VOLUME, run gluster-swift-gen-builders only with the volumes which are required to be accessed using the Swift interface.
For example, to remove the testvol2 volume, run the following command: 
# gluster-swift-gen-builders testvol1 testvol3
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
You must restart the Object Store services after creating the new ring files.

25.6.9. Starting and Stopping Server
Copy link

You must start or restart the server manually whenever you update or modify the configuration files. These processes must be owned and run by the root user.
  • To start the server, run the following command: 
    # swift-init main start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • To stop the server, run the following command: 
    # swift-init main stop
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  • To restart the server, run the following command: 
    # swift-init main restart
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

25.7. Starting the Services Automatically
Copy link

To configure the gluster-swift services to start automatically when the system boots, run the following commands:
On Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6: 
# chkconfig memcached on
# chkconfig openstack-swift-proxy on
# chkconfig openstack-swift-account on
# chkconfig openstack-swift-container on
# chkconfig openstack-swift-object on
# chkconfig openstack-swift-object-expirer on
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
On Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7: 
# systemctl enable openstack-swift-proxy.service
# systemctl enable openstack-swift-account.service
# systemctl enable openstack-swift-container.service
# systemctl enable openstack-swift-object.service
# systemctl enable openstack-swift-object-expirer.service
# systemctl enable openstack-swift-object-expirer.service
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Configuring the gluster-swift services to start at boot time by using the systemctl command may require additional configuration. Refer to https://access.redhat.com/solutions/2043773 for details if you encounter problems.

Important

You must restart all Object Store services servers whenever you change the configuration and ring files.

25.8. Working with the Object Store
Copy link

For more information on Swift operations, see OpenStack Object Storage API Reference Guide available at http://docs.openstack.org/api/openstack-object-storage/1.0/content/ .

25.8.1. Creating Containers and Objects
Copy link

Creating container and objects in Red Hat Gluster Storage Object Store is very similar to OpenStack swift. For more information on Swift operations, see OpenStack Object Storage API Reference Guide available at http://docs.openstack.org/api/openstack-object-storage/1.0/content/.

25.8.2. Creating Subdirectory under Containers
Copy link

You can create a subdirectory object under a container using the headers Content-Type: application/directory and Content-Length: 0. However, the current behavior of Object Store returns 200 OK on a GET request on subdirectory but this does not list all the objects under that subdirectory.

25.8.3. Working with Swift ACLs
Copy link

Swift ACLs work with users and accounts. ACLs are set at the container level and support lists for read and write access. For more information on Swift ACLs, see http://docs.openstack.org/user-guide/content/managing-openstack-object-storage-with-swift-cli.html.

Warning

Support for Hortonworks Data Platform (HDP) on Red Hat Gluster Storage integrated using the Hadoop Plug-In is deprecated as of Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1 Update 2, and is unlikely to be supported in the next major release. Red Hat discourages further use of this plug-in for deployments where Red Hat Gluster Storage is directly used for holding analytics data for running in-place analytics. However, Red Hat Gluster Storage can be used as a general purpose repository for holding analytics data and as a companion store where the bulk of the data is stored and then moved to Hadoop clusters for analysis when necessary.
Red Hat Gluster Storage provides filesystem compatibility for Apache Hadoop and uses the standard file system APIs available in Hadoop to provide a new storage option for Hadoop deployments. Existing Hadoop Ecosystem applications can use Red Hat Gluster Storage seamlessly.

Important

The following features of Red Hat Gluster Storage is not supported with Hadoop:
  • Dispersed Volumes and Distributed Dispersed Volume
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7
Advantages

The following are the advantages of Hadoop Compatible Storage with Red Hat Gluster Storage:

  • Provides file-based access to Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes by Hadoop while simultaneously supporting POSIX features for the volumes such as NFS Mounts, Fuse Mounts, Snapshotting and Geo-Replication.
  • Eliminates the need for a centralized metadata server (HDFS Primary and Redundant Namenodes) by replacing HDFS with Red Hat Gluster Storage.
  • Provides compatibility with MapReduce and Hadoop Ecosystem applications with no code rewrite required.
  • Provides a fault tolerant file system.
  • Allows co-location of compute and data and the ability to run Hadoop jobs across multiple namespaces using multiple Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes.

26.1. Deployment Scenarios
Copy link

You must ensure to meet the prerequisites by establishing the basic infrastructure required to enable Hadoop Distributions to run on Red Hat Gluster Storage. For information on prerequisites and installation procedure, see Deploying the Hortonworks Data Platform on Red Hat Gluster Storage chapter in Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1 Installation Guide.
The supported volume configuration for Hadoop is Distributed Replicated volume with replica count 2 or 3.
The following table provides the overview of the components of the integrated environment.
Expand
Table 26.1. Component Overview
Component Overview Component Description
Ambari Management Console for the Hortonworks Data Platform
Red Hat Gluster Storage Console (Optional) Management Console for Red Hat Gluster Storage
YARN Resource Manager Scheduler for the YARN Cluster
YARN Node Manager Worker for the YARN Cluster on a specific server
Job History Server This logs the history of submitted YARN Jobs
glusterd This is the Red Hat Gluster Storage process on a given server
The recommended approach to deploy the Hortonworks Data Platform on Red Hat Gluster Storage is to add two additional servers to your trusted storage pool. One server acts as the Management Server hosting the management components such as Hortonworks Ambari and Red Hat Gluster Storage Console (optional). The other server acts as the YARN Master Server and hosts the YARN Resource Manager and Job History Server components. This design ensures that the YARN Master processes do not compete for resources with the YARN NodeManager processes. Furthermore, it also allows the Management server to be multi-homed on both the Hadoop Network and User Network, which is useful to provide users with limited visibility into the cluster.
Recommended Deployment Topology for Large Clusters
View larger image
Recommended Deployment Topology for Large Clusters

Figure 26.1. Recommended Deployment Topology for Large Clusters

If two servers are not available, you can install the YARN Master Server and the Management Server on a single server. This is also an option if you have a server with abundant CPU and Memory available. It is recommended that the utilization is carefully monitored on the server to ensure that sufficient resources are available to all the processes. If resources are being over-utilized, it is recommended that you move to the deployment topology for a large cluster as explained in the previous section. Ambari supports the ability to relocate the YARN Resource Manager to another server after it is deployed. It is also possible to move Ambari to another server after it is installed.
Recommended Deployment Topology for Smaller Clusters
View larger image
Recommended Deployment Topology for Smaller Clusters

Figure 26.2. Recommended Deployment Topology for Smaller Clusters

If no additional servers are available, one can condense the processes on the YARN Master Server and the Management Server on a server within the trusted storage pool. This option is recommended only in a evaluation environment with workloads that do not utilize the servers heavily. It is recommended that the utilization is carefully monitored on the server to ensure that sufficient resources are available for all the processes. If the resources start are over-utilized, it is recommended that you move to the deployment topology detailed in Section 26.1.1, “Red Hat Gluster Storage Trusted Storage Pool with Two Additional Servers”. Ambari supports the ability to relocate the YARN Resource Manager to another server after it is deployed. It is also possible to move Ambari to another server after it is installed.
Evaluation deployment topology using the minimum amount of servers
View larger image
Evaluation deployment topology using the minimum amount of servers

Figure 26.3. Evaluation deployment topology using the minimum amount of servers

If you have an existing Red Hat Gluster Storage Trusted Storage Pool then you need to procure two additional servers for the YARN Master and Ambari Management Server as depicted in the deployment topology detailed in Section 26.1.1, “Red Hat Gluster Storage Trusted Storage Pool with Two Additional Servers”. If you have no existing volumes within the trusted storage pool you need to follow the instructions in the installation guide to create and enable those volumes for Hadoop. If you have existing volumes you need to follow the instructions to enable them for Hadoop.
The supported volume configuration for Hadoop is Distributed Replicated volume with replica count 2 or 3.
If you do not have an existing Red Hat Gluster Storage Trusted Storage Pool, you must procure all the servers listed in the deployment topology detailed in Section 26.1.1, “Red Hat Gluster Storage Trusted Storage Pool with Two Additional Servers”. You must then follow the installation instructions listed in the Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1 Installation Guide so that the setup_cluster.sh script can build the storage pool for you. The rest of the installation instructions will articulate how to create and enable volumes for use with Hadoop.
The supported volume configuration for Hadoop is Distributed Replicated volume with replica count 2 or 3.
Hadoop is a large scale distributed data storage and processing infrastructure using clusters of commodity hosts networked together. Monitoring and managing such complex distributed systems is a tough task. To help you deal with the complexity, Apache Ambari collects a wide range of information from the cluster's nodes and services and presents them to you in an easy-to-read format. It uses a centralized web interface called the Ambari Web. Ambari Web displays information such as service-specific summaries, graphs, and alerts. It also allows you to perform basic management tasks such as starting and stopping services, adding hosts to your cluster, and updating service configurations.
For more information on Administering Hadoop using Apache Ambari, see Administering Hadoop 2 with Ambari Web guide on Hortonworks Data Platform website.

26.3. Managing Users of the System
Copy link

By default, Ambari uses an internal database as the user store for authentication and authorization. To add LDAP or Active Directory (AD) or Kerberos external authentication in addition for Ambari Web, you must collect the required information and run a special setup command. Ambari Server must not be running when you execute this command.
For information on setting up LDAP or Active Directory authentication, see section 1. Optional: Set Up LDAP or Active Directory Authentication of chapter 2. Advanced Security Options for Ambari in Ambari Security Guide on Hortonworks Data Platform website.
For information on Setting Up Kerberos authentication, see chapter 1. Configuring Kerberos Authentication in Ambari Security Guide on Hortonworks Data Platform website.
For information on adding and removing users from Hadoop group, see section 7.3. Adding and Removing Users in Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1 Installation Guide.
If you are already running Hadoop Jobs on a volume and wish to enable Hadoop on existing additional Red Hat Gluster Storage Volumes, then you must follow the steps in the Enabling Existing Volumes for use with Hadoop section in Deploying the Hortonworks Data Platform on Red Hat Gluster Storage chapter, in the Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1 Installation Guide . If you do not have an additional volume and wish to add one, then you must first complete the procedures mentioned in the Creating volumes for use with Hadoop section and then the procedures mentioned in Enabling Existing Volumes for use with Hadoop section. This will configure the additional volume for use with Hadoop.
Specifying volume specific paths when running Hadoop Jobs

When you specify paths in a Hadoop Job, the full URI of the path is required. For example, if you have a volume named VolumeOne and that must pass in a file called myinput.txt in a directory named input, then you would specify it as glusterfs://VolumeOne/input/myinput.txt, the same formatting goes for the output. The example below shows data read from a path on VolumeOne and written to a path on VolumeTwo.

# bin/hadoop jar /opt/HadoopJobs.jar ProcessLogs glusterfs://VolumeOne/input/myinput.txt glusterfs://VolumeTwo/output/

Note

The very first Red Hat Gluster Storage volume that is configured for using with Hadoop is the Default Volume. This is usually the volume name you specified when you went through the Installation Guide. The Default Volume is the only volume that does not require a full URI to be specified and is allowed to use a relative path. Thus, assuming your default volume is called HadoopVol, both glusterfs://HadoopVol/input/myinput.txt and /input/myinput.txt are processed the same when providing input to a Hadoop Job or using the Hadoop CLI.

26.5. Scaling Up and Scaling Down
Copy link

The supported volume configuration for Hadoop is Distributed Replicated volume with replica count 2 or 3. Hence, you must add or remove servers from the trusted storage pool in multiples of replica count. Red Hat recommends you to not have more than one brick that belongs to the same volume, on the same server. Adding additional servers to a Red Hat Gluster Storage volume increases both the storage and the compute capacity for that trusted storage pool as the bricks on those servers add to the storage capacity of the volume, and the CPUs increase the amount of Hadoop Tasks that the Hadoop Cluster on the volume can run.

26.5.1. Scaling Up
Copy link

The following is the procedure to add 2 new servers to an existing Hadoop on Red Hat Gluster Storage trusted storage pool.
  1. Ensure that the new servers meet all the prerequisites and have the appropriate channels and components installed. For information on prerequisites, see section Prerequisites in the chapter Deploying the Hortonworks Data Platform on Red Hat Gluster Storage of Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1 Installation Guide. For information on adding servers to the trusted storage pool, see Chapter 5, Trusted Storage Pools
  2. In the Ambari Console, click Stop All in the Services navigation panel. You must wait until all the services are completely stopped.
  3. Open the terminal window of the server designated to be the Ambari Management Server and navigate to the /usr/share/rhs-hadoop-install/ directory.
  4. Run the following command by replacing the examples with the necessary values. This command below assumes the LVM partitions on the server are /dev/vg1/lv1 and you wish them to be mounted as /mnt/brick1: 
    # ./setup_cluster.sh --yarn-master <the-existing-yarn-master-node>  [--hadoop-mgmt-node <the-existing-mgmt-node>] new-node1.hdp:/mnt/brick1:/dev/vg1/lv1 new-node2.hdp
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  5. Open the terminal of any Red Hat Gluster Storage server in the trusted storage pool and run the following command. This command assumes that you want to add the servers to a volume called HadoopVol: 
    # gluster volume add-brick HadoopVol replica 2 new-node1:/mnt/brick1/HadoopVol new-node2:/mnt/brick1/HadoopVol
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For more information on expanding volumes, see Section 10.3, “Expanding Volumes”.
  6. Open the terminal of any Red Hat Gluster Storage Server in the cluster and rebalance the volume using the following command: 
    # gluster volume rebalance HadoopVol start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Rebalancing the volume will distribute the data on the volume among the servers. To view the status of the rebalancing operation, run # gluster volume rebalance HadoopVol status command. The rebalance status will be shown as completed when the rebalance is complete. For more information on rebalancing a volume, see Section 10.7, “Rebalancing Volumes”.
  7. Open the terminal of both of the new storage nodes and navigate to the /usr/share/rhs-hadoop-install/ directory and run the command given below: 
    # ./setup_container_executor.sh
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  8. Access the Ambari Management Interface via the browser (http://ambari-server-hostname:8080) and add the new nodes by selecting the HOSTS tab and selecting add new host. Select the services you wish to install on the new host and deploy the service to the hosts.
  9. Follow the instructions in Configuring the Linux Container Executor section in the Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1 Installation Guide.

26.5.2. Scaling Down
Copy link

If you remove servers from a Red Hat Gluster Storage trusted storage pool it is recommended that you rebalance the data in the trusted storage pool. The following is the process to remove 2 servers from an existing Hadoop on Red Hat Gluster Storage Cluster:
  1. In the Ambari Console, click Stop All in the Services navigation panel. You must wait until all the services are completely stopped.
  2. Open the terminal of any Red Hat Gluster Storage server in the trusted storage pool and run the following command. This procedure assumes that you want to remove 2 servers, that is old-node1 and old-node2 from a volume called HadoopVol: 
    # gluster volume remove-brick HadoopVol [replica count] old-node1:/mnt/brick2/HadoopVol old-node2:/mnt/brick2/HadoopVol start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    To view the status of the remove brick operation, run # gluster volume remove-brick HadoopVol old-node1:/mnt/brick2/HadoopVol old-node2:/mnt/brick2/HadoopVol status command.
  3. When the data migration shown in the status command is Complete, run the following command to commit the brick removal: 
    # gluster volume remove-brick HadoopVol old-node1:/mnt/brick2/HadoopVol old-node2:/mnt/brick2/HadoopVol commit
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    After the bricks removal, you can check the volume information using # gluster volume info HadoopVol command. For detailed information on removing volumes, see Section 10.4, “Shrinking Volumes”
  4. Open the terminal of any Red Hat Gluster Storage server in the trusted storage pool and run the following command to detach the removed server: 
    # gluster peer detach old-node1 
# gluster peer detach old-node2
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  5. Open the terminal of any Red Hat Gluster Storage Server in the cluster and rebalance the volume using the following command: 
    # gluster volume rebalance HadoopVol start
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Rebalancing the volume will distribute the data on the volume among the servers. To view the status of the rebalancing operation, run # gluster volume rebalance HadoopVol status command. The rebalance status will be shown as completed when the rebalance is complete. For more information on rebalancing a volume, see Section 10.7, “Rebalancing Volumes”.
  6. Remove the nodes from Ambari by accessing the Ambari Management Interface via the browser (http://ambari-server-hostname:8080) and selecting the HOSTS tab. Click on the host(node) that you would like to delete and select Host Actions on the right hand side. Select Delete Host from the drop down.
The Red Hat Gluster Storage Snapshot feature enables you to create point-in-time copies of Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes, which you can use to protect data and helps in disaster recovery solution. You can directly access Snapshot copies which are read-only to recover from accidental deletion, corruption, or modification of their data.
For information on prerequisites, creating, and restoring snapshots, see Chapter 16, Managing Snapshots. However, you must ensure to stop all the Hadoop Services in Ambari before creating snapshot and before restoring a snapshot. You must also start the Hadoop services again after restoring the snapshot.
You can create snapshots of Hadoop enabled Red Hat Gluster Storage volumes and the following scenarios are supported:
Scenario 1: Existing Red Hat Gluster Storage trusted storage pool

You have an existing Red Hat Gluster Storage volume and you created a snapshot of that volume but you are not yet using the volume with Hadoop. You then add more data to the volume and decide later that you want to rollback the volume's contents. You rollback the contents by restoring the snapshot. The volume can then be enabled later to support Hadoop workloads the same way that a newly created volume does.

Scenario 2: Hadoop enabled Red Hat Gluster Storage volume

You are running Hadoop workloads on the volume prior to the snapshot being created. You then create a snapshot of the volume and later restore from the snapshot. Hadoop continues to work on the volume once it is restored.

Scenario 3: Restoring Subset of Files

In this scenario, instead of restoring the full volume, only a subset of the files are restored that may have been lost or corrupted. This means that certain files that existed when the volume was originally snapped have subsequently been deleted. You want to restore just those files back from the Snapshot and add them to the current volume state. This means that the files will be copied from the snapshot into the volume. Once the copy has occurred, Hadoop workloads will run on the volume as normal.

You must not configure quota on any of the Hadoop System directories as Hadoop uses those directories for writing temporary and intermediate data. If the quota is exceeded, it will break Hadoop and prevent all users from running Jobs. Rather, you must set quotas on specific user directories so that they can limit the amount of storage capacity is available to a user without affecting the other users of the Hadoop Cluster.

Part V. Appendices
Copy link

Chapter 27. Troubleshooting
Copy link

This chapter provides some of the Red Hat Gluster Storage troubleshooting methods.

27.1. Identifying locked file and clear locks
Copy link

You can use the statedump command to list the locks held on files. The statedump output also provides information on each lock with its range, basename, and PID of the application holding the lock, and so on. You can analyze the output to find the locks whose owner/application is no longer running or interested in that lock. After ensuring that no application is using the file, you can clear the lock using the following clear-locks command:
# gluster volume clear-locks VOLNAME path kind {blocked | granted | all}{inode range | entry basename | posix range}
For more information on performing statedump, see Section 18.6, “Performing Statedump on a Volume”
To identify locked file and clear locks
  1. Perform statedump on the volume to view the files that are locked using the following command:
    # gluster volume statedump VOLNAME
    For example, to display statedump of test-volume: 
    # gluster volume statedump test-volume
Volume statedump successful
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    The statedump files are created on the brick servers in the /tmp directory or in the directory set using the server.statedump-path volume option. The naming convention of the dump file is brick-path.brick-pid.dump.
  2. Clear the entry lock using the following command:
    # gluster volume clear-locks VOLNAME path kind granted entry basename
    The following are the sample contents of the statedump file indicating entry lock (entrylk). Ensure that those are stale locks and no resources own them. 
    [xlator.features.locks.vol-locks.inode]
path=/
mandatory=0
entrylk-count=1
lock-dump.domain.domain=vol-replicate-0
xlator.feature.locks.lock-dump.domain.entrylk.entrylk[0](ACTIVE)=type=ENTRYLK_WRLCK on basename=file1, pid = 714782904, owner=ffffff2a3c7f0000, transport=0x20e0670, , granted at Mon Feb 27 16:01:01 2012

conn.2.bound_xl./gfs/brick1.hashsize=14057
conn.2.bound_xl./gfs/brick1.name=/gfs/brick1/inode
conn.2.bound_xl./gfs/brick1.lru_limit=16384
conn.2.bound_xl./gfs/brick1.active_size=2
conn.2.bound_xl./gfs/brick1.lru_size=0
conn.2.bound_xl./gfs/brick1.purge_size=0
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example, to clear the entry lock on file1 of test-volume: 
    # gluster volume clear-locks test-volume / kind granted entry file1
Volume clear-locks successful
test-volume-locks: entry blocked locks=0 granted locks=1
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  3. Clear the inode lock using the following command:
    # gluster volume clear-locks VOLNAME path kind granted inode range
    The following are the sample contents of the statedump file indicating there is an inode lock (inodelk). Ensure that those are stale locks and no resources own them. 
    [conn.2.bound_xl./gfs/brick1.active.1]
gfid=538a3d4a-01b0-4d03-9dc9-843cd8704d07
nlookup=1
ref=2
ia_type=1
[xlator.features.locks.vol-locks.inode]
path=/file1
mandatory=0
inodelk-count=1
lock-dump.domain.domain=vol-replicate-0
inodelk.inodelk[0](ACTIVE)=type=WRITE, whence=0, start=0, len=0, pid = 714787072, owner=00ffff2a3c7f0000, transport=0x20e0670, , granted at Mon Feb 27 16:01:01 2012
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example, to clear the inode lock on file1 of test-volume: 
    # gluster  volume clear-locks test-volume /file1 kind granted inode 0,0-0
Volume clear-locks successful
test-volume-locks: inode blocked locks=0 granted locks=1
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  4. Clear the granted POSIX lock using the following command:
    # gluster volume clear-locks VOLNAME path kind granted posix range
    The following are the sample contents of the statedump file indicating there is a granted POSIX lock. Ensure that those are stale locks and no resources own them. 
    xlator.features.locks.vol1-locks.inode] 
path=/file1 
mandatory=0 
posixlk-count=15 
posixlk.posixlk[0](ACTIVE)=type=WRITE, whence=0, start=8, len=1, pid = 23848, owner=d824f04c60c3c73c, transport=0x120b370, , blocked at Mon Feb 27 16:01:01 2012 
, granted at Mon Feb 27 16:01:01 2012 

posixlk.posixlk[1](ACTIVE)=type=WRITE, whence=0, start=7, len=1, pid = 1, owner=30404152462d436c-69656e7431, transport=0x11eb4f0, , granted at Mon Feb 27 16:01:01 2012 

posixlk.posixlk[2](BLOCKED)=type=WRITE, whence=0, start=8, len=1, pid = 1, owner=30404152462d436c-69656e7431, transport=0x11eb4f0, , blocked at Mon Feb 27 16:01:01 2012 

posixlk.posixlk[3](ACTIVE)=type=WRITE, whence=0, start=6, len=1, pid = 12776, owner=a36bb0aea0258969, transport=0x120a4e0, , granted at Mon Feb 27 16:01:01 2012 
...
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example, to clear the granted POSIX lock on file1 of test-volume: 
    # gluster volume clear-locks test-volume /file1 kind granted posix 0,8-1
Volume clear-locks successful
test-volume-locks: posix blocked locks=0 granted locks=1
test-volume-locks: posix blocked locks=0 granted locks=1
test-volume-locks: posix blocked locks=0 granted locks=1
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  5. Clear the blocked POSIX lock using the following command:
    # gluster volume clear-locks VOLNAME path kind blocked posix range
    The following are the sample contents of the statedump file indicating there is a blocked POSIX lock. Ensure that those are stale locks and no resources own them. 
    [xlator.features.locks.vol1-locks.inode] 
path=/file1 
mandatory=0 
posixlk-count=30 
posixlk.posixlk[0](ACTIVE)=type=WRITE, whence=0, start=0, len=1, pid = 23848, owner=d824f04c60c3c73c, transport=0x120b370, , blocked at Mon Feb 27 16:01:01 2012 
, granted at Mon Feb 27 16:01:01 

posixlk.posixlk[1](BLOCKED)=type=WRITE, whence=0, start=0, len=1, pid = 1, owner=30404146522d436c-69656e7432, transport=0x1206980, , blocked at Mon Feb 27 16:01:01 2012 

posixlk.posixlk[2](BLOCKED)=type=WRITE, whence=0, start=0, len=1, pid = 1, owner=30404146522d436c-69656e7432, transport=0x1206980, , blocked at Mon Feb 27 16:01:01 2012 

posixlk.posixlk[3](BLOCKED)=type=WRITE, whence=0, start=0, len=1, pid = 1, owner=30404146522d436c-69656e7432, transport=0x1206980, , blocked at Mon Feb 27 16:01:01 2012 

posixlk.posixlk[4](BLOCKED)=type=WRITE, whence=0, start=0, len=1, pid = 1, owner=30404146522d436c-69656e7432, transport=0x1206980, , blocked at Mon Feb 27 16:01:01 2012 

...
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example, to clear the blocked POSIX lock on file1 of test-volume: 
    # gluster volume clear-locks test-volume /file1 kind blocked posix 0,0-1
Volume clear-locks successful
test-volume-locks: posix blocked locks=28 granted locks=0
test-volume-locks: posix blocked locks=1 granted locks=0
No locks cleared.
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  6. Clear all POSIX locks using the following command:
    # gluster volume clear-locks VOLNAME path kind all posix range
    The following are the sample contents of the statedump file indicating that there are POSIX locks. Ensure that those are stale locks and no resources own them. 
    [xlator.features.locks.vol1-locks.inode] 
path=/file1 
mandatory=0 
posixlk-count=11 
posixlk.posixlk[0](ACTIVE)=type=WRITE, whence=0, start=8, len=1, pid = 12776, owner=a36bb0aea0258969, transport=0x120a4e0, , blocked at Mon Feb 27 16:01:01 2012 
, granted at Mon Feb 27 16:01:01 2012 

posixlk.posixlk[1](ACTIVE)=type=WRITE, whence=0, start=0, len=1, pid = 12776, owner=a36bb0aea0258969, transport=0x120a4e0, , granted at Mon Feb 27 16:01:01 2012 

posixlk.posixlk[2](ACTIVE)=type=WRITE, whence=0, start=7, len=1, pid = 23848, owner=d824f04c60c3c73c, transport=0x120b370, , granted at Mon Feb 27 16:01:01 2012 

posixlk.posixlk[3](ACTIVE)=type=WRITE, whence=0, start=6, len=1, pid = 1, owner=30404152462d436c-69656e7431, transport=0x11eb4f0, , granted at Mon Feb 27 16:01:01 2012 

posixlk.posixlk[4](BLOCKED)=type=WRITE, whence=0, start=8, len=1, pid = 23848, owner=d824f04c60c3c73c, transport=0x120b370, , blocked at Mon Feb 27 16:01:01 2012 
...
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example, to clear all POSIX locks on file1 of test-volume: 
    # gluster volume clear-locks test-volume /file1 kind all posix 0,0-1
Volume clear-locks successful
test-volume-locks: posix blocked locks=1 granted locks=0
No locks cleared.
test-volume-locks: posix blocked locks=4 granted locks=1
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
You can perform statedump on test-volume again to verify that all the above locks are cleared.

27.2. Retrieving File Path from the Gluster Volume
Copy link

The heal info command lists the GFIDs of the files that needs to be healed. If you want to find the path of the files associated with the GFIDs, use the getfattr utility. The getfattr utility enables you to locate a file residing on a gluster volume brick. You can retrieve the path of a file even if the filename is unknown.

27.2.1. Retrieving Known File Name
Copy link

To retrieve a file path when the file name is known, execute the following command in the Fuse mount directory: 
# getfattr -n trusted.glusterfs.pathinfo -e text <path_to_fuse_mount/filename>
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
Where,
path_to_fuse_mount: The fuse mount where the gluster volume is mounted.
filename: The name of the file for which the path information is to be retrieved.
For example: 
# getfattr  -n trusted.glusterfs.pathinfo -e text /mnt/fuse_mnt/File1
getfattr: Removing leading '/' from absolute path names
# file: mnt/fuse_mnt/File1
trusted.glusterfs.pathinfo="(<DISTRIBUTE:testvol-dht> (<REPLICATE:testvol-replicate-0> 
<POSIX(/home/ravi/bricks/brick1):tuxpad:/home/ravi/bricks/brick1/File1>
<POSIX(/home/ravi/bricks/brick2):tuxpad:/home/ravi/bricks/brick2/File1>))"
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
The command output displays the brick pathinfo under the <POSIX> tag. In this example output, two paths are displayed as the file is replicated twice and resides on a two-way replicated volume.

27.2.2. Retrieving Unknown File Name
Copy link

You can retrieve the file path of an unknown file using its gfid string. The gfid string is the hyphenated version of the trusted.gfid attribute. For example, if the gfid is 80b0b1642ea4478ba4cda9f76c1e6efd, then the gfid string will be 80b0b164-2ea4-478b-a4cd-a9f76c1e6efd.

Note

To obtain the gfid of a file, run the following command: 
# getfattr -d -m. -e hex /path/to/file/on/the/brick
Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

27.2.3. Retrieving File Path using gfid String
Copy link

To retrieve the file path using the gfid string, follow these steps:
  1. Fuse mount the volume with the aux-gfid option enabled. 
    # mount -t glusterfs -o aux-gfid-mount hostname:volume-name  <path_to_fuse_mnt>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Where,
    path_to_fuse_mount: The fuse mount where the gluster volume is mounted.
    For example: 
    # mount -t glusterfs -o aux-gfid-mount 127.0.0.2:testvol /mnt/aux_mount
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
  2. After mounting the volume, execute the following command 
    #  getfattr -n trusted.glusterfs.pathinfo -e text<path-to-fuse-mnt>/.gfid/<GFID string>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Where,
    path_to_fuse_mount: The fuse mount where the gluster volume is mounted.
    GFID string: The GFID string.
    For example: 
    # getfattr -n trusted.glusterfs.pathinfo -e text /mnt/aux_mount/.gfid/80b0b164-2ea4-478b-a4cd-a9f76c1e6efd
getfattr: Removing leading '/' from absolute path names
# file: mnt/aux_mount/.gfid/80b0b164-2ea4-478b-a4cd-a9f76c1e6efd trusted.glusterfs.pathinfo="(<DISTRIBUTE:testvol-dht> (<REPLICATE:testvol-replicate-0> <POSIX(/home/ravi/bricks/brick2):tuxpad:/home/ravi/bricks/brick2/File1> <POSIX(/home/ravi/bricks/brick1):tuxpad:/home/ravi/bricks/brick1/File1>))
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    The command output displays the brick pathinfo under the <POSIX> tag. In this example output, two paths are displayed as the file is replicated twice and resides on a two-way replicated volume.

Chapter 29. Nagios Configuration Files
Copy link

Auto-discovery creates folders and files as part of configuring Red Hat Gluster Storage nodes for monitoring. All nodes in the trusted storage pool are configured as hosts in Nagios. The Host and Hostgroup configurations are also generated for trusted storage pool with cluster name. Ensure that the following files and folders are created with the details described to verify the Nagios configurations generated using Auto-discovery.
  • In /etc/nagios/gluster/ directory, a new directory Cluster-Name is created with the name provided as Cluster-Name while executing configure-gluster-nagios command for auto-discovery. All configurations created by auto-discovery for the cluster are added in this folder.
  • In /etc/nagios/gluster/Cluster-Name directory, a configuration file, Cluster-Name.cfg is generated. This file has the host and hostgroup configurations for the cluster. This also contains service configuration for all the cluster/volume level services.
    The following Nagios object definitions are generated in Cluster-Name.cfg file:
    • A hostgroup configuration with hostgroup_name as cluster name.
    • A host configuration with host_name as cluster name.
    • The following service configurations are generated for cluster monitoring:
      • A Cluster - Quorum service to monitor the cluster quorum.
      • A Cluster Utilization service to monitor overall utilization of volumes in the cluster. This is created only if there is any volume present in the cluster.
      • A Cluster Auto Config service to periodically synchronize the configurations in Nagios with Red Hat Gluster Storage trusted storage pool.
    • The following service configurations are generated for each volume in the trusted storage pool:
      • A Volume Status- Volume-Name service to monitor the status of the volume.
      • A Volume Utilization - Volume-Name service to monitor the utilization statistics of the volume.
      • A Volume Quota - Volume-Name service to monitor the Quota status of the volume, if Quota is enabled for the volume.
      • A Volume Self-Heal - Volume-Name service to monitor the Self-Heal status of the volume, if the volume is of type replicate or distributed-replicate.
      • A Volume Geo-Replication - Volume-Name service to monitor the Geo Replication status of the volume, if Geo-replication is configured for the volume.
  • In /etc/nagios/gluster/Cluster-Name directory, a configuration file with name Host-Name.cfg is generated for each node in the cluster. This file has the host configuration for the node and service configuration for bricks from the particular node. The following Nagios object definitions are generated in Host-name.cfg.
    • A host configuration which has Cluster-Name in the hostgroups field.
    • The following services are created for each brick in the node:
      • A Brick Utilization - brick-path service to monitor the utilization of the brick.
      • A Brick - brick-path service to monitor the brick status.
Expand
Table 29.1. Nagios Configuration Files
File Name Description
/etc/nagios/nagios.cfg
Main Nagios configuration file.
/etc/nagios/cgi.cfg
CGI configuration file.
/etc/httpd/conf.d/nagios.conf
Nagios configuration for httpd.
/etc/nagios/passwd
Password file for Nagios users.
/etc/nagios/nrpe.cfg
NRPE configuration file.
/etc/nagios/gluster/gluster-contacts.cfg
Email notification configuration file.
/etc/nagios/gluster/gluster-host-services.cfg
Services configuration file that's applied to every Red Hat Gluster Storage node.
/etc/nagios/gluster/gluster-host-groups.cfg
Host group templates for a Red Hat Gluster Storage trusted storage pool.
/etc/nagios/gluster/gluster-commands.cfg
Command definitions file for Red Hat Gluster Storage Monitoring related commands.
/etc/nagios/gluster/gluster-templates.cfg
Template definitions for Red Hat Gluster Storage hosts and services.
/etc/nagios/gluster/snmpmanagers.conf
SNMP notification configuration file with the IP address and community name of SNMP managers where traps need to be sent.

Chapter 30. Manually Recovering File Split-brain
Copy link

This chapter provides steps to manually recover from split-brain.
  1. Run the following command to obtain the path of the file that is in split-brain: 
    # gluster volume heal VOLNAME info split-brain
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    From the command output, identify the files for which file operations performed from the client keep failing with Input/Output error.
  2. Close the applications that opened split-brain file from the mount point. If you are using a virtual machine, you must power off the machine.
  3. Obtain and verify the AFR changelog extended attributes of the file using the getfattr command. Then identify the type of split-brain to determine which of the bricks contains the 'good copy' of the file. 
    getfattr -d -m . -e hex <file-path-on-brick>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For example, 
    # getfattr -d -e hex -m. brick-a/file.txt  
\#file: brick-a/file.txt
security.selinux=0x726f6f743a6f626a6563745f723a66696c655f743a733000
trusted.afr.vol-client-2=0x000000000000000000000000
trusted.afr.vol-client-3=0x000000000200000000000000
trusted.gfid=0x307a5c9efddd4e7c96e94fd4bcdcbd1b
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    The extended attributes with trusted.afr.VOLNAMEvolname-client-<subvolume-index> are used by AFR to maintain changelog of the file. The values of the trusted.afr.VOLNAMEvolname-client-<subvolume-index> are calculated by the glusterFS client (FUSE or NFS-server) processes. When the glusterFS client modifies a file or directory, the client contacts each brick and updates the changelog extended attribute according to the response of the brick.
    subvolume-index is the brick number - 1 of gluster volume info VOLNAME output.
    For example, 
    # gluster volume info vol
Volume Name: vol 
Type: Distributed-Replicate  
Volume ID: 4f2d7849-fbd6-40a2-b346-d13420978a01  
Status: Created  
Number of Bricks: 4 x 2 = 8 
Transport-type: tcp  
Bricks:  
brick-a: server1:/gfs/brick-a  
brick-b: server1:/gfs/brick-b  
brick-c: server1:/gfs/brick-c  
brick-d: server1:/gfs/brick-d  
brick-e: server1:/gfs/brick-e  
brick-f: server1:/gfs/brick-f  
brick-g: server1:/gfs/brick-g  
brick-h: server1:/gfs/brick-h
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    In the example above: 
    Brick             |    Replica set        |    Brick subvolume index
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-/gfs/brick-a     |       0               |       0
-/gfs/brick-b     |       0               |       1
-/gfs/brick-c     |       1               |       2
-/gfs/brick-d     |       1               |       3
-/gfs/brick-e     |       2               |       4
-/gfs/brick-f     |       2               |       5
-/gfs/brick-g     |       3               |       6
-/gfs/brick-h     |       3               |       7
```
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Each file in a brick maintains the changelog of itself and that of the files present in all the other bricks in it's replica set as seen by that brick.
    In the example volume given above, all files in brick-a will have 2 entries, one for itself and the other for the file present in it's replica pair. The following is the changelog for brick-b,
    • trusted.afr.vol-client-0=0x000000000000000000000000 - is the changelog for itself (brick-a)
    • trusted.afr.vol-client-1=0x000000000000000000000000 - changelog for brick-b as seen by brick-a
    Likewise, all files in brick-b will have the following:
    • trusted.afr.vol-client-0=0x000000000000000000000000 - changelog for brick-a as seen by brick-b
    • trusted.afr.vol-client-1=0x000000000000000000000000 - changelog for itself (brick-b)

    Note

    From the release of Red Hat Gluster Storage 3.1, the files will not have an entry for itself, but only the changelog entry for the other bricks in the replica. For example, brick-a will only have trusted.afr.vol-client-1 set and brick-b will only have trusted.afr.vol-client-0 set. Interpreting the changelog remains same as explained below.
    The same can be extended for other replica pairs.
    Interpreting changelog (approximate pending operation count) value

    Each extended attribute has a value which is 24 hexa decimal digits. First 8 digits represent changelog of data. Second 8 digits represent changelog of metadata. Last 8 digits represent Changelog of directory entries.

    Pictorially representing the same is as follows: 
    0x 000003d7 00000001 00000000110
        |      |       |
        |      |        \_ changelog of directory entries
        |       \_ changelog of metadata
         \ _ changelog of data
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    For directories, metadata and entry changelogs are valid. For regular files, data and metadata changelogs are valid. For special files like device files and so on, metadata changelog is valid. When a file split-brain happens it could be either be data split-brain or meta-data split-brain or both.
    The following is an example of both data, metadata split-brain on the same file: 
    # getfattr -d -m . -e hex /gfs/brick-?/a 
getfattr: Removing leading '/' from absolute path names
\#file: gfs/brick-a/a 
trusted.afr.vol-client-0=0x000000000000000000000000  
trusted.afr.vol-client-1=0x000003d70000000100000000  
trusted.gfid=0x80acdbd886524f6fbefa21fc356fed57  
\#file: gfs/brick-b/a  
trusted.afr.vol-client-0=0x000003b00000000100000000  
trusted.afr.vol-client-1=0x000000000000000000000000 
trusted.gfid=0x80acdbd886524f6fbefa21fc356fed57
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Scrutinize the changelogs

    The changelog extended attributes on file /gfs/brick-a/a are as follows:
    • The first 8 digits of trusted.afr.vol-client-0 are all zeros (0x00000000................),
      The first 8 digits of trusted.afr.vol-client-1 are not all zeros (0x000003d7................).
      So the changelog on /gfs/brick-a/a implies that some data operations succeeded on itself but failed on /gfs/brick-b/a.
    • The second 8 digits of trusted.afr.vol-client-0 are all zeros (0x........00000000........), and the second 8 digits of trusted.afr.vol-client-1 are not all zeros (0x........00000001........).
      So the changelog on /gfs/brick-a/a implies that some metadata operations succeeded on itself but failed on /gfs/brick-b/a.
    The changelog extended attributes on file /gfs/brick-b/a are as follows:
    • The first 8 digits of trusted.afr.vol-client-0 are not all zeros (0x000003b0................).
      The first 8 digits of trusted.afr.vol-client-1 are all zeros (0x00000000................).
      So the changelog on /gfs/brick-b/a implies that some data operations succeeded on itself but failed on /gfs/brick-a/a.
    • The second 8 digits of trusted.afr.vol-client-0 are not all zeros (0x........00000001........)
      The second 8 digits of trusted.afr.vol-client-1 are all zeros (0x........00000000........).
      So the changelog on /gfs/brick-b/a implies that some metadata operations succeeded on itself but failed on /gfs/brick-a/a.
    Here, both the copies have data, metadata changes that are not on the other file. Hence, it is both data and metadata split-brain.
    Deciding on the correct copy

    You must inspect stat and getfattr output of the files to decide which metadata to retain and contents of the file to decide which data to retain. To continue with the example above, here, we are retaining the data of /gfs/brick-a/a and metadata of /gfs/brick-b/a.

    Resetting the relevant changelogs to resolve the split-brain

    Resolving data split-brain

    You must change the changelog extended attributes on the files as if some data operations succeeded on /gfs/brick-a/a but failed on /gfs/brick-b/a. But /gfs/brick-b/a should not have any changelog showing data operations succeeded on /gfs/brick-b/a but failed on /gfs/brick-a/a. You must reset the data part of the changelog on trusted.afr.vol-client-0 of /gfs/brick-b/a.

    Resolving metadata split-brain

    You must change the changelog extended attributes on the files as if some metadata operations succeeded on /gfs/brick-b/a but failed on /gfs/brick-a/a. But /gfs/brick-a/a should not have any changelog which says some metadata operations succeeded on /gfs/brick-a/a but failed on /gfs/brick-b/a. You must reset metadata part of the changelog on trusted.afr.vol-client-1 of /gfs/brick-a/a
    Run the following commands to reset the extended attributes.
    1. On /gfs/brick-b/a, for trusted.afr.vol-client-0 0x000003b00000000100000000 to 0x000000000000000100000000, execute the following command: 
      # setfattr -n trusted.afr.vol-client-0 -v 0x000000000000000100000000 /gfs/brick-b/a
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    2. On /gfs/brick-a/a, for trusted.afr.vol-client-1 0x0000000000000000ffffffff to 0x000003d70000000000000000, execute the following command: 
      # setfattr -n trusted.afr.vol-client-1 -v 0x000003d70000000000000000 /gfs/brick-a/a
      Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    After you reset the extended attributes, the changelogs would look similar to the following: 
    # getfattr -d -m . -e hex /gfs/brick-?/a  
getfattr: Removing leading '/' from absolute path names  
\#file: gfs/brick-a/a  
trusted.afr.vol-client-0=0x000000000000000000000000  
trusted.afr.vol-client-1=0x000003d70000000000000000  
trusted.gfid=0x80acdbd886524f6fbefa21fc356fed57  

\#file: gfs/brick-b/a  
trusted.afr.vol-client-0=0x000000000000000100000000  
trusted.afr.vol-client-1=0x000000000000000000000000  
trusted.gfid=0x80acdbd886524f6fbefa21fc356fed57
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    Resolving Directory entry split-brain

    AFR has the ability to conservatively merge different entries in the directories when there is a split-brain on directory. If on one brick directory storage has entries 1, 2 and has entries 3, 4 on the other brick then AFR will merge all of the entries in the directory to have 1, 2, 3, 4 entries in the same directory. But this may result in deleted files to re-appear in case the split-brain happens because of deletion of files on the directory. Split-brain resolution needs human intervention when there is at least one entry which has same file name but different gfid in that directory.

    For example:
    On brick-a the directory has 2 entries file1 with gfid_x and file2 . On brick-b directory has 2 entries file1 with gfid_y and file3. Here the gfid's of file1 on the bricks are different. These kinds of directory split-brain needs human intervention to resolve the issue. You must remove either file1 on brick-a or the file1 on brick-b to resolve the split-brain.
    In addition, the corresponding gfid-link file must be removed. The gfid-link files are present in the .glusterfs directory in the top-level directory of the brick. If the gfid of the file is 0x307a5c9efddd4e7c96e94fd4bcdcbd1b (the trusted.gfid extended attribute received from the getfattr command earlier), the gfid-link file can be found at /gfs/brick-a/.glusterfs/30/7a/307a5c9efddd4e7c96e94fd4bcdcbd1b.

    Warning

    Before deleting the gfid-link, you must ensure that there are no hard links to the file present on that brick. If hard-links exist, you must delete them.
  4. Trigger self-heal by running the following command: 
    # ls -l <file-path-on-gluster-mount>
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap
    or 
    # gluster volume heal VOLNAME
    Copy to Clipboard Toggle word wrap

Appendix A. Revision History
Copy link

Revision History
Revision 3.1-52Tue May 10 2016Laura Bailey
Removing all instances of unsupported option arbiter_count.
Minor edits to block zeroing.
Revision 3.1-50Mon May 09 2016Bhavana Mohan
Bugs fixed for the 3.1.2 async release.
Revision 3.1-48Thu Mar 31 2016Bhavana Mohan
Edited the AWS related chapter, BZ#1317488.
Revision 3.1-45Wed Mar 16 2016Laura Bailey
Correcting notes about expanding replicated volumes, BZ#1317726.
Added detail to native client upgrade process, BZ#1310973.
Revision 3.1-41Fri Feb 26 2016Bhavana Mohan
Version for the 3.1.2 GA.
Revision 3.1-40Thu Jan 14 2016Sandra Mcardo
BZ-1283539: Added admonition note in the Adding Servers to the Trusted Storage Pool section.
Revision 3.1-39Tue Dec 22 2015Laura Bailey
Corrections to bitrot restore procedure from bhubbard, BZ#1287921.
Revision 3.1-38Tue Dec 22 2015Laura Bailey
Added further details to bitrot restore procedure, BZ#1287921.
Revision 3.1-37Tue Dec 15 2015Laura Bailey
Rewrote process for restoring a corrupted file, BZ#1287921.
Revision 3.1-36Tue Dec 01 2015Laura Bailey
Added further details to bitrot scrubber status command, BZ#1270819.
Corrected command syntax to add spaces after prompt indicator, BZ#1257135.
Revision 3.1-34Wed Nov 18 2015Laura Bailey
Additional prerequisites for Object Store, BZ#1278787.
Corrected unit used to define metadata pool size, BZ#1262891.
Revision 3.1-30Fri Nov 06 2015Laura Bailey
Synchronised firewall and port instructions, BZ#1265983.
Provided additional information about extended attributes, BZ#1257135.
Revision 3.1-28Mon Nov 02 2015Bhavana Mohan
Fixed BZ#1270276, BZ#1270242, BZ#1266020, and BZ#1260106.
Revision 3.1-27Fri Oct 30 2015Laura Bailey
Updated channel and repository details for native client, BZ#1267447.
Rewrote BitRot chapter and added details on status command, BZ#1270819.
Revision 3.1-24Thu Oct 01 2015Bhavana Mohan
Version for 3.1 Update 1 GA release.
Revision 3.1-23Wed Sep 02 2015Divya Muntimadugu
Fixed BZ#1245918
Revision 3.1-22Mon Aug 31 2015Divya Muntimadugu
Fixed BZ#1254569 and BZ#1253240
Revision 3.1-20Wed Aug 05 2015Anjana Suparna Sriram
Fixed BZ#1250028
Revision 3.1-15Tue Aug 04 2015Rakesh Ghatvisave
Fixed BZ# 1217307
Revision 3.1-14Fri July 31 2015Divya Muntimadugu
Fixed BZ# 1248016
Revision 3.1-12Wed July 29 2015Ella Deon Ballard
Test rebuild.
Revision 3.1-11Wed July 29 2015Divya Muntimadugu
Version for 3.1 GA release.

Legal Notice
Copy link

Copyright © 2015-2016 Red Hat, Inc.
This document is licensed by Red Hat under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License. If you distribute this document, or a modified version of it, you must provide attribution to Red Hat, Inc. and provide a link to the original. If the document is modified, all Red Hat trademarks must be removed.
Red Hat, as the licensor of this document, waives the right to enforce, and agrees not to assert, Section 4d of CC-BY-SA to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
Red Hat, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, the Shadowman logo, JBoss, OpenShift, Fedora, the Infinity logo, and RHCE are trademarks of Red Hat, Inc., registered in the United States and other countries.
Linux® is the registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States and other countries.
Java® is a registered trademark of Oracle and/or its affiliates.
XFS® is a trademark of Silicon Graphics International Corp. or its subsidiaries in the United States and/or other countries.
MySQL® is a registered trademark of MySQL AB in the United States, the European Union and other countries.
Node.js® is an official trademark of Joyent. Red Hat Software Collections is not formally related to or endorsed by the official Joyent Node.js open source or commercial project.
The OpenStack® Word Mark and OpenStack logo are either registered trademarks/service marks or trademarks/service marks of the OpenStack Foundation, in the United States and other countries and are used with the OpenStack Foundation's permission. We are not affiliated with, endorsed or sponsored by the OpenStack Foundation, or the OpenStack community.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Back to top
Red Hat logoGithubredditYoutubeTwitter

Learn

Try, buy, & sell

Communities

About Red Hat Documentation

We help Red Hat users innovate and achieve their goals with our products and services with content they can trust. Explore our recent updates.

Making open source more inclusive

Red Hat is committed to replacing problematic language in our code, documentation, and web properties. For more details, see the Red Hat Blog.

About Red Hat

We deliver hardened solutions that make it easier for enterprises to work across platforms and environments, from the core datacenter to the network edge.

Theme

© 2025 Red Hat